Democracy Spraffa

Agenda Document Pack - Cabinet - 01/10/2024

North Ayrshire Council · 1 October 2024
Back to Cabinet — 1 October 2024 and its agenda

Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.

Original council PDF · Download plain text

Page 1

North Ayrshire Council, Cunninghame House, Irvine KA12 8EE         
Cabinet 
A Meeting of the Cabinet of North Ayrshire Council will be held in the Council
Chambers, Ground Floor, Cunninghame House, Irvine, KA12 8EE on Tuesday,
01 October 2024 at 14:30 to consider the undernoted business. 
Meeting Arrangements - Hybrid Meetings
This meeting will be held on a predominantly physical basis but with
provision, by prior notification, for remote attendance by Elected
Members in accordance with the provisions of the Local Government
(Scotland) Act 2003.  Where possible, the meeting will be live-streamed
and available to view at https://north-ayrshire.public-
i.tv/core/portal/home.   
1 Declarations of Interest
Members are requested to give notice of any declarations of interest in
respect of items of business on the Agenda. 
2 Minutes
The accuracy of the minutes of meeting of the Cabinet held on 27 August
2024 will be confirmed and the Minutes signed in accordance with
Paragraph 7 (1) of Schedule 7 of the Local Government (Scotland) Act
1973 (copy enclosed).  
EDUCATION ITEMS FOR DECISION  
Reports by the Executive Director (Education) 
3 Proposal to Limit P1 Intake at Mayfield Primary School to 25 Children
Submit a report by the Executive Director (Education) to provide
information on the roll at Mayfield Primary School and to seek approval to
limit the P1 number to 25 children, for each school session, from the
August 2025 intake (copy enclosed).
1

Page 2

North Ayrshire Council, Cunninghame House, Irvine KA12 8EE 
4 Collaborating for Health Equity in Scotland
Submit a report by the Executive Director (Education) to provide initial
information on our bid to become a participant in the Collaborating for
Health Equity in Scotland (CHES) programme and next steps (copy
enclosed).  
GENERAL BUSINESS FOR DECISION  
Reports by the Director (Health and Social Care Partnership) 
5 Performance Information Update - Drug and Alcohol Services 2023-
24
Submit a report by the Director (Health and Social Care Partnership) to
provide (i) an update on the national and local drug and alcohol related
targets and standards and performance in North Ayrshire; (ii) information
of the ongoing successful implementation of the Medication Assisted
Treatment Standards; and (iii) assurance to Members of the
performance, actions and service developments being progressed to
address the significant challenges for our communities (copy enclosed).  
Reports by the Executive Director (Place) 
6 Household Waste Recycling Centre (HWRC) Digital Booking System
Submit a report by the Executive Director (Place) to seek approval to
implement a digital Household Waste Recycling Centre (HWRC) booking
system at all sites (copy enclosed). 
7 Scottish Government Consultation: Changing the International
Territorial Level Geography for Scotland
Submit a report by the Executive Director (Place) to seek approval for the
submission of the proposed response to the consultation on Changing
the International Territorial Level Geography for Scotland (copy
enclosed). 
8 The Great Harbour, Irvine – Phase 1 Coastal Hub Full Business Case
Submit a report by the Executive Director (Place) to seek endorsement of
the Full Business Case for Phase 1 of the Great Harbour, Irvine, and
approval for its submission to the Ayrshire Economic Joint Committee
(copy enclosed). 
9 Urgent Items
Any other items which the Chair considers to be urgent.
2

Page 3

North Ayrshire Council, Cunninghame House, Irvine KA12 8EE  
Webcasting  
Please note: this meeting may be filmed/recorded/live-streamed to the
Council's internet site and available to view at https://north-ayrshire.public-
i.tv/core/portal/home, where it will be capable of repeated viewing.  At the
start of the meeting, the Provost/Chair will confirm if all or part of the
meeting is being filmed/recorded/live-streamed.
You should be aware that the Council is a Data Controller under the Data
Protection Act 2018.  Data collected during the webcast will be retained in
accordance with the Council’s published policy, including, but not limited
to, for the purpose of keeping historical records and making those records
available via the Council’s internet site.
Generally, the press and public will not be filmed. However, by entering the
Council Chambers and using the press or public seating area, you
acknowledge that you may be filmed and that any information pertaining to
you contained in the video and oral recording of the meeting will be used
for webcasting or training purposes and for the purpose of keeping
historical records and making those records available to the public. In
making this use of your information the Council is processing data which is
necessary for the performance of a task carried out in the public interest
If you have any queries regarding this and, in particular, if you believe
that use and/or storage of any particular information would cause, or be
likely to cause, substantial damage or distress to any individual, please
contact dataprotectionofficer@north-ayrshire.gov.uk 
3

Page 4

North Ayrshire Council, Cunninghame House, Irvine KA12 8EE 
Cabinet Sederunt 
Elected Members 
Marie Burns (Chair)
Shaun Macaulay (Vice-Chair)
Tony Gurney
Alan Hill
Margaret Johnson
Christina Larsen 
Church Representatives 
Mr Andrew Bruce
Ms Elizabeth Turbet
Vacancy
Teaching Representative 
Ms Jacqui MacKenzie 
Youth Council Representatives 
Chair: 
Apologies: 
Attending: 
4

Page 5

Cabinet
27 August 2024 
IRVINE, 27 August 2024 - At a Meeting of the Cabinet of North Ayrshire Council at
2.30 p.m. 
Present (Physical Participation)
Marie Burns, Tony Gurney, Alan Hill, Margaret Johnson, Christina Larsen and
Shaun Macaulay. 
Also Present
Davina McTiernan.
In Attendance
C. Hatton, Chief Executive; D. Hammond, Executive Director; and R. Leith, Head of
Service (Communities)(Communities and Housing); C. Cameron, Director; S.
Hunter, Chief Social Work Officer; and L. Higgins, Service Manager Practice
Standards (Health and Social Care Partnership); S. Anson, Executive Director; and
A. McClelland, Head of Service (Education); M. Boyd, Head of Service;  D. Forbes,
Senior Manager (Strategic Business Partner); J. McCallum Senior Manager (Audit,
Fraud, Safety and Risk) and J. Walls, Team Manager (Health and Safety);
(Finance); Russell McCutcheon, Executive Director; L. Kirk, Head of Service
(Economic Development, Growth and Regeneration); L. Cree, Head of Service
(Sustainability, Transport and Corporate Property); and T. Reaney, Head of Service
(Neighbourhood Services) (Place); F. Walker, Head of Service (People & ICT); and
A. Craig, Head of Service; I. Hardy, Senior Manager (Policy, Performance &
Democracy); J. Hutcheson, Senior Communications Officer; S. Wilson, Committee
Services Officer and Hayley Young, Senior Committee Services Officer (Democratic
Services). 
Chair
Marie Burns in the Chair. 
1. Declarations of Interest
In terms of Standing Order 11 and Section 5 of the Code of Conduct for Councillors, 
Councillor Johnson declared an interest in Item 10: Community Asset Transfer –
Garnock Valley Men’s Shed and agreed to leave the meeting during consideration of
this item of business, taking no part in its determination. 
2. Minutes 
The Minutes of the Meeting of the Cabinet held on 4 June 2024 were confirmed
and the Minutes signed in accordance with Paragraph 7 (1) of Schedule 7 of the
Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973. 
Agenda Item 2
5

Page 6

3. Revenue Budget 2024/25: Financial Performance to 30 June 2024 
Submitted a report by the Head of Finance to advise of the financial
performance for the Council at 30 June 2024. 
Officers responded to Members’ questions and the Cabinet agreed to (a) approve the
virements detailed at Appendix 8 to the report; and (b) note (i) the information and
financial projections outlined in the report and (ii) the latest financial projection for the
Health and Social Care Partnership highlighted at section 2.6 of the report. 
4. Capital Programme and Treasury Management Performance to 30 June
2024 
Submitted a report by the Head of Finance advising of progress in delivering the
Capital Investment Programme 2024/25 and the associated Treasury Management
performance to 30 June 2024. 
Officers responded to Members’ questions and the Cabinet agreed to (a) approve the
virement proposal noted within the HRA programme detailed in appendix 2; (b) note (i)
the revisions to budgets outlined in the report; (ii) the General Services and HRA
revised budgets at 30 June 2024 and the forecast expenditure to 31 March 2024; (iii)
the estimated performance against the Prudential Indicators set out in the Treasury
Management and Investment Strategy. 
5. Health and Safety Annual Report 2023/24 
Submitted a report by the Head of Finance providing an update on the Health and
Safety performance within Council Services during 2023/24. The Corporate Health
and Safety Annual Report and 3 Year Statistical Comparison was attached at
Appendix 1 to the report. 
Officers responded to Members’ questions and the Cabinet agreed to note the Annual
Health & Safety Performance update for 2023/24 and the 3 year statistical
comparison. 
6. Council Plan Year End 2023-24 Performance Reporting 
Submitted a report by the Head of Democratic Services for approval of the Council
Plan Year End Performance Reporting. The Six Monthly Progress Report and Council
Plan Annual Performance Report were attached at Appendices 1-2, respectively, to
the report. 
Officers responded to Members’ questions and the Cabinet agreed to (a) approve (i)
Council Plan Six Monthly Progress Report attached at Appendix 1 to the report; (ii)
the Council Plan Annual Performance Report attached at Appendix 2 to the report;
and (b) note (i) the status of the council’s performance within the LGBF Analysis of
2024 Data Release attached at Appendix 3 to the report; and (c) to refer the report to
the Audit and Scrutiny Committee for further consideration. 
6

Page 7

7. North Ayrshire – Being Trauma Informed and Responsive 
Submitted a report by the Director (Health and Social Care Partnership) providing an
update in relation to ongoing work to develop our approach and response to trauma. 
Officers responded to Members’ questions and the Cabinet agreed to endorse the
progress being made to strengthen our trauma informed approach in North Ayrshire. 
8. Chief Social Work Officer’s Annual Report 
Submitted a report by the Director (Health and Social Care Partnership) presenting
the annual Chief Social Work Officer report attached at Appendix 1 to the report. 
Officers responded to Members’ questions and the Cabinet agreed to (a) approve the
submission of the annual report to the Office of the Chief Social Work Adviser in
Scottish Government; and (b) note (i) The contents of the report, in particular the
successes and challenges; (ii) the skilled and compassionate interventions of our
practitioners and managers; and (iii) the worsening financial context and associated
impact on all ages within our community both in terms of wellbeing and risk. 
9. Proposals for Community Investment Fund (CIF) Expenditure 
Submitted a report by the Executive Director (Communities and Housing) to
determine applications by Locality Partnerships for allocation of CIF funding to
proposed projects. Applications from Beith Hive Childcare Ltd., North Coast and
Cumbraes Locality Priorities Officer, Parent Network Scotland and Three Towns
Community Shed were attached at Appendices 1-4, respectively, to the report. 
Having reviewed the applications in line with the CIF criteria, the Cabinet agreed to
approve (i) £41,000 to Beith Hive Childcare Ltd.; (ii) £52,000 to the North Coast and
Cumbraes Locality Priorities Officer; (iii) £99,393 to Parent Network Scotland; and (iv)
£56,850 to the Three Towns Community Shed. 
Councillor Johnson left the meeting at this point. 
10. Community Asset Transfer – Garnock Valley Men’s Shed 
Submitted a report by the Executive Director (Communities and Housing) to amend
the previously agreed Community Asset Transfer to Garnock Valley Men’s Shed in
relation to the former Cleansing and Grounds Maintenance Depot, Kilbirnie. 
Officers responded to Members’ questions and the Cabinet agreed to approve (a) the
variation of the decision made at Cabinet on the 8 December 2020 from a 25 year lease
to full ownership of the former Cleansing and Grounds Maintenance Depot, Ladysmith
Road, Kilbirnie in respect of the Garnock Valley Men’s Shed; and (b) that the asset be
disposed of for the price of £2,750 (a 95% discount on the valuation of £55,000) and
authorised relevant Council officers to engage with Garnock Valley Men’s Shed and their
legal representatives to arrange the disposal of the asset and conclude the Community
Asset Transfer process. 
Councillor Johnson rejoined the meeting at this point. 
7

Page 8

11. Education Service Standards and Quality Report 2023-24 
Submitted a report by the Executive Director (Education) seeking permission to
publish the Standards and Quality Report (SQR), attached at Appendix 1 to the
report, highlighting key progress towards the Education Service improvement
priorities and the National Improvement Framework priorities made during session
2023-24. 
Officers responded to Members’ questions and the Cabinet agreed to approve the
publication of the Standards and Quality Report attached at Appendix 1 to the report. 
Councillor Hill left the meeting at this point. 
12. Education Authority Annual Plan 2024-25 
Submitted a report by the Executive Director (Education) seeking approval for the
publication of the Education Authority’s annual Service Improvement Plan for 2024-25
attached at Appendix 1 to the report. 
Officers responded to Members’ questions and the Cabinet agreed to approve (a) the
Service Improvement Plan for 2024-25, noting its alignment with the Council Plan
priorities and the National Improvement Framework (NIF) priorities; and (b) publication of
the Education Authority Annual Plan attached at Appendix 1 to the report. 
13. Child Poverty Action Plan Progress Report 2023-24 
Submitted a report by the Executive Director (Education) seeking approval of the
Child Poverty Action Plan Progress Report 2023-24 attached at Appendix 1 to the
report. 
Cabinet agreed to publish the Child Poverty Action Plan Progress Report 2023-24
attached at Appendix 1 to the report and its submission to the Scottish Government. 
14. Regeneration Delivery Plan Action Programme and Funding Proposals
Update 
Submitted a report by the Executive Director (Place) seeking approval for funding
proposals for the Regeneration Delivery Plan. The Regeneration Delivery Plan
Funding Proposals were attached at Appendix 1 to the report and Project Updates
were attached at Appendix 2 to the report. 
Officers responded to Members’ questions and the Cabinet agreed to (i) approve the
Regeneration Delivery Plan funding proposals attached at Appendix 1 to the report; (ii)
note the update on previously secured or applied for funds attached at Appendix 2 to the
report; and (iii) delegate authority to the Executive Director (Place) to agree changes to
the funding allocations in Appendices 1 and 2 in consultation with the Portfolio Lead as
required. 
Councillor Hill rejoined the meeting at this point. 
8

Page 9

15. Construction Quality Improvement Collaborative (CQIC) 
Submitted a report by the Executive Director (Place) providing information on the
Construction Quality Improvement Collaborative (CQIC) in Scotland and seeking
approval to become signatories to the Scottish Construction Quality Improvement
Charter (CQIC). 
The Cabinet agreed to approve the Council becoming signatories to the Scottish
Construction Quality Improvement Charter (CQIC). 
16. Urgent Items 
There were no urgent items. 
17. Disposal of Property at 84 Montgomery Street, Irvine to a Nominated Party 
Submitted a report by the Executive Director (Place) seeking approval to sell 84
Montgomery Street, Irvine to the sitting tenant. 
The Cabinet agreed to approve the recommendation as detailed in the report. 
The meeting ended at 4.20p.m. 
9

Page 10

10

Page 11

NORTH AYRSHIRE COUNCIL 
1 October 2024 
Cabinet 
Title:    Proposal to limit the P1 intake at Mayfield Primary School
to 25 children 
Purpose:  • To provide information to Cabinet on the roll at Mayfield
Primary School
• To seek approval to limit the P1 number to 25 children, for
each school session, from the August 2025 intake 
Recommendation:  That Cabinet agrees to:
• Allow Education to limit the number of P1 children at Mayfield
Primary School to 25 for each school session intake. 
1. Executive Summary 
1.1 At the Statutory Public Consultation in respect of proposed changes to
Saltcoats/Stevenston catchment areas, held in early 2023, it was made clear that an
intake limit would be required for Mayfield Primary School Primary 1 each session. 
1.2 This report provides background information on the roll at Mayfield Primary School and
sets out a proposal to maintain capacity in the school to ensure that spaces are available
for future catchment children. 
1.3 The proposal is to limit the intake to 25 children for P1 each session, leading to a 7-
class structure for the school, leaving room for the roll to expand in future years to
accommodate catchment children from the new homes. 
2. Background 
2.1 The current roll at Mayfield Primary School is 192 pupils over 8 classes. Only 42% of
children on the roll live within the catchment, with 58% attending as a result of a
successful placing request. Many of the children attended Mayfield Primary Early Years
class, which has no geographical catchment area – these parents/carers then opt to
apply to keep their child at the school for their P1-7 education. 
2.2 The breakdown of the pupil roll, showing numbers of children registered for Primary 1
(P1) who reside within the catchment area and those outwith (placing requests) over
the last 7 years is shown in the table below: 
Agenda Item 3
11

Page 12

School Session 2018/19 19/20 20/21 21/22 22/23 23/24 24/25        
Catchment Children Registered 16 25 20 12 12 17 17
Placing Requests Out 3 5 4 1 0 5 4
Placing Requests In 14 12 10 10 18 17 19
Deferred Entries 1 1 1 3 0 1 2
P1 Intake 26 31 25 18 30 28 30
Total School Roll 199 197 189 173 183 184 192 
2.3 On 30 May 2023, Cabinet agreed to amend the primary school catchment boundary
lines between the following primary schools: 
•  Mayfield Primary School
•  Glencairn Primary School 
and 
• St Anthony’s Primary School
• St John’s Primary School 
2.4 This rezone was as a direct result of a new housing development, Mayfields, by
Persimmon Homes, being built directly upon the boundary between the above noted
schools. The key aim of the rezoning was to provide children from the new development
with a place at the primary school nearest their home. 
2.5 At that time, the Statutory Public Consultation outlined that ‘should the proposal be
approved, the P1 intake at Mayfield Primary School will be monitored closely and
capped when required, in order to ensure that there are sufficient places for catchment
children in future years’. 
2.6 Persimmon have completed and sold the first 26 units (including 12 flats) of a total 280,
with another 23 due to be complete by March 2025.  Although the current  number of
children living in the development is low, numbers are expected to rise as  more
family homes are completed. 
2.7 As outlined in the previous report, it is expected that, at its peak, the Mayfields housing
development could contribute up to 86 children to the total school roll, up to 12 children
per year group. 
2.8 The current situation is that 192 of a possible 237 spaces are already taken up – 111 of
these are placing requests.  The table at 2.2 shows that the number of placing requests
into Mayfield Primary School is rising – from 10 in 2021 to 19 for the current session. 
2.9 In order to mitigate against the school failing to have sufficient accommodation for
catchment children in future years, it is recommended that the P1 intake number is
limited to 25 children for each new school session from August 2025. The proposal aims
to ensure that there are sufficient spaces for catchment children from both the existing
homes and planned new homes, protecting school spaces for catchment children to be
educated at their local school.
12

Page 13

2.10 In 2014, the Scottish Government issued guidance to Education Authorities on aspects
relating to the determination of school capacity and this has been taken into account
when formulating the proposal. 
The aim of the proposal is to effectively manage the capacity at Mayfield Primary School
and in an attempt to ensure adequate capacity for catchment children.  In consideration
of the proposal, the following factors were taken into account:               
i) The school’s current capacity
ii) The predicted demand for catchment places at the school in future years
iii) The current and predicted number of placing requests at the school 
2.11 If the P1 intake number at Mayfield Primary School is not limited, the current trend of
increasing occupancy is likely to continue. Children attending by placing request will
comprise a larger proportion of the school roll, and many of these children are likely to
have younger siblings. Parental expectation will be that, where we have granted a
placing request for an older sibling, space will be available in the future for younger
family members – this may not be the case. Over time, as the catchment roll increases,
there will be fewer and fewer spaces available each session for placing requests. 
2.12 School spaces will be allocated in line with current policy: 
1. Children with home addresses within the catchment area 
2. Placing request applicants who, in the opinion of a family doctor and community
medicine specialist, could only be educated with difficulty in another school
3. Placing request applicants who have older sibling(s) continuing their attendance in
the requested school
4. All other placing requests 
Should the proposal be approved, there will be fewer P1 spaces available than there
have been in the past.  This may result in a ballot process, whereby names are drawn
and the procedure is supervised by a local elected member.  It should be noted that the
other primary  schools in Saltcoats have sufficient capacity to accommodate their
catchment children. 
3. Proposals 
3.1 That Cabinet agrees to: 
• Allow Education to limit the number of P1 children at Mayfield Primary School to 25
for each school session intake. 
13

Page 14

4. Implications/Socio-economic Duty 
Financial 
4.1 The proposal aims to ensure that there are sufficient spaces for catchment children to
attend Mayfield Primary school, thus reducing the potential transport and staffing costs
of them being educated elsewhere. 
Human Resources 
4.2 None. 
Legal 
4.3 Whilst there is no duty on the Education Authority to consult in respect of a proposal to
cap the intake of a school, during the Statutory Public Consultation in respect of
proposed changes to Saltcoats/Stevenston catchment areas held in early 2023 which
affected Mayfield Primary School, it was recommended that the Primary 1 intake for
Mayfield Primary School be capped at 33 in respect of the August 2023 session.  It has
become apparent through roll projections that in order to effectively manage capacity
at the school, that the Primary 1 intake requires to be capped a 25 from August 2025.   
The Education Authority is under a statutory duty to manage its education estate
effectively to ensure that there is adequate capacity to meet demand and the Education
Authority is under a duty to provide adequate and efficient education in terms of the
Education (Scotland) Act.  Relevant legislation has been considered in formulating the
proposal, as has the Scottish Government guidance in respect of determining Primary
School capacity.   
The proposal reflects Council policy insofar as it promotes children attending their local
school.  Council policy will be adhered to in respect of admissions, with catchment
children being given priority. 
Equality/Socio-economic 
4.4 The key aim of this proposal is to provide children with a place at the primary school
nearest their home, along with their neighbourhood peers. This includes continuity in
support of their education and social development and plays a significant role in the
early social cohesion of the new community which this significant housing development
will deliver. 
Climate Change and Carbon 
4.5 The proposal supports walking to school. The boundary change created a local
catchment area, with a walk of less than 0.5 miles from the new development to Mayfield
Primary School. St Anthony’s Primary School is 0.7 miles from the new housing
development, whilst St John’s Primary School is 1.8 miles away, along a busy main
road with Glencairn PS located 1.3 miles away from the new development. 
14

Page 15

Key Priorities 
4.6 Inspiring Place 
Vibrant, welcoming, and attractive places 
An efficient Council that maximises resources and provides value for money 
Community Wealth Building 
4.7 None. 
5. Consultation 
5.1 Consultation has taken place with the Head Teacher of Mayfield Primary School,
Education Portfolio Holder and Local Elected Members.  Should the proposal be
approved, we will communicate with the wider school community in order to let
parents/carers understand the implications for the future. 
Andrew McClelland
Head of Service (Education) 
For further information please contact Lynn Taylor, Senior Manager, on 01294 324437. 
Background Papers
Document.ashx (cmis.uk.com) – Item 5
15

Page 16

16

Page 17

NORTH AYRSHIRE COUNCIL 
1 October 2024 
Cabinet 
Title:    Collaborating for Health Equity in Scotland 
Purpose:  To provide initial information on our bid to become a participant
in the Collaborating for Health Equity in Scotland (CHES)
programme and next steps. 
Recommendation:  It is recommended that Cabinet notes the update and endorses
the bid to participate in the programme. 
1. Executive Summary 
1.1 Public Health Scotland (PHS) and the University College London Institute of Health
Equity (IHE) have partnered in the CHES to strengthen and accelerate the action
underway to improve Scotland's health, increase wellbeing and reduce health
inequities.   
1.2 CHES will partner with three places in Scotland. We submitted an expression of interest
(EOI) on Friday 20th September 2024. The EOI was developed jointly with partners,
including across all relevant service areas, the CPP and IJB. 
1.3  The EOI highlights that NAC experiences consistently poor outcomes across all key
indicators, the strategic alignment between the ‘Marmot principles’ and the ambition in
our own Council Plan, our commitment to partnership working, and our corporate culture
of learning and continuous improvement. It also highlights that we have recently been
successful in securing funding from the Scottish Government to participate in the Fairer
Futures Partnership (the next phase of the Child Poverty Pathfinders). 
2. Background 
2.1 PHS and the IHE, directed by Professor Sir Michael Marmot, have partnered in the
CHES to strengthen and accelerate the action underway to improve Scotland's health,
increase wellbeing and reduce health inequities. 
2.2 The aim of CHES is to answer two fundamental questions:
i. What are the most impactful areas for intervention in Scotland to make
meaningful progress in closing inequities in healthy life expectancy?
ii. How can national and local organisations work more effectively to close the gap
between policy intent and impact in these areas? 
2.3 In order to answer these questions, CHES will:
Agenda Item 4
17

Page 18

i. Develop analyses which will provide new insights into the most effective ways
to take action in Scotland through the Marmot 8 framework.
ii. Show, through practical work with three places in Scotland, how local areas and
partnership actions can strengthen action on health equity and improve
wellbeing.
iii. Develop recommendations for national and local organisations and sectors to
strengthen delivery to reduce inequities in health and wellbeing.
iv. Provide a catalyst for enhanced action in Scotland and renewed and
strengthened partnerships for health equity. 
2.4 CHES will partner with three places in Scotland. Alongside that, there will be
collaborations with healthcare systems, other public services, businesses, the third
sector including community groups and voluntary and faith sector, communities and
academia. 
Expression of interest 
2.5 An expression of interest (EOI) was submitted on Friday 20th September 2024, ahead
of the deadline of 23rd September 2024. The EOI was developed jointly with partners,
including across all relevant service areas, the CPP and IJB. As required, the EOI was
signed off by the NAC Chief Executive and on behalf of the NHS A&A Chief Executive
Officer. The Council Leader provided a supportive quote. 
2.5 The EOI highlights that NAC experiences consistently poor outcomes across all key
indicators (see table below). 
Indicator  NAC Scotland Rank ( / 32)
Life expectancy of males  74.58 76.54 28
Life expectancy of females  79.47 80.72 26
Healthy life expectancy of males  56.51 60.39 28
Healthy life expectancy of females  52.07 61.07 32  
2.6 This health inequity impacts across other key outcomes for our communities. For
example, NAC also has the third highest rate of economic inactivity across Scotland
(29.9% against a national average of 22.9%) and the second highest rate of long-term
limiting illness across Scotland (41%). 
2.7 There is a strong alignment between ambitions within our Council Plan and the eight
Marmot principles: 
• Give every child the best start in life.
• Enable all children, young people and adults to maximise their capabilities and
control their lives.
• Create fair employment and good work for all.
• Pursue environmental sustainability and health equity together.
• Ensure a healthy standard of living for all.
• Strengthen the role and impact of ill-health prevention.
• Tackle discrimination, racism and their outcomes.
• Create and develop healthy and sustainable places and communities. 
18

Page 19

2.8 Data shows that there is a complex interaction between the area’s health, social and
economic inequities. In addition, we know the importance of adopting a place-based
approach and are striving to better understand inequity within the area, with significant
differences in outcomes between localities. 
2.9 We believe that participation in the programme can help us to understand this dynamic
in greater detail, including in relation to intersectionalities, and will enable us to design
and target interventions that can successfully reduce these inequities. We will also need
to consider intertemporal dynamics, particularly in relation to how we:  
• maintain a focus on transformation of long-term and intergenerational inequity
through prevention and early-intervention, while  
• simultaneously supporting those households whose needs are the most acute today. 
2.10 The EOI proceeds to highlight the council’s commitment to partnership working and
collaboration, our culture of learning and continuous improvement, the synergies
between this programme and our participation in other national programmes, and the
resource and capacity which would be deployed to the programme. 
2.11 With regards to complementary national programmes, it is particularly worth highlighting
that we have recently been successful in our bid to participate in the Scottish
Government’s Fairer Futures Partnership (FFP) (the next phase of the Child Poverty
Pathfinder). This funding will support three full-time posts for 18 months to help provide
greater coherence across a number of relevant workstreams, including moving towards
a ‘no wrong door’ approach and the development of a ‘single shared assessment’ to
enable better use of data. 
2.12 In terms of resource and capacity, Sam Anson will be responsible for this work in his
capacity as lead for our Strategic Priority of Wellbeing. Additional capacity will be
provided through all relevant service areas as part of a cross-sectoral project team
approach that: i) recognises that health inequity is the responsibility of all of us – i.e. it
is impacted by our services while also impacting upon our operating context, and ii)
helps to embed the informal matrix-management approach to delivery as embodied by
our strategic priorities    
Next steps / timeline 
2.13 CHES will do an initial review of an area’s fit with programme aims and notify all who
have submitted if they have been shortlisted by Friday 3rd October. Shortlisted
participants will be invited to meet with them between Monday 14th October and Friday
25th October. They will then decide the three places identified as most meeting the
criteria, notifying them by Monday 4 November. Cabinet members will be kept informed
of progress throughout this process. 
3. Proposals 
3.1 It is proposed that Cabinet notes the update and endorses the bid to participate in the
programme 
4. Implications/Socio-economic Duty 
Financial 
19

Page 20

4.1 None. 
Human Resources 
4.2 Staff from across all relevant service areas will be involved in this work as part of a
cross-sectoral project team. By way of demonstrating our whole-system approach to
this agenda, that is likely to include each of Education, Communities, Place, Economy
and HSCP. 
Legal 
4.3 None 
Equality/Socio-economic 
4.4 The primary purpose of the programme is to strengthen and accelerate the action
underway to improve Scotland's health, increase wellbeing and reduce health
inequities. Health inequity arises when there are unfair and avoidable differences
among groups of people, whether those groups are defined socially, economically,
demographically or geographically, or by other dimensions (e.g. sex, gender, ethnicity,
disability, or sexual orientation).   
Climate Change and Carbon 
4.5 None 
Key Priorities 
4.6 The proposal supports the North Ayrshire Council Plan Strategic Priority of Wellbeing. 
Community Wealth Building 
4.7 Addressing health equity – including a focus across the full suite of eight Marmot
principes – is integral to our CWB ambitions of adopting an inclusive and people-
centred approach to developing our local economy and ensure fair distribution of
wealth and opportunities for our communities 
5. Consultation 
5.1 Discussions have taken place with key partners (including through the CPP) and other
council services. 
Sam Anson
Executive Director (Education) 
For further information please contact Sam Anson, Executive Director (Education), on
samanson@north-ayrshire.gov.uk. 
Background Papers
0
20

Page 21

1 
NORTH AYRSHIRE COUNCIL 
1 October 2024 
Cabinet
Title:
Performance Information and Update – Drug and Alcohol
Services – 2023/24 
Purpose: To provide an update on the national and local drug and
alcohol related targets and standards and performance in
North Ayrshire. 
To provide information of the ongoing successful
implementation of the Medication Assisted Treatment
Standards. 
To provide assurance to Members of the performance,
actions and service developments being progressed to
address the significant challenges for our communities. 
Recommendation: To note the update on performance and improvement
actions contained within the report. 
1. Executive Summary
1.1 Detailed progress reports for Drug and Alcohol Services in North Ayrshire are
included within: 
Appendix 1 – North Ayrshire Performance Management Report Alcohol and
Drug Services 2023-24 
Appendix 2 - Medication Assisted Treatment Progress Report 2023-24
1.2 During 2023-24 all the following national and local drug and alcohol related
targets and standards were met in North Ayrshire:
• ‘Access to Treatment’ waiting times
• Medication Assisted Treatment (MAT) ‘access to MAT’ waiting times
• Alcohol Brief Intervention delivery
• Substance Use treatment
• Naloxone delivery 
Agenda Item 5
21

Page 22

2 
1.3 Improvement actions were delivered in support of implementing the Medication
Assisted Treatment Standards (MAT). North Ayrshire services implemented a
wide reaching MAT Improvement Plan which enabled the rollout and delivery of
the MAT Standards across all localities. The most recent (2024) national
benchmarking report has highlighted continued improvement in North Ayrshire across
all 10 MAT Standards.  A MAT 7 (primary care focused) model of service delivery has
been developed, peer reviewed and is currently being implemented.  Further
improvement actions have been identified through extensive experiential and data
gathering and will be implemented in the year ahead.
1.4 National reports covering the year 2023 were published recently in relation to drug
and alcohol related deaths. With regard to drug related deaths, sadly there was
a 12% increase in numbers across Scotland with a slight decrease in numbers
for North Ayrshire. With regard to alcohol related deaths, there was an increase
of one death across Scotland with an increase of one death in North Ayrshire.
Further local improvement actions have been identified and are being
implemented in support of preventing drug and alcohol related deaths. 
1.5 More individuals have been supported to access residential rehabilitation
support across North Ayrshire and Scotland wide. 
2. Background 
2.1 ‘Access to treatment’ waiting times standards 
In order to promote the importance of individuals being able to access local
support timeously, a national standard is in place for individuals seeing help for
both for alcohol and drug related issues:
• 90% of all clients referred to services will wait no longer than 3 weeks from
referral to appropriate alcohol treatment that supports their recovery
• 100% of clients will wait no longer than 6 weeks from referral to appropriate
alcohol treatment that supports their recovery 
The same standard and measurements are also in place for individuals seeking
support for their drug use 
2.2 ‘Alcohol Brief Interventions’ (ABI) standards for 2023-24 
In order to promote the importance of engaging with individuals to reflect on
their alcohol use and consider possible change, a national standard is in place
to ensure opportunistic discussions can take place across a variety of settings.
The ‘Priority’ settings are primary care, A&E and ante-natal. The ‘wider’
settings include partnership and local authority and 3rd sector services.
• Target number of ABI’s to be delivered across Ayrshire and Arran within
‘priority’ settings – 3,419
• Target number of ABI’s to be delivered across Ayrshire and Arran within
‘wider’ settings – 855 
22

Page 23

3 
2.3 ‘Substance Use’ treatment target 
As part of the ‘National Mission’ the Scottish Government created a ‘Substance
Use Treatment Target’ to increase the number of individuals being supported
in treatment.  North Ayrshire was set a target to increase numbers in treatment
from 882 individuals in April 2020 to 959 individuals by March 2024. 
2.4 ‘Naloxone’ supply 
One of the key initiatives to prevent drug related deaths is to supply and
promote the use of ‘Naloxone’ (which is an opiate antidote which can
temporarily reverse the effects of an opiate overdose, providing more time for
an ambulance to be called and treatment to be administered). 
An improvement plan was created to promote the use of Naloxone and a local
target was set for 2023-24 for services to supply, as a minimum, 460 kits.  
2.5 Alcohol and drug related deaths 
Central to the ‘National Mission’ is the requirement to prevent alcohol and drug
related deaths.  Each and every drug and alcohol related death is a tragedy
for those involved and of great concern to all. Services have implemented a
range of actions to prevent such deaths whilst also wishing to learn as much as
possible about the circumstances around each death and work closely with
partners to identify issues and areas for improvement.
The North Ayrshire Alcohol and Drug Partnership (ADP) enables partners to
come together to implement actions aimed at preventing drug and alcohol
related deaths.  By adopting a wider public health and human rights based
approach and working with local people, services and stakeholders, everyone
can work together to prevent these deaths. 
Each year the National Records of Scotland produce annual reports on drug
and alcohol related deaths. 
2.6 Residential Rehabilitation 
Another key element of the ‘National Mission’ is to increase access to
residential rehabilitation support. 
For residents of Ayrshire and Arran, Ward 5, Woodland View, is available for
hospital based detoxification support, shorter term rehabilitation support and
also offers a day attendance programme.  In addition, vulnerable families with
young children can be supported to access Harper House in Saltcoats (who
offer support to families from across Scotland - with a local enhanced pathway
of support available for more vulnerable families from North Ayrshire. 
The ADP has continued to receive funding to ensure pathways are in place to
support individuals to access longer term external residential rehabilitation
support across Scotland 
23

Page 24

4 
2.7 Medication Assisted Treatment Standards 
As part of the ‘National Mission’ services have been tasked with delivering on
10 Medication Assisted Treatment (MAT) Standards with the aim of improving
access, choice and support for individuals. The term MAT is used to refer to
the use of medication such as opioids, together with any psychological and
social support, in the treatment and care of people who experience problems
with their drug use. 
Over the last year, across North Ayrshire, there has been sustained
improvement and progress across all 10 standards. 
3. Proposals 
Performance Information 2023-24 
3.1 ‘Access to treatment’ waiting times standards 
Alcohol
• 90% of clients will wait no longer than 3 weeks from referral to appropriate
alcohol treatment that supports their recovery 
Quarter 1 data Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4
96% 100% 97% 100% 
• 100% of Clients will wait no longer than 6 weeks from referral to
appropriate alcohol treatment that supports their recovery 
Quarter 1 data Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4
100% 100% 100% 100% 
Drugs
• 90% of clients will wait no longer than 3 weeks from referral to appropriate
drug treatment that supports their recovery 
Quarter 1 data Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4
96% 99% 97% 100% 
• 100% of clients will wait no longer than 6 weeks from referral to
appropriate drug treatment that supports their recovery 
Quarter 1 data Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4
100% 100% 100% 100% 
 All waiting times standards were met during 2023 to 2024:
3.2  ‘Alcohol Brief Interventions’ standards for 2023/24 
Annual Target set by Scottish Government in priority settings (2023/24) – 3,420 
Total ABI delivery in priority settings (as at 31/03/2024) – 6,398
Target achieved 
24

Page 25

5 
Annual target set by Scottish Government in wider settings – 855 
Total ABI delivery in wider settings (as at 31/03/2024) – 1,210 
3.3 ‘Substance Use’ treatment target 
North Ayrshire was set a target by the Scottish Government to increase the
number of individuals in treatment from 882 individuals in April 2020 to 959
individuals by March 2024.  Against a target of 77, there was an increase of
247 individuals receiving treatment, which significantly exceeded the target
set.    We are now awaiting a new nationally set target for 2024 onwards. 
3.4 ‘Naloxone’ supply 
Against a local target of supplying 460 Naloxone kits during 2023 to 2024 – 679
kits were supplied across North Ayrshire.
57 lives across Ayrshire and Arran were reported to be saved through the use
of Naloxone during this period (23 in North Ayrshire). 
3.5 Drug related deaths 
The National Records of Scotland recently produced its annual report titled ‘Drug
Related Deaths (DRD) in Scotland 2023’. In 2023, there were 1,172 DRD deaths
registered in Scotland. This was an increase of 121 deaths compared with 2022
(an increase of 12%). 
Scotland continues to have the highest rates of any European country, with 90
per cent of these deaths classified as ‘accidental poisoning’. 
These deaths are a tragedy for individuals, families and communities across
Scotland and are avoidable and preventable. People in the most deprived areas
of Scotland are over 15 times more likely to die from a DRD compared to people
in the least deprived areas, with males being twice as likely to die as females. 
Ayrshire and Arran Health Board saw a slight increase of DRDs last year, from 82
deaths in 2022 to 83 deaths in 2023. In North Ayrshire, we saw a slight decrease
from 37 deaths in 2022 to 36 in 2023. East Ayrshire saw a slight increase from 30
deaths in 2022 to 31 in 2023, and South Ayrshire saw a slight increase from 15
deaths to 16. 
North Ayrshire Drug Related Death figures for the past five years are as follows: 
2019 – Total number of deaths: 41 
2020 – Total number of deaths: 39 
2021 – Total number of deaths: 39 
2022 – Total number of deaths: 37 
Target achieved 
25

Page 26

6 
2023 – Total number of deaths: 36 
While we again welcome this slight reduction in the number of deaths in North
Ayrshire, there is no room for complacency. Behind each drug death was a human
being who was loved and is missed by their families and friends. 
3.6 Alcohol Specific Deaths 
Sadly, 1,277 people across Scotland died from an Alcohol Specific Death (ASD)
in 2023 - an increase of one death from 2022. This is the highest level of deaths
in 15 years – with the figures showing that individuals in the poorest communities
were more than 4.5 times as likely to die as those in the wealthiest areas.  Male
deaths continue to account for around two thirds of all deaths. 
These deaths are preventable and are a tragedy for individuals, families and
communities across Scotland. 
In North Ayrshire, we saw a slight increase from 29 deaths in 2022 to 30 in 2023.  
North Ayrshire Drug Related Death figures for the past five years are as follows: 
2019 – Total number of deaths: 50 
2020 – Total number of deaths: 44 
2021 – Total number of deaths: 37 
2022 – Total number of deaths: 29 
2023 – Total number of deaths: 30 
We will refresh our actions to reduce the number of deaths in North Ayrshire with
an increased focus to reduce alcohol related harms similar to prioritising
improvement actions to reduce drug related deaths. 
3.7 Residential Rehabilitation 
Another key element of the ‘National Mission’ is to increase access to residential
rehabilitation support. 
Local hospital based support is provided in Ward 5, Woodland View, Irvine to
anyone who has an alcohol and/or drug problem and mental health issues. Ward
5 has 10 beds for residential care – offering local access to residential,
detoxification, rehabilitation and day attendance support. 
Seamless pathways of support are in place with local community alcohol and drug
services supporting individuals before, during and after their placement (extra
support in place for NA residents e.g. in addition to ongoing NADARS support,
everyone is also provided with daily follow up support from the local Turning Point,
Scotland, service for the first week following discharge). 
26

Page 27

7 
During 2023/24:
 138 individuals received detoxification support – 94 from North Ayrshire
 74 individuals received rehabilitation support – 45 from North Ayrshire 
Access to additional local residential rehabilitation - Harper House 
The NA H&SCP was instrumental in supporting Phoenix Futures, Scotland, to open
‘Harper House’ in November 2022 which offers specialist support for the ‘whole
family to recover from the harms of problematic drug and alcohol use’. 
In 2023/24 NADARS supported 7 applications into Harper House with 5 starting
the programme. 
Access to External Residential Rehabilitation (ERR) 
Individuals wishing to access external residential rehabilitation support can do so
via NADARS who will support the development of a care plan, identify a residential
rehabilitation provider, seek funding and then support individuals into, through and
after their ERR placement. 
In 2023/24, NADARS received 55 referrals for consideration of ERR.  Following
assessment, 22 individuals were suitable for ERR and funding was approved (33
individuals felt not ready or declined the ERR intervention at that time and were
offered alternative community supports).  No application has been declined due to
financial considerations 
 21 individuals commenced ERR (with one individual declining admission at
their start date)   
3.8 Medication Assisted Treatment Standards 
In 2021, the Scottish Government introduced 10 Medication Assisted Treatment
(MAT) Standards for implementation.  Evidence suggests that rapid access to
MAT meets the needs of highly vulnerable groups and reduces mortality.   
New approaches were required within North Ayrshire to support rapid access to
MAT:
 A local test of change was carried out to evaluate the new model of care
to establish effectiveness prior to roll out  
 An Improvement Implementation Plan was implemented, evaluated &
updated with progress reports submitted to the Scottish Government;
 Quarterly updates on MAT developments were submitted to the national
MAT support Team – MIST;
 An explicit plan was put in place for delivering trauma informed practice;
 Guidelines and clinical & care pathways of support were put in place to
ensure consistency and to support the staff to deliver the interventions. 
27

Page 28

8 
Results/outcomes (2023-24):
• Improvement in the waiting time from referral to commencement of
appropriate Opiate Substitution Therapy medication - 75% of individuals
were offered a first MAT assessment on the same day as engagement
with the service 
• 100% of individuals were supported to make an informed choice on MAT
medication and the appropriate dose
• 75% of notified high risk events to the multi-agency assessment team
for assertive outreach were contacted on the same day 
• 85% of individuals were retained in service for more than 6 months 
• Over 90 individuals have shared care support with Primary Care 
• 100% of individuals received a mental health assessment 
• 100% of individuals were offered BBV testing, Harm Reduction
interventions and a physical health assessment 
• Improvement in satisfaction and experience of clients. 
A RAGB self-assessment was completed and evidence (numerical, experiential
and process information) was submitted to the MIST team for analysis and
benchmarking. The table below highlights a very positive final RAGB score for the
implementation of MAT standards 1 - 10 across North Ayrshire with improvement
and progress across all 10 standards. 
Funding sustainability issue in relation to delivery of MAT Standard 7 (primary
care) 
MAT Standard 7 relates to essential primary care involvement in order to meet
the MAT 7 commitment that ‘All people have the option of MAT shared with Primary
Care’.  In North Ayrshire a MAT 7 delivery model was identified, peer reviewed
and agreed. 
In 2023, NHS Boards received a letter from the Scottish Government which
identified that funding for MAT 7 related developments should be extracted from the
funding already allocated through the Primary Medical Services funding for
28

Page 29

9 
Enhanced Services. This creates an issue for NHS Boards to unpick previous
commitments which would enable a shifting of resource.  To date there has been
no funding re-allocated by NHS Ayrshire & Arran to support MAT 7 developments.  
With no additional funding being made available, the North Ayrshire ADP allocated
non-recurring funding of £89,000 to initiate, at pace, proposed developments in
North Ayrshire.  Following national discussion and peer review the North Ayrshire
MAT 7 delivery model was further refined and agreed resulting in the ADP then
increasing their funding commitment to £116,936 a year for a further two years to
provide time to review and evaluate the model.  This non-recurring funding has
been used to employ additional specialist GP and Pharmacist prescribers and to
initiate a test of change involving local pharmacies administering Buvidal (an OST
medication). 
4. Implications/Socio-economic Duty
Financial
4.1 The performance report provides an overview of the funding allocated and
directed by the ADP to deliver on this critical mission.   There remain financial
risks including recurring funding which will require to be identified to ensure
sustained implementation of all 10 MAT Standards and MAT Standard 7 in
particular and the prescribing budget in the HSCP remains under pressure due to
the positive promotion of choice of medication. 
Human Resources 
4.2 None
Legal
4.3 None
Equality/Socio-economic 
4.4 The majority of people at risk of drug and alcohol related deaths are among the
most marginalised and disadvantaged in our population. Many of those people
experience significant disadvantage of opportunity and poorer health outcomes.
The programmes of work delivered via our ADP, HSCP, NHS Board, NAC and
wider partners contributes to reducing inequalities and in the prevention of drug
and alcohol related deaths through public health and human rights based
approaches. 
Climate Change and Carbon 
4.5 None 
Key Priorities 
29

Page 30

10 
4.6 The information contained within this report and the improvement actions that
have been implemented have a positive contribution to play in support of one of
the Councils key themes:
• Wellbeing (we will address health inequalities, promote children and young
people’s wellbeing and enable community wellbeing)
Community Wealth Building 
4.7 None 
5. Consultation 
5.1 This report notes the significant collaboration and engagement underway both
nationally and locally across the health and social care system to prevent
alcohol and drug related deaths and to ensure that all standards and targets
are met.  The report has been presented to the ADP and also the Integration
Joint Board. 
Caroline Cameron
Director - North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership 
For further information please contact:
Peter McArthur, Senior Manager – Alcohol and Drug Services, on 07770730916. 
Background Papers
2
30

Page 31

31

Page 32

1 
NORTH AYRSHIRE 
HEALTH & SOCIAL CARE PARTNERSHIP
(H&SCP) and the Alcohol & Drug
Partnership (ADP) 
Performance Management Report 
Alcohol and Drug information 
1st April 2023 to 31st March 2024 
Prepared by: 
Denise Brown
NHS Prevention and Service Support Team
Peter McArthur
North Ayrshire Alcohol & Drug Services 
32

Page 33

2 
North Ayrshire – Access to Services – Waiting Times 
April 2023 – March 2024 
Alcohol
• 90% of clients will wait no longer than 3 weeks from referral to appropriate alcohol
treatment that supports their recovery   
• 100% of clients will wait no longer than 6 weeks from referral to appropriate alcohol
treatment that supports their recovery 
Drug
• 90% of clients will wait no longer than 3 weeks from referral to appropriate drug
treatment that supports their recovery   
• 100% of clients will wait no longer than 6 weeks from referral to appropriate drug
treatment that supports their recovery   
Target achieved 
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
100% 96% 97% 100%
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
100% 100% 100% 100%
Target achieved 
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
99% 96% 97% 100%
Target achieved 
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
100% 100% 100% 100%
Target achieved 
33

Page 34

3 
ALCOHOL BRIEF INTERVENTIONS (ABI) 
Ayrshire and Arran wide information 
Annual report:  April 2023 – March 2024 
Annual target set by Scottish Government in priority settings (2023/24) – 3420 
Total ABI delivery in priority settings (as at 31/03/2024) – 6398 
Annual target set by Scottish Government in wider settings – 855 
Total ABI delivery in wider settings (as at 31/03/2024) – 1210 
SUBSTANCE USE TREATMENT TARGET 
The Scottish Government have created a new ‘Substance Use Treatment Target’ to
increase the number of individuals being supported in treatment.   
North Ayrshire has been set a target to increase numbers in treatment from 882
individuals in April 2020 to 959 individuals by March 2024.
Baseline from Scottish Government            
Quarterly reporting – North Ayrshire 
North 
01/04/2020  882 
Target by March 2024 - an increase of 77  
North 
01/04/2020  959 
Interventions were put in place across our
community alcohol and drug recovery
services to support the achievement of this
target. Please note the monthly information supplied is unpublished and has been
collected from local prescribing systems to monitor progress, however, we await an
initial verified nationally published report. 
Increase from Baseline figure by 247 at the end of March 2024.  This exceeded the
target set.  Now awaiting a new nationally set target for 2024 onwards.
Quarterly period  Target  Actual
Apr-Jun 22 891 898
Jul-Sep 22 900 940
Oct-Dec 22 910 974
Jan-Mar 23 920 1011
Apr-Jun 23 930 1051
Jul-Sep 23 940 1080
Oct-Dec 23 950 1103
Jan-Mar 24 959 1129   
Total 2 Year
Increase Figure
77 247
Target achieved 
Target achieved 
34

Page 35

4 
29
35

Page 36

5 
36

Page 37

6 
37

Page 38

7 
AYRSHIRE AND ARRAN DRUG RELATED DEATHS
INFORMATION 
Annual summary report:  1st April 2023 – 31st March 2024 
National Records for Scotland - Drug Related Deaths 
Please find information in the link below around the definition of drug related deaths and what
deaths are excluded from this definition: https://www.nrscotland.gov.uk/files/statistics/drug-
related-deaths/drd2016/html/drug-related-deaths-2016-annex-a.html 
The link below details the full report which details statistics of drug-related deaths in 2022 and
earlier years, broken down by age, sex, substances implicated in the death, underlying cause
of death and NHS Board and Council:  https://www.nrscotland.gov.uk/statistics-and-
data/statistics/statistics-by-theme/vital-events/deaths/drug-related-deaths-in-scotland/2022
Published confirmed deaths (Extracted from National Records of Scotland Drug
Related Deaths in Scotland, 2021)
Number of deaths confirmed (most recent published information) 
East North South Total
2018 29 38 15 82
2019 41 41 26 108
2020 36 39 31 106
2021 38 39 23 100
2022 30 37 15 82 
2023 – No confirmed published data as yet (however when reviewing local
unpublished information, a further decrease is expected for North Ayrshire)
Number of NADARS reviews conducted for individuals identified as             
potentially suffering a drug related death
Number of these reviews which identified learning or recommendations
Number of reports submitted by other services which identified 
learning or recommendations
In the last year, local learning identified from reviews were: 
• NADARS review robustness of processes around GP notification of discharge 
from their service.
• Where clients have not been seen and have to be re-appointed the plan of 
next steps should be documented clearly within clients notes
• The Ayrshire Risk Assessment Framework (ARAF) used to assess a client’s 
mental health must be updated to reflect any significant change in a client’s 
circumstance on all occasions
• Where Next of Kin information is available it is important to ensure their details
are complete and up to date and recorded on the Care Partner system.
47
4
3
0
38

Page 39

8 
PREVENTION AND SERVICE SUPPORT TEAM 
Annual summary report:  1st April 2023 – 31st March 2024 
Alcohol & Drug 
training and education sessions 
Calendar courses with
739 participants
Ad-hoc training courses
with 1723 participants 
110 
89 
Bitesize sessions with
79 participants  29
Training Delivery 
The team continue to provide a wide range of
education and training initiatives which focus on
improving awareness, competence and knowledge of
those affected by alcohol and drug use, and those
working in the field.  Due to the COVID-19 pandemic
the team introduced virtual training, this continues to be
offered as well as face to face training.  PSST currently
issue upcoming training courses on a quarterly basis.   
What did our participants say?
“I really enjoyed the variety of delivery
slides/videos/breakout rooms”
“Interactive. Trainers very knowledgeable and happy
to answer any questions”
“Thoroughly enjoyed today. Very informative and I
particularly liked the interactive part of the
presentation”
"Learning about BBV which was new to me. Training
was really useful and informative. Trainers were great"
"I really enjoyed the training. Being new to this line of
work it was very informative and will help me my job
role"
"I enjoyed learning about the types of drugs and the
stats in this session. The trainers’ knowledge of the
same provides me with confidence to carry out my role
effectively” 
46 sessions delivered
within Ward 5 
Attended 13
stalls/events 
Ad-hoc training and health information
events by locality area 
38%
30%
8%
24%
East North South Pan-Ayrshire
Alcohol Brief Interventions  
Annual target set by Scottish Government in priority settings (2023/24) – 3420
Total ABI delivery in priority settings (as at 31/03/2024) – 6398 
Annual target set by Scottish Government in wider settings – 855
Total ABI delivery in priority settings (as at 31/03/2024) – 1210 
Follow our social media pages to keep up to date with
our activities in the Prevention and Service Support
Team
Prevention and Service
Support Team – NHS
Ayrshire and Arran 
@PSST_NHSaaa
39

Page 40

9 
Ayrshire College 
Alcohol and Drug Liaison Officer 
98 workshops were held
with 1138 students 
37 1-1 supports with
students
6 staff supports  
9 health events with an
estimated 765 contacts 
1 training session delivered
for 12 information hub staff 
Naloxone  
99 staff completed the
Naloxone Learnpro
Minimum of 57* lives saved in
the community
*lives saved across Ayrshire and Arran as reported on
the Shared Addiction Management System (SAMS). 
Many saves go unsupported. 
6 Train the trainer sessions
delivered 
39 Naloxone awareness
sessions delivered  
113
203
267
401
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
2020 2021 2022 2023
Naloxone supplied by PSST
Service Support  
Service Support facilitate service
development activity which supports the
implementation and delivery of the quality
improvement agenda for Alcohol and Drug
Services which meets national, local and
strategic objectives. 
22 Audit and evaluation activity
8 Guidelines reviewed and updated 
Get our NHS Ayrshire and Arran 
Alcohol and Drug App
Download the NHS Ayrshire & 
Arran app from your Apple or 
Android app store. Then search for 
Alcohol and Drugs.
32 Drug and Alcohol groups 
supported  
Support to
implementation of
MAT standards
and reporting
Development of
NADARS Roles and
responsibilities
directory
Gathering, collating
and presenting
client satisfaction
and client stories 
ABI Heat Standard
recording and
reporting 
Support to START
and RADAR service 
Support to local
Adverse Incident
review processes
and reporting 
40

Page 41

10 
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT AND TECHNOLOGY (IM&T)
Annual summary report:  1st April 2023 – 31st March 2024 
The Information Management and Technology Team are responsible for the
development, training and monitoring of the Shared Addiction Management System
(SAMS) and the training and monitoring of Drug and Alcohol Information system (DAISy). 
These systems are used to record drug and alcohol information, which enables the team
to provide national and local reports.
SAMS updates 
3 sections within SAMS were updated
New MAT 9 Mental Health added to
SAMS
SAMS updated to use Active Directory
Login
New Substitute Prescribing Application
went live
Training, e-learning and support 
E-learning 
• Completion of a new Alcohol Detox
module 
• New Substitute Prescribing read-only
module released
• Updated ABI module 
Training 
• 68 individuals received SAMS training 
• 34 individuals received DAISy training
• 2 Naloxone training sessions delivered to
new organisations 
Support 
Approximately 50 SAMS/ DAISy
support calls per month 
IM&T are also responsible for the
collation and reporting of Drug Related
Deaths and the completion of the
National Drug Death database. 
Drug related death reporting  
Reporting  
• Quarterly reports including ASPIRE report, (29 individual performance reports),
Naloxone quarterly reports, Scottish Governance reports, ADP reports and local
performance and planning reports 
• Development of reports and audits for MAT standards and submission of MAT 1 –
10 numerical data 
• Monthly reports including 10 current OST reports, MAT Target Report, SAMS Data
Quality Reports and Psychological Therapy Waiting Times
• Weekly DAISy quality data checks for Waiting Times, Assessments and Reviews
for all Alcohol and Drug services 
• Monthly substitute prescribing audit 
• Drug related death report 
• Development of report for new residential rehab dataset
• Approximately 10 – 15 ad hoc report requests per month
41

Page 42

11 
IMPLEMENTATION OF MAT STANDARDS ACROSS NORTH
AYRSHIRE                    Annual summary report 2023 - 24 
In April 2021, the Scottish Government introduced 10 new Medication Assisted Treatment
(MAT) Standards for implementation by Alcohol and Drug Services.  There is evidence that
rapid access to MAT meets the needs of highly vulnerable groups and reduces mortality1.  ,
New approaches were required within North Ayrshire to support rapid access to MAT:
• A local test of change was carried out to evaluate the new model of care to establish
effectiveness prior to roll out  
• An Improvement Implementation Plan was implemented, evaluated & updated with
regular progress reports submitted to the Scottish Government;
• Quarterly updates on MAT developments were submitted to the national MAT support
Team – MIST;
• An explicit delivery plan was put in place for delivering trauma informed practice;
• Guidelines and clinical & care pathways of support were put in place to ensure
consistency and to support the staff to deliver the interventions. 
Results/outcomes (2023/24)
• Improvement in the waiting time from referral to commencement of appropriate Opiate
Substitution Therapy medication - 75% of individuals were offered a first MAT
assessment on the same day as engagement with the service 
• 100% of individuals were supported to make an informed choice on MAT medication
and the appropriate dose
• 75% of notified high risk events to the multi-agency assessment team for assertive
outreach were contacted on the same day 
• 85% of individuals were retained in service for more than 6 months 
• Over 90 individuals have shared care support with Primary Care 
• 100% of individuals received a mental health assessment 
• 100% of  individuals were offered BBV testing, Harm Reduction interventions and a
physical health assessment 
• Improvement in satisfaction and experience of clients. 
A RAGB self-assessment was completed and evidence (numerical, experiential and process
information) was submitted to the MIST team for analysis and benchmarking. The table below
highlights a very positive final RAGB score for the implementation of MAT standards 1 - 10
across North Ayrshire with improvement and progress across all 10 standards.
42

Page 43

12 
RESIDENTIAL REHABILITATION EXPANSION 
Access to residential rehabilitation across Ayrshire and Arran – Ward 5, Woodland View.
Ward 5 has 10 beds for residential care: 
Seamless pathways of support are in place with the local community team supporting
individuals before, during and after their placement (extra support in place for NA
residents e.g. in addition to ongoing NADARS support, everyone is also provided with
daily follow up support from the P.E.A.R service for the first week following discharge).
During 2023/24 
Access to additional local residential rehabilitation - Harper House
The NA H&SCP was instrumental in supporting Phoenix Futures, Scotland, to open
‘Harper House’ in November 2022. It is located in Saltcoats and is a Care Inspectorate
registered service, funded by the Scottish Government – it offers specialist support for the
‘whole family to recover from the harms of problematic drug and alcohol use’. Their family-
focused programme of interventions is ‘designed to benefit each member of the family and
the family unit as a whole’. Referrals are accepted from across Scotland, with enhanced
local access available for residents of North Ayrshire. These pathways continue to be
improved with a local oversight group meeting regularly to support the identification and
suitability of families.  In 2023/24 NADARS supported 7 applications into Harper House
with 5 starting the programme.  The 2 families who were not suitable at that time have had
continued involvement from community services as appropriate. 
Access to External Residential Rehabilitation (ERR) 
Individuals wishing to access external residential rehabilitation support can do so via NADARS
who will support the development of a care plan, identify a residential rehabilitation provider, seek
funding and then support individuals into, through and after their external residential rehabilitation
placement. In 2023/24, 55 referrals were received for ERR.  Following assessment, 22 individuals
were suitable for ERR and funding was approved (33 individuals felt not ready or declined the
ERR intervention at that time and were offered alternative community supports).  
• 21 individuals commenced ERR (with one individual declining admission at their start date)  
5  5 
Detoxification Rehabilitation 
138 individuals 
(NA = 94)
74 individuals 
(NA =45)
Detoxification support Rehabilitation support
43

Page 44

13 
FINANCIAL INFORMATION 
ADP 23-24 Forecast Spend  
Ministerial Priorities
Sum of Agreed
Projects 
Community based treatment and recovery services for adults £1,122,568.30 
Other £107,995.54 
Other Projects £1,030.90 
Prevention including educational inputs, licensing objectives, Alcohol
Brief Interventions) £209,179.50 
Alcohol and drug services specifically for children and young people £100,343.47 
Recovery community initiatives £135,699.00 
Services for Families affected by alcohol & Drug use £126,637.91 
Additional National Mission uplift £218,035.22 
MAT Standards £364,225.04 
Residential Rehab £164,252.28 
Whole family Approach framework £141,366.26 
Residential Support £41,609.04 
Grand Total £2,732,942.45 
Community based
treatment and recovery
services for adults
41%
Other
4%
Other Projects
0%
Prevention including
educational inputs,
licensing objectives,
Alcohol Brief
Interventions)
8%Alcohol and drug
services specifically
for children and young
people
4%
Recovery community
initiatives
5%
Services for Families
affected by alcohol &
Drug use
5%
Additional National
Mission uplift
8%
MAT Standards
13%
Residential Rehab
6%
Whole family Approach
framework
5% Residential Support
1%
Community based treatment and
recovery services for adults
Other
Other Projects
Prevention including educational
inputs, licensing objectives, Alcohol
Brief Interventions)
Alcohol and drug services specifically
for children and young people
Recovery community initiatives
44

Page 45

14 
Additional funding streams 
Ministerial Priorities Sum of Agreed Projects 
Other Projects  £                       1,030.90 
Additional National Mission uplift  £                   218,035.22 
MAT Standards  £                   364,225.04 
Residential Rehab  £                   164,252.28 
Whole family Approach framework  £                   141,366.26 
Grand Total  £                   888,909.70 
The ADP has accumulated a reserve balance due to underspends in previous
financial years. 
• Plans are in place to utilise the reserves and they are committed in future years.
Other Projects
0%
Additional
National Mission
uplift
25%
MAT Standards
41%
Residential
Rehab
18%
Whole family
Approach
framework
16%
Other Projects
Additional National Mission uplift
MAT Standards
Residential Rehab
Whole family Approach framework
45

Page 46

IMPLEMENTING MEDICATION ASSISTED TREATMENT (MAT) 
NORTH AYRSHIRE DRUG AND ALCOHOL RECOVERY SERVICE (NADARS) 
Reporting period: 1st April 2023 - 31st March 2024 
Quality issue: In 2022, there were 1,051 drug related deaths registered in Scotland, 279 deaths fewer than 2021.  Although
this is the lowest number of deaths since 2017, there were 3.7 times as many deaths in 2022 compared with 2000.  Ayrshire
and Arran continues to have the second highest death rate at 28.1per 100,000 population. Evidence suggests quick access
to treatment is crucial and being in treatment can be a protective factor for majority of individuals. The Scottish Drug Deaths
Taskforce (SDDTF) has prioritised the introduction of the MAT standards to help reduce the number of drug related deaths.
There is evidence that rapid access to MAT meets the needs of highly vulnerable groups and reduces mortality.
Aim: To have no barriers to accessing treatment and care
that supports an individual’s recovery. This project
focussed specifically on improving access to appropriate
Medication Assisted Treatment (MAT) within the North
Ayrshire Drug & Alcohol Recovery Service (NADARS) in
order to prevent deaths, reduce harms and promote
recovery opportunities.
Effects of change during 202324:
• Improvement in the waiting time from point of referral to
commencement of appropriate Opiate Substitution Therapy
(OST) medication - average time from assessment to
prescribed medication 0 days. 
• Increased choice in OST medications 
• Improvement in satisfaction and experience of clients. 
• All individuals received a mental health assessment and
support as required. 
• All individuals were offered Blood Borne Virus (BBV)
testing, Harm Reduction interventions, physical health
assessment and referred on for further support where
required. 
• All individuals had the opportunity to access Recovery
Development Worker's with lived experience to provide
person centred recovery support. 
• All individuals had the opportunity of family involvement. 
• All individuals were offered housing, advocacy support and
were referred for social care support where appropriate. 
Tests of change:
Cycle 1: Implement and Test the MAT clinic pathway on a
Monday and a Thursday in one locality (Three Towns). 
Cycle 2: Secure funding to recruit staff to support the
implementation of the full model. 
Cycle 3: Refine project charter to facilitate full model 
Cycle 4: Expand service to 5 days per week across 6
localities of North Ayrshire (NA).
(Test of change is complete and now working towards
sustaining full model during 2024/25)
0
1
2
3
4
5
Average number of days referral to prescription
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Average number of days from assessment to prescription
Median = 3 days
Median = 0 days
46

Page 47

IMPLEMENTING MEDICATION ASSISTED TREATMENT 
565 REFERRALS BY GENDER 
FEMALES               MALES 
188                    377           
(33%)                   (67%)                 
REFERRALS BY GENDER & AGE GROUP
0 50 100 150 200
0 - 24
25 - 34
35 - 44
45 - 54
55+
COMMENCED SAME DAY/NEXT DAY 
(where clinically safe and appropriate) 
97%                       
of clients commenced MAT                       
on same day or next day from                 
assessment 
INTERVENTIONS OFFERED AT POINT OF MAT
DELIVERY 
100%                            
of clients were offered Mental Health                     
Support and Harm Reduction                                                        
interventions BBV testing, 
IEP and Sexual Health 
350 individuals chose this pathway of MAT
related support.  The reasons given for not
commencing the pathway were:
• clients went to prison 
• not ready to commence MAT but
continued to receive support from the
wider service 
NALOXONE AND OVERDOSE
AWARENESS  
100%   72%* 
of clients were       of clients were supplied
offered Naloxone    with Naloxone or already                                            
had a kit                             
*The remaining 28% declined* 
CLIENT SATISFACTION 
Of clients rated their initial waiting time either
“excellent” or “very good” 79%
81%
Of clients rated the communication from
NADARS either “excellent” or “very good”
Of clients who were able to commence
medication at their initial appointment stated
that there were no delays in getting their
prescription
95%
95%
Of clients felt that they were given sufficient
information to make an informed choice on
their treatment options
95%
Of clients felt that the NADARS worker
explained all the care and treatment options in
a way that they understood 
81% Of clients rated the overall service either
“excellent” or “very good” 
OPIOID SUBSTITUTION THERAPY (OST)
MEDICATIONS PRESCRIBED
FOLLOWING ASSESSMENT 
63%     32%     5%    
Methadone      Espranor/          Buvidal                            
Suboxone 
This evidences increased patient choice of OST
47

Page 48

IMPLEMENTING MEDICATION ASSISTED TREATMENT 
Developments during 2023/24:
• Quarterly reports have been submitted to the Scottish Government evidencing progression
across each of the 10 standards from the previous year.  
• An explicit delivery plan was put in place for delivering trauma informed practice
• LOPs, SOPs, guidelines and clinical & care pathways of support were reviewed & updated 
• MAT availability was increased at Caley court and expanded to 5 days per week.  MAT is
now available across all 6 localities with immediate support available to all from Caley Court
alongside remote (low threshold) access in more rural areas including the islands.
• Over 90 individuals currently have ‘shared care’ support with Primary Care colleagues. 
• A workforce training plan is in place to ensure all staff offering MAT & OST can provide the
core harm reduction services at the same time and place as MAT delivery
• A robust 7 wide reaching experiential process was implemented by the NA ADP, to capture,
analyse and utilise feedback from clients, families and staff to inform service improvement
• Appropriate recording information systems were updated to collect and analyse data
• In the absence of additional national being able to be accessed, the NA ADP committed
non-recurring funding to implement initial MAT 7 (Primary Care) developments at pace. 
• A new staff guidance document was approved for implementation to provide an ‘interface
protocol’ as to how secondary care mental health services & alcohol & drug services can
better support individuals with co-occurring mental health and alcohol and/or drug use. 
Priorities for 2024/25
• Sustained implementation of all 10 MAT standards
• Following formal submission of experiential data, we will conduct a local analysis to identify
themes for further improvement.  
• Based on national feedback/approval we will update the NA MAT 7 model & explore options
to secure additional funding to deliver, in full by next year, a revised NA implementation plan
• Work underway, with all ADP partners, to scope out requirements and system change to
support MAT delivery for individuals using Stimulants and Benzodiazepines;
• Engage with service users, families and staff to evaluate and learn from the recently
implemented MAT 9 related multi-agency ‘operational interface protocol’ to better support
individuals presenting with co-occurring mental health and alcohol and/or drug use
• For MAT 6&10 a key development/priority is to continue to increase access to psychological
interventions and therapies through staff training and ongoing support. 
INFORMATION AND FEEDBACK  
565 
referrals were received
between 1st April 2023 and
31st March 2024
350
clients commenced MAT support
(the others declined service,
required preparatory support or
disengaged from service)
97% 
of clients commenced MAT on the
same day or next day from
assessment (where clinically
appropriate and safe)
99% 
of clients commenced MAT
within 1 week
Reasons for timescales over 7 days
include initial non- attendance with
follow up in place 
Detailed numerical data on referrals,
timescales, interventions etc was
submitted to MIST in April 2024,
which is now being analysed to
identify good practice and learning. 
48

Page 49

IMPLEMENTING MEDICATION ASSISTED TREATMENT 
EXPERIENTIAL FEEDBACK 
• To gather feedback and data in a consistent and impartial way, the ADP adopted a
multidisciplinary approach by identifying a mixture of service staff and individuals with Lived
& Living Experience (LLE) to gather experiential feedback from service users,
families/carers of people on MAT, and staff delivering the service. 
• Individuals identified to carry out the interviews attended a 3-session training course
delivered by MIST (national MAT Implementation Support Team).
• A mixed methods approach was applied to gather data e.g. 1-1 interviews, smaller
engagement events.
• The ADP Support Team collated, analysed, and themed the data for submission to MIST
(with full involvement of the Experiential Engagement Team and people with LLE). 
The feedback received was mainly positive and demonstrates the ease of access, increased
choice of medications and no barriers to the overall support received. 
“Everything got dealt with at my initial appointment. Services are totally different now in comparison to
years ago so there is nothing I could suggest that would've made it better” 
“I definitely felt involved in my options. I mind the lassie discussed all available options I could choose from
and I think it was Espranor she recommended for me, due to it having a blocker effect, so if I used on top of
it there would be no effects. I decided to go for methadone though and my choice was respected.”
MIST BENCHMARKING 2024 – SCORING TRACKER 
Over the last year there has been improvement and progress across all 10 standards
49

Page 50

50

Page 51

NORTH AYRSHIRE COUNCIL 
1 October 2024 
Cabinet
Title:  HOUSEHOLD WASTE RECYCLING CENTRE (HWRC)
DIGITAL BOOKING SYSTEM 
Purpose: To seek approval from Cabinet to implement a digital Household
Waste Recycling Centre (HWRC) booking system at all sites. 
Recommendation: That Cabinet approves the proposal to procure and implement a
digital booking system within all Household Waste Recycling
Centres (HWRCs) on the mainland and the Isle of Arran. 
1. Executive Summary 
1.1   The Council operates four Household Waste Recycling Centres (HWRCs) located in
Irvine, Kilbirnie, Largs and at Brodick on the Isle of Arran. 
1.2 A HWRC permit system has operated since August 2011 at the mainland HWRCs for
vans and trailers, with height restriction barriers being installed. A pre-paid permit
system is in place at Brodick for commercial vehicles. 
1.3 The Council approved a saving in February 2024 of £75,000 to reduce HWRC Opening
Hours. The implementation of a digital booking system will support the budget decision
for reduced operating hours/days and help minimise the impact on our customers. 
1.4 The procurement and implementation of a digital booking system at HWRCs will
provide a range of benefits, which are detailed in paragraph 2.5. The system will allow
customers to book slots at HWRC sites at a time convenient to them and this will
enable the appropriate support to offload their household waste safely and correctly,
minimising contamination and improving recycling.  
1.5 An outline of the key aspects of how the digital booking system will operate are detailed
at paragraph 2.7. 
2. Background 
2.1 The Council operates four Household Waste Recycling Centres (HWRCs), three on the
mainland, located in Irvine, Kilbirnie and Largs and one in Brodick on the Island of
Arran. 
2.2 A HWRC permit system for vans and trailers was implemented in August 2011 on the
mainland, which included the installation of vehicle height restriction barriers. The
Agenda Item 6
51

Page 52

permits allow 12 visits per annum per household, however if residents wish to use a
HWRC more frequently for the reuse/recycling or disposal of household waste only,
additional permits may be issued where justified. A pre-paid permit process is in place
at Brodick HWRC for the deposit of commercial waste only, as alternative disposal
facilities on Arran are limited. 
2.3 The Council approved a saving in February 2024 of £75,000 to reduce HWRC opening
hours, based on closing the sites for some days and we will no longer operate 7 days
per week. This will likely result in longer than usual waiting times at peak periods, as
well as on the day after sites re-open. The implementation of a digital booking system
will support delivery of the budget decision for reduced operating hours/days, while
minimising the associated impact on our customers. 
2.4 The Corporate Transformation Team and officers from the Waste Service have
engaged with a range of councils that have already implemented a digital HWRC
booking system and identified best practice from them to support the implementation of
a system within North Ayrshire’s HWRCs. The feedback received from some of the
Councils included: 
• East Renfrewshire Council - received minimal complaints regarding the introduction
of the booking system.
• South Ayrshire Council - since the implementation of the booking system they have
not had to review any incidents at their Ayr site and from a safety point of view, it
has been a great improvement. Customers commented on how much safer they
felt when visiting their sites.
• Hampshire County Council - HWRC tonnages decreased by 70,000 which equates
to a 37% reduction and only 3% of bookings are being made over the phone, with
the rest being made online.
• Kent County Council – site staff have reported an increase in job satisfaction.
• North Lanarkshire Council - during a pilot in 2023/24 at one HWRC, 59,000
bookings were made and 98.6% were online, with positive feedback from site staff
and customers. Following the successful pilot this is now being implemented at all
their sites.
• Research has shown that councils who have implemented a booking system have
not experienced a visible increase in fly tipping following its inception. 
2.5 The system will focus on allowing customers to be able to book a time slot at HWRC
sites at a time convenient to them and this will enable the provision of appropriate
support to offload their household waste safely and correctly, minimising contamination
and improving recycling. The key benefits of implementing a digital HWRC booking
system include: 
• Customer Experience
o Avoidance of long queues at sites, particularly at peak times and providing
certainty of access to the site at the time and date booked, while reducing
customer waiting/lost time.
o Reduced vehicle idling when queuing, reducing vehicle emissions and the
associated fuel costs for customers.
o Freeing up staff to assist with customers and encourage reuse/recycling.  
52

Page 53

o Ability to send booking reminders and bulk notifications to customers e.g. for
emergency site closures/ training.
o Supporting the ability to book the same day will be a key element of the
system.
o Providing a simple and standardised booking experience, which will support
the incorporation of the existing HWRC permit access system and policy for
vans, trailers and oversize vehicles, standardising the application process
and streamlining the approach for customers.
o Provides an opportunity to close off booking times at individual sites for small
periods as required to allow the delivery of essential staff training.
o Supports the ‘Meet and Greet’ approach to ensure customers have booked
and to ascertain what wastes customers have for deposit at the site. 
• Health and Safety
o Reduced traffic at the sites ensures a safer site for the customer and
employees, particularly at peak times. 
o It will reduce the risk of violence and aggression towards staff.
o It will prevent Police Scotland having to visit the sites during extremely busy
periods to deal with traffic congestion and reduce queue jumping incidents
and the associated customer and staff issues in respect of this. 
• Site Misuse
o Ability to monitor the level of customer visits / flag up unusual visit patterns,
helping to identify and prevent site misuse.
o Discourage commercial businesses from misusing the sites. 
o Ensure no hazardous waste enters sites e.g. asbestos and supports the
provision of waste related information to customers in advance of their visit
(waste packing advice, waste disposal guidance etc).
o Avoidance of fly-tipping near HWRCs, due to certainty of access and never
having to leave a site with a full vehicle. 
• Analysis
o Allows the understanding of patterns/trends for site usage through bookings
and the type of materials that are being presented for reuse, recycling or
disposal.
o Supports engagement with frequent site users to ascertain whether
additional support is required e.g. help with recycling at home. 
• Financial
o It will improve staff vigilance which will help to reduce contamination and the
associated contamination contractual charges levied on the Council.
o Improved staff vigilance will help to increase reuse/recycling and reduce
waste disposal costs.
o It will help to reduce the overall disposal costs due to reduced tonnages,
through avoiding waste from residents of neighbouring councils and
improved commercial waste controls.  
53

Page 54

2.6 The system will focus on allowing customers to be able to book slots at HWRC sites at
a time convenient to them and this will enable the appropriate support to offload their
household waste safely and correctly, minimising contamination and improving reuse
and recycling. 
2.7 The key aspects of how the digital booking system will operate are included below: 
• Customers will still be able to call to book slots via the contact centre without
signing up to MyNAC, however it is expected the vast majority will book on-line.
• Should a customer present at a site without a booking then a ‘one time’ pass will be
issued, which will be recorded against the car registration number.
• An extensive communication campaign will be carried out ensuring the new system
is widely publicised via multiple communications channels. 
• A number of same day booking slots will be made available via the system, to
accommodate unexpected demands, subject to availability.
• The system will also support the digital delivery and management of the existing
permit system and policy for householders seeking access with vans and small
trailers, as well as facilitate the review and digitisation of the commercial permit
system on Arran.
• The system will be configured to support family members to be able to deposit
household waste on behalf of elderly NAC residents.
• The system will be implemented as soon as practically possible taking account of
the communication required and the procurement of the system. 
2.8 A one-off implementation cost is estimated to be around £6,500 for tablets and system.
Recurring costs are estimated to be around £5,000 for hosting, licences etc and will be
met from the existing Waste Service revenue budget through savings in waste disposal
costs. 
2.9 The estimated implementation date is 1 April 2025 which will provide sufficient time for
the procurement of the system, configuration and testing of the system, alignment with
MyNac & the Customer Relationship Management (CRM) system and an extensive
communications campaign.   
2.10 An implementation and communication plan will be developed which includes: 
• A cross-service implementation group will ensure that all services and stakeholders
are considered in the implementation strategy and within the communication plan.
This will include Customer Services, Communications, Financial Services,
Procurement, IT, Transformation and the Waste Service.
• A marketing campaign will be undertaken in advance to advise residents of the
implementation of the new digital booking system.
• Providing clear guidance on the implementation of the new digital booking system,
including step by step guidance on how to book using the online system, or through
the Customer Contact Centre for those residents without digital access. 
• New signage will be installed at the gates of each HWRC to advise residents of the
implementation of the new booking system.
• The council’s website will be updated prior to implementation with the details of the
booking system, including a detailed section to answer frequently asked questions.  
54

Page 55

3. Proposals 
3.1  That Cabinet approved the proposal to implement the HWRC Booking System at all
sites on the mainland and on the Isle of Arran. 
4. Implications/Socio-economic Duty
Financial 
4.1 An estimated initial investment cost of £6,500 will be required for the purchase and
installation of the system with ongoing revenue costs of £5,000 per annum. 
Human Resources 
4.2 There are no direct implications for human resources. 
Legal 
4.3 Household Waste Recycling Centres are only licensed for the acceptance of specific
types of household waste. The implementation of a digital HWRC booking system will
assist the council in ensuring compliance with the site waste management licences,
which are issued and regulated by SEPA. 
Equality/Socio-economic 
4.4  The proposal will ensure that HWRCs are equally accessible for all customers. 
Environmental and Sustainability 
4.5  The implementation of a HWRC booking system will support the promotion of a
circular economy in North Ayrshire to reduce consumption of raw materials and
promote reuse and recycling. 
Key Priorities 
4.6  The proposal supports the Council Plan strategic priority to be a sustainable council,
through supporting the effective governance and management of resources. 
Community Wealth Building 
4.7  The implementation of the HWRC booking system contributes to being a Community
Wealth Building Council that is efficient and accessible, maximising investment and
focusing resources towards our priorities, and by supporting the reuse and recycling
of waste, helping to reduce carbon emissions and contributing to the mitigation of
climate change.  
55

Page 56

5. Consultation 
5.1 Consultation has taken place with Customer Services, Transformation, IT and
Procurement. A report was taken to the Policy Advisory Panel on 10 September 2024
and feedback was positive. 
RUSSELL McCUTCHEON 
Executive Director (Place) 
For further information please contact Thomas Reaney, Head of Service (Neighbourhood
Services), on 01294 324570. 
Background Papers
0
56

Page 57

NORTH AYRSHIRE COUNCIL 
1 October 2024 
Cabinet 
Title:    Scottish Government Consultation: Changing the
International Territorial Level Geography for Scotland 
Purpose:  To seek Cabinet approval for the submission of the proposed
response to the consultation on Changing the International
Territorial Level Geography for Scotland 
Recommendation:  That Cabinet: 
a) Approves the submission of the proposed consultation
response provided at Appendix One;  
b) Notes the engagement with Scottish Government officers
and Highlands and Islands Regional Economic
Partnership to inform the consultation response; and
c) Notes that responses to the consultation are also being
submitted by Highlands and Islands Regional Economic
Partnership and Highlands and Islands Enterprise. 
1. Executive Summary 
1.1 On 9 July 2024 Scottish Government commenced a consultation on proposals to
revise International Territorial Level boundaries in Scotland. Created by the Office for
National Statistics, these are geographical boundaries used to produce regional
statistics in the UK and to allow comparisons with regions in other countries. The
existing alignment of these boundaries positions Arran and Cumbrae within the
Highlands and Islands region. The consultation proposes that Arran and Cumbrae
move out of the Highlands and Islands groupings to be part of a new regional level
with mainland North Ayrshire and East Ayrshire. This report seeks approval for the
proposed response to the consultation provided at Appendix One. 
2. Background 
2.1 International Territorial Levels (ITL) were created by the Office for National Statistics
(ONS) following UK withdrawal from the EU and are a replacement for the
Nomenclature des Unités Territoriales Statistiques (NUTS) geographies. ONS is
currently reviewing ITL boundaries in the UK and has asked Scottish Government to
review the alignment of boundaries in Scotland. ITLs were designed to align with the
previous NUTS specifications, allowing for international comparisons between regional
level geographies.   
Agenda Item 7
57

Page 58

2.2 Prior to the UK leaving the EU, the NUTS geographies were primarily used to submit
regional statistics to the EU. These statistics were used to formulate regional policy
initiatives and determine regional funding allocations. The UK is no longer required to
provide statistics to the EU and is no longer eligible for EU Structural and Investment
Funds. Other uses of the ITL geography include submission of economic statistics to
the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and the
production of UK wide statistics by ONS on some policy areas reserved to the UK
Government. Although demand for ITL statistics is currently limited, the consultation
suggests there may be greater demand in the future. 
2.3 To consider the potential impacts of proposed changes to the ITL boundaries, the
Scottish Government commenced a consultation on 9 July 2024. The consultation
closes on 1 October 2024 with the feedback used to inform a response to the ONS. It
is expected that any revisions to the statistical boundaries will be implemented form 1
January 2025. 
2.4 ITL is a hierarchical geography with three levels. There are agreed population
thresholds for each level to ensure they are broadly comparable to international areas: 
• ITL1: the highest level. The whole of Scotland is an ITL1 region. 
• ITL2: currently divides Scotland into 5 regions. 
• ITL3: currently divides Scotland into 23 regions. 
2.5 The consultation states that the purpose of the changes is to ensure better alignment
of ITL boundaries to local authority boundaries in Scotland. This would make the
calculation of ITL statistics easier by ensuring each region would either be a local
authority or a group of local authorities. The proposed changes would also aim to
ensure the proportion of population within the regions are more balanced. The
consultation proposes that the number of ITL2 geographies is increased from 5 to 6
regions and the number of ITL3 geographies is reduced from 23 to 18. 
2.6 Arran and Cumbrae are currently grouped with Highlands and Islands areas within
both the ITL2 and ITL3 geographies. The consultation proposes that for both levels,
Arran and Cumbrae are moved out of the Highlands and Islands grouping as follows: 
• For ITL2 it is proposed that Arran and Cumbrae move out of the ‘Highlands and
Islands’ region and are grouped within the ‘Southern Scotland’ region (this includes
mainland North Ayrshire, East Ayrshire, South Ayrshire, Dumfries & Galloway,
South Lanarkshire and the Scottish Borders). 
• For ITL3 it is proposed that Arran and Cumbrae move out of the ‘Lochaber, Skye,
Lochalsh, Arran and Cumbrae and Argyll and Bute’ region and are grouped within
a region with East Ayrshire and mainland North Ayrshire. 
2.7 Proposals to align regional statistical boundaries with local authority boundaries were
considered as part of a previous consultation in 2012 and again in 2016. North
Ayrshire Council objected to proposals at that time as Arran and Cumbrae would have
been moved out of the EU geography that provided more flexibility in the type of
support, increased intervention rates and a higher per capita amount of funding than
the rest of Scotland.  Following withdrawal from the EU and removal of eligibility for
EU Structural and Investment Funds, this is no longer the case. There was also strong
opposition to the proposals from island communities based on it being considered
58

Page 59

important to align Arran and Cumbrae with other island communities which face
similar challenges and opportunities. 
2.8 The consultation proposals have been carefully considered by the Economic Policy
Team and with advice from Legal Services.  In addition, meetings have taken place
with Scottish Government Officers and members of the Highlands and Islands
Regional Economic Partnership (HIREP). The consultation has been shared with
Arran Locality Partnership and North Coast and Cumbrae Locality Partnership. 
2.9 The proposed consultation response provided at Appendix One recommends that the
consultation proposals are rejected. This is informed by the potential risk and
implications to the island communities of Arran and Cumbrae. The key issues and
concerns are as follows and are noted in the response: 
• Under the proposals and for both ITL2 and ITL3 geographies, Arran and Cumbrae
would be removed from their previous groupings as part of the Highlands and
Islands region. From a policy, statistical and cultural perspective it is important that
Arran and Cumbrae remain aligned to the other populated islands within the
Highlands and Islands region. Removing two of Scotland’s populated islands from
the rest would impact culturally, statistically and potentially in policy terms,
removing alignment with the administrative boundary of Highlands and Islands
Enterprise (HIE) and the Highlands and Islands Regional Economic Partnership
(HIREP).
• The proposed changes would further complicate access to data at a Highlands and
Islands level. If the ITL2 proposals are accepted, this would result in loss of access
to regional data which mapped to previous NUTS3 and the HIE agency boundary
for key economic statistics. HIE would therefore lose the ability to consider trends
and undertake analysis at the regional enterprise agency level.
• While the proposed changes are noted within the consultation as for the benefit of
statistical purposes, there is uncertainty on how the proposed changes may affect
future decisions e.g. policy development and funding allocations.  With the Scottish
Government’s commitment through the recent Programme for Government to
‘empower decision making and investment through REP’s (Regional Economic
Partnerships)’, retaining Arran and Cumbrae within the Highlands and Islands
region may impact on availability of funding for regional economic activity.  
• There is uncertainty around how the provision of business support under
Highlands and Islands Enterprise (HIE) versus Scottish Enterprise would be
impacted.
• There may be implications for North Ayrshire Council representation on the
Convention of the Highlands and Islands (COHI) and Highlands and Islands
Regional Economic Partnership (HIREP). 
2.10 Some small benefits have been identified as part of the proposals such as improving
statistical accuracy, reducing risk of disclosure of personal data and improving ease
and efficiency of producing data particularly at an Ayrshire regional level. However, it
is proposed that these limited benefits are outweighed by the potential risks to and
implications for the island communities of Arran and Cumbrae. 
2.11 It is understood that consultation responses are being prepared by HIREP and
Highlands and Islands Enterprise with the recommendation of rejecting the proposals
based on similar reasons to those identified above. 
59

Page 60

3. Proposals 
3.1 That Cabinet: 
a) Approves the submission of the proposed consultation response provided at
Appendix One;  
b) Notes the engagement with Scottish Government officers and Highlands and
Islands Regional Economic Partnership to inform the consultation response; and
c) Notes that responses to the consultation are also being submitted by Highlands and
Islands Regional Economic Partnership and Highlands and Islands Enterprise. 
4. Implications/Socio-economic Duty 
Financial 
4.1 There are no financial implications resulting directly from submission of the
consultation response, however it is unclear if financial implications could arise from
the removal of Arran and Cumbrae from the Highlands and Islands ITL geography. 
There is no clarity provided on the future use of these proposed regional geographies
on funding allocations from Scottish Government.   
Human Resources 
4.2 None. 
Legal 
4.3 Legal Services have reviewed the proposals and provided advice.  They have
concluded that there are no apparent legal concerns.   
Equality/Socio-economic 
4.4 There are no equality/socio-economic implications resulting directly from submission
of the consultation response, however it is unclear if such implications could arise
from the removal of Arran and Cumbrae from the Highlands and Islands ITL
geography.  There is no clarity provided on the future use of these proposed regional
geographies and therefore no certainty that this would not lead to equality/socio-
economic implications for island residents.   
Climate Change and Carbon 
4.5 None.   
Key Priorities 
4.6 None.   
Community Wealth Building 
4.7 None.    
60

Page 61

5. Consultation 
5.1 The proposed response has been informed by consultation with Legal Services,
Scottish Government officers, members of the Highlands and Islands Regional
Economic Partnership (HIREP) and HIREP Officers Group and Highlands and Islands
Enterprise (HIE).   
RUSSELL McCUTCHEON
Executive Director (Place) 
For further information please contact Emma McMullen, Senior Manager- Economic
Policy, on 07956 461806. 
Background Papers
0
61

Page 62

Appendix One – Proposed Consultation Response
Question 1 
Do you support the principle of changing the ITL2 and ITL3 geographies so that each
region is an exact grouping of Local Authorities? 
Yes 
No
If no, why not?
In some cases, alignment to local authority boundaries is considered appropriate, for
example the inclusion of the entire Argyll and Bute local authority within Highlands and
Islands ITL2. However, it is not considered appropriate that Arran and the Cumbraes are
removed from their previous groupings within ITL2 and ITL3 to align with the rest of North
Ayrshire Council. This grouping reflects strong geographical, socio-economic and cultural
circumstances which have existed for many years and still persist. This includes challenges
in relation to:
− Reliance on seasonal tourism and the need for diversification
− Transport particularly aligned to ferries
− Recruitment and retention of employees
− Housing
− Health and social care including meeting the needs of older people
− Preservation of the natural environment, heritage and cultural identity
− Education and skills and retention of young people 
− Population and depopulation
− “Island premium” costs
− Resilience
The Council has consistently resisted proposals to date for change which might result in our
islands being subject to different treatment from other islands, and which might exclude
them from the ability to take on both challenges and opportunities in a structured and
coordinated way, which reflects the circumstances of the Highlands and Islands region. We
are seriously concerned that the proposed changes would constrain this.
From a policy, statistical and cultural perspective it is important that Arran and Cumbrae
remain aligned to the other populated islands within the Highlands and Islands region. Our
islands of Arran and Cumbrae have a connection with Scotland’s other populated islands. 
Removing two of Scotland’s populated islands from the rest would impact culturally,
statistically and potentially in policy terms, removing alignment with the administrative
boundary of Highlands and Islands Enterprise (HIE) and the Highland and Islands Regional
Economic Partnership (HIREP). The different nature of the challenges, opportunities and
economic circumstances that the islands and remote areas face are recognised at present
in the support frameworks currently in place. This position is supported by both HIE and
HIREP.
It is acknowledged there are some benefits to aligning ITL2 and ITL3 geographies to exact
groupings of local authorities such as improving statistical accuracy by removing the need
to estimate data, ease and efficiency of producing statistical data and reducing the risk of
disclosure of personal data. These benefits are however outweighed by the potential risks
to and implications for our island communities.
62

Page 63

Question 2
Do you support the proposed groupings at ITL2 level? 
Yes 
No
If no, why not? 
Question 3
Do you support the proposed groupings at ITL3 level? 
Yes 
No
If no, why not? 
Question 4
Are there specific statistical products that you currently use that would be negatively
affected by these proposals? 
Yes 
No
If yes, how might we ensure that your requirements continue to be met?
North Ayrshire Council proposes that the islands of Arran and Cumbrae should
remain as part of the ITL2 Highlands and Islands region for the reasons outlined at
our response to Question 1. It is considered critical to retain all populated islands
within the same region due to the unique cultural and socio-economic contexts of
island communities. This position is supported by both HIE and HIREP.
If the ITL2 proposals are accepted, this would result in loss of access to regional data
which mapped to previous NUTS3 and the HIE agency boundary for key economic
statistics. HIE would therefore lose the ability to consider trends and undertake
analysis at the regional enterprise agency level which is of importance to North
Ayrshire Council and our island enterprises. 
North Ayrshire Council is opposed to the proposal that Arran and Cumbrae are moved
to a new ITL3 grouping which includes East Ayrshire Council and mainland North
Ayrshire Council for the reasons outlined at our response to Question 1.  It is
considered important to retain Arran and Cumbrae with similar geographies within the
Highlands and Islands due to islands having similar development requirements as well
as sharing many cultural and socio-economic similarities. This position is supported by
both HIE and HIREP.
It is noted that consolidating the islands of Arran and Cumbrae with the rest of
mainland North Ayrshire provides a slight benefit in terms of carrying out analysis of
GDP/GVA figures for the Ayrshire region. East Ayrshire would be grouped with North
Ayrshire and South Ayrshire would have its own ITL3 geography, this would therefore
make it easier to generate regional level statistics. However despite this, it is
considered the risk of potential impact to our islands outweighs the small benefit. 
63

Page 64

Question 5 
Do you have any other comments, suggestions, or alternative proposals for the ITL
geographies? 
It is proposed that the islands of Arran and Cumbrae remain within their existing ITL
geographies for the reasons outlined in our response to Question 1. While the
proposed changes are noted within the consultation as for the benefit of statistical
purposes, there is uncertainty around how the proposed changes may affect future
decisions e.g. policy development and funding allocations.  For example, if the
revised boundaries were used for the calculation of funding allocations, this could
impact the level of funding received according to the geography in which the area is
based, as was the case with EU Structural and Investment Funds.  
The Highlands and Islands region, including Arran and the Cumbraes, qualified for
Special Transitional Status in 2000 then Transitional Status for the 2007-2013 and
2014-2020 ERDF and ESF programmes. This provided more flexibility in the type of
support, increased intervention rates, and was a higher per capita amount of funding
than the rest of Scotland.
Scottish Government has been unable to answer questions posed about the future
impacts of these changes.  Although they have outlined that the consultation is for
statistical purposes, they have been unable to confirm that future funding decisions
may be impacted by these geographical changes
The Council has concerns regarding the removal of Arran and Cumbrae from the
Highlands and Islands region which could have impacts on the following areas: 
• Business Support: There is uncertainty around how the provision of business
support under Highlands and Islands Enterprise versus Scottish Enterprise would
be impacted.
• Island Authority Representation: There may be implications for North Ayrshire
Council’s representation on the Convention of the Highlands and Islands (COHI)
and HIREP.
• Funding: For example, Scottish Government decisions on funding, specifically
relating to islands and population-based decisions. 
To our knowledge, no products used by North Ayrshire Council would be negatively
affected by these proposals. 
64

Page 65

NORTH AYRSHIRE COUNCIL 
1 October 2024 
Cabinet
Title: The Great Harbour, Irvine: Phase 1 Coastal Hub Full
Business Case 
Purpose: To seek endorsement of the Full Business Case for Phase 1 of
the Great Harbour, Irvine, and approval for its submission to the
Ayrshire Economic Joint Committee. 
Recommendation: That Cabinet agrees to: 
(a) Endorse the Full Business Case (FBC) provided at Appendix
One for Phase 1 Coastal Hub of the Great Harbour, subject to
feedback from the Scottish Government; and
(b) Approve the submission of the FBC to the Ayrshire Economic
Joint Committee (AEJC). 
1. Executive Summary 
1.1 The Great Harbour is a transformational project at Irvine Harbourside as part of the
Ayrshire Growth Deal Tourism Programme, which seeks to invest £23.5M in the
development of tourism infrastructure in North Ayrshire. The Programme includes a
£14M allocation towards the Great Harbour from Scottish Government (£9M) and
North Ayrshire Council (£5M). 
1.2 The Outline Business Case for the project was approved by the Scottish Government
in June 2021. Following significant stakeholder consultation in Spring 2023, the Great
Harbour Masterplan was approved by Cabinet on 5 December 2023 and Planning
Committee on 24 April 2024. 
1.3 The Great Harbour project will be delivered in three phases of which the Coastal Hub
project is the first. The project has been informed by extensive consultation and
comprises a major new outdoor play facility at Irvine Beach Park, improved outdoor
park facilities and new infrastructure to support major events. This requires an overall
estimated investment of approximately £5M from the Ayrshire Growth Deal, including
the spend to date on development work, consultancy support, costs towards the
tendered works and contingency. The overall programme for Great Harbour has
approval through the annual Capital Programme. Each of the three phases and their
outline budgets have contingency allowances and funds can be reallocated if
necessary to Phase 1, should some additional funds be required to enable the award
of the Coastal Hub tender. A further update will be provided to Cabinet at Phase 2. 
Agenda Item 8
65

Page 66

1.4  This report seeks endorsement of the Final Business Case and agreement for its
submission to the Ayrshire Economic Joint Committee for approval in line with the
governance arrangements for the Ayrshire Growth Deal. 
2. Background 
2.1 The Great Harbour project is a key tourism led socio-economic regeneration,
placemaking and destination development project aiming to transform the highly
deprived area of the coastal town of Irvine, North Ayrshire. It will create a new national
and regional waterfront destination in Irvine, transforming the tourism and visitor
potential of Ayrshire and the Clyde Coast, based on enhancing the current assets of
the Harbourside and Beach Park areas. It is a key project for the Ayrshire Growth
Deal within the Tourism Programme, with planned investment of £14m, consisting of
£9m from the Scottish Government and £5m from NAC. 
2.2 Following approval of the Great Harbour’s Outline Business Case in June 2021, the
project has been further developed, informed by extensive consultation as detailed at
Section 5. This has led to a Masterplan for the wider area of the Harbourside and the
Beach Park, which sets out an ambitious vision and provides a framework for the
Ayrshire Growth Deal investment and for future development opportunities. The
Masterplan was approved by Planning Committee in April 2024 following the
endorsement from Cabinet in December 2023. This is now a material consideration in
the determination of future planning applications for the area. 
2.3 Proposals are focussed around three hubs of which the Coastal Hub is the first phase: 
• Coastal Hub (Phase 1) – a new major outdoor play facility for the Beach Park area,
improvements to routes to and from the Beach Park, outdoor events infrastructure
and initial improvements to the Pilot House.
• Maritime Mile including a Marine & Arts Hub (Phase 2) – improvements to public
spaces and the river’s edge around the vicinity of the Harbour Arts Centre and
Harbour Master’s Office and public realm improvements to the Maritime Mile along
Harbour Street.
• Maritime Heritage Hub (Phase 3) – expanded facilities for the Scottish Maritime
Museum (SMM), led by the SMM and additional outdoor events space adjacent to
Harbour Street. 
2.4 The Coastal Hub project aims to meet local needs and aspirations whilst ensuring that
the maintenance and upkeep burden is minimised. It encompasses the southern end
of the harbourside walkway and the most north-west part of the Beach Park,
stretching from the large grassy area to the north, towards the cycle path/service road
to the south and the boating pond to the east. It also includes the Pilot House, Boyd’s
Automatic Tide Signalling Apparatus, which is a listed building and its surroundings,
Beach Drive car park, the roundabout at the most western end of the Beach Drive and
the access road to the boating pond car park. 
2.5 The project will provide a destination for play and physical activity that caters for a
wide range of age groups and abilities and is free to use. A themed playpark will be
the central focus, integrated into the local landscape, with a skate park and pump
track. The area between the play hub and the boating pond will remain as green
space and will be equipped with some essential infrastructure to accommodate major
events, with the potential to generate a source of revenue income for the Council. In
66

Page 67

addition, free public play activities are expected to increase footfall in the area,
benefiting local businesses. As part of the hub, an outdoor gym near the boating pond
has already been installed by Neighbourhood Services and the area will be further
equipped with picnic benches to encourage longer stays and social interaction. 
2.6 The project will also improve access between the Harbourside and the Beach Park,
including active travel improvements to reduce car dominance and to provide better
access to facilities and blue and green spaces, helping to improve wellbeing. The
approach road and path network will be redesigned to improve pedestrian and cycle
connectivity and new street furniture, picnic benches and directional signs will be
installed. There will also be a first phase of external improvements to the Pilot House
and its surrounding setting. Beach Drive car park will be re-lined and will provide
spaces for motorhomes, alongside area-wide landscaping. The site hosting the play
hub will be provided with a new drainage system and will require the diversion of
some utilities. Digital infrastructure columns will also be installed on the Harbourside
as a separate project, funded by UK Government’s SMART Infrastructure Pilot
Programme, for which several columns will be within the Coastal Hub area. 
2.7 As the first phase of the Great Harbour proposals, the Coastal Hub has been
developed to technical detail and civil works have been tendered as part of a two-
stage process. All necessary statutory permissions have been secured. The proposal
requires an overall investment of up to £5M from the Ayrshire Growth Deal, which in
addition to the civil works, also includes spend to date for development, work relating
the Coastal Hub and also from a number of other funding sources. 
2.8 AGD funding is subject to the Green Book Treasury Business Case process and
requires the approval of spend to ensure projects offer value for money. The Coastal
Hub project has reached the final approval stage for the drawdown of funds and the
Full Business Case (FBC) provided at Appendix One, has been prepared to allow the
scrutiny of proposed spend, commercial and economic viability, financial feasibility
and robust management of the project. 
2.9 The FBC has progressed through project governance stages and is now available for
consideration of approval following completion of key aspects of the Coastal Hub
project set out in this report. Costs related the Coastal Hub are generally affordable,
with tender costs received and are within the available capital budget for the Great
Harbour Programme. Under the agreed AGD governance, the approval of the FBC
has been delegated to the Ayrshire Economic Joint Committee (AEJC), following
endorsement from the Scottish Government (which is pending) and endorsement by
Cabinet. 
2.10 The FBC for the Coastal Hub provides a strong and competent case for approval,
following the completion of key elements of the project as set out in this Report.
Subject to receiving endorsement from Scottish Government, which is pending, and
Cabinet endorsement, the next steps are to seek final approval of the FBC from the
AEJC, to enable the award of the works tender and commencement of works on site. 
2.11 The FBC approval is subject to a critical timeline to ensure the award of the works
during October and commencement of works on site by November 2024. This aims to
ensure that the delivery of the play park element of the works is complete by the end
of June 2025. 
67

Page 68

3. Proposals 
3.1 It is proposed that the Cabinet agrees to: 
a) Endorse the Full Business Case (FBC) provided at Appendix One for the Phase 1
Coastal Hub project of the Great Harbour, subject to endorsement from the
Scottish Government; and
b) Approve the submission of the FBC to the Ayrshire Economic Joint Committee
(AEJC). 
4. Implications/Socio-economic duty
Financial
4.1 The main financial implications are summarised as follows: 
Capital: overall estimated capital investment of up to £5M is required from AGD for
the Great Harbour Phase 1 - Coastal Hub project, towards a construction contract
and spend on the development, delivery and management of the project. This is
funded by the AGD Great Harbour Programme. The Coastal Hub project is further
supported £392,000 of UK Government funding towards 5GIR SMART infrastructure.
It is considered that endorsement from the Scottish Government will be a final
acknowledgement that Phase 1 can proceed and the Council can then draw down
the Scottish Government Grant.   
Revenue: it is anticipated that there will be revenue costs related to the maintenance
and repair of the area and equipment, that are in addition to currently incurred costs.
This will follow an initial 12-month maintenance period covered by the contractor
which is currently estimated to end by May 2026. The implications will be factored
into the appropriate year’s Revenue Budget process and Medium-Term Financial
Plan Update. To ensure that future maintenance costs and resource pressures are
minimised, the development and design of the project in terms of layout, materials
and finishes, has involved consultation with all relevant Council services. As a result,
a Coastal Hub Maintenance Plan has been prepared. This plan will be updated
during and post-construction, to capture all relevant maintenance and repair regime
requirements with identified processes and timescales, to assist relevant services
and to ensure adequate revenue allocations are put in place. The process has
already been initiated with relevant Council services, and later will involve specialist
advice from manufacturers and contractors. Streetscene have confirmed costs per
annum of approximately £22,000 to undertake grounds maintenance and regular
inspections of play equipment. In addition, £20,000 is being aligned from the
Council’s Regeneration revenue budget for the ongoing maintenance of the SMART
columns. 
Human Resources 
4.2 The project is funded by the Ayrshire Growth Deal and will be delivered by the
Growth and Investment Team with support from other NAC teams and external
contractors and consultants. All services required have been procured in line with
the Council’s Standing Orders Relating to Contracts. In addition, once the project is
delivered, the improved areas will be maintained by Streetscene. 
68

Page 69

Legal 
4.3 All statutory consents have been secured. The project’s geographical scope is within
the sole ownership of the Council and has been developed alongside the Great
Harbour Masterplan and aligns to its objectives and planning/design guidance. The
award of tender now requires to be made within the 120-day period. In addition, the
Terrorism (Protection of Premises) Bill, also known as Martyn’s Law, is pending UK
wide legislation. This will place a requirement on those responsible for certain
publicly accessible locations to consider the threat from terrorism and implement
appropriate and proportionate mitigation measures. In this respect, consideration has
been given to ensuring that the proposals, where possible, contribute towards
compliance with the forthcoming requirements. 
Equality/Socio-economic 
4.4 As part of the Great Harbour project and related Masterplan, the Coastal Hub
proposals have considered social and economic sustainability. The Great Harbour
project aims to tackle inequalities derived from the area’s high levels of multiple
deprivation, through enhancement, improved connections and safe public access to
the harbourside, the beach, green spaces, local heritage and new attractions, for
the enjoyment of the local community and visitors, creating accessible and inclusive
spaces. The Coastal Hub phase will offer free access to play and physical activity
for residents and visitors. The play equipment is designed to encourage inclusive
play for all ages and abilities and aims to diversify the park's offerings and to cater
to a broader audience. 
Climate Change and Carbon 
4.5 Addressing climate change and carbon management is essential to making the
Great Harbour a sustainable place and destination as part of the Ayrshire Growth
Deal investment. The overall Masterplan for the area recognises the impact of
climate change and considers national and local strategies and actions on
environmental sustainability and carbon emissions in line with the Climate Change
Act 2019, Scotland’s net zero targets and the Sustainable North Ayrshire Strategy
2024-2027. In particular, the project has been informed by the Place Standard and
20 Minute Neighbourhood principles, with consideration of its whole-life carbon
emissions. The overall approach to sustainability is summarised in the table
below: 
Great Harbour: Coastal Hub – Sustainability   
Community  - Providing tourism & leisure opportunities.
- Providing access to green and blue spaces to improve
wellbeing. 
- Job opportunities through new investment. 
Design  - Identifying areas needing most improvement.
- Retaining existing assets and features. 
- Applying the Place Standard and 20 Minute.
- Neighbourhood design principles. 
- Flood protection and biodiversity considerations.
- Minimising future maintenance requirements. 
Construction  - Adopting Community Wealth Building principles.
69

Page 70

- Adopting PAS 2080 Carbon Management in
Infrastructure. 
Transport /
Commute 
- Providing active travel & improving routes and
connections. 
- Prioritising walking, cycling and wheeling. 
- Better connected and more legible routes across the
Coastal Hub area. 
4.6 A Carbon Management Plan has been developed for the Coastal Hub and
reviewed regularly throughout the design stages. The construction work will be
monitored against this plan to support the identification of further carbon emission
reductions. In addition, it will undergo a 12-month performance evaluation post
construction. This comprehensive strategy ensures that carbon management
remains a central focus, aligning with industry best practice and sustainability
objectives. 
Key Priorities 
4.7 The Great Harbour Masterplan reflects the priorities of the Council Plan 2023 to
2028 of wellbeing, communities and local democracy, climate change and a
sustainable Council. The Masterplan and Coastal Hub project contribute to the
delivery of the priorities of several other Council plans and strategies, including: 
• Local Development Plan 2
• Vacant and Derelict Land Strategy
• Electric Vehicle Strategy
• Open Space Strategy
• Local Transport and Active Travel Strategy
• Local Biodiversity Action Plan. 
Community Wealth Building 
4.8 The Coastal Hub project considers social and economic sustainability through the
Community Wealth Building Strategy 2020-2025. The project aligns with the
principles of the Community Wealth Building (CWB) to ensure local wealth benefits
the community and creates more equitable, inclusive, and sustainable economies,
fostering sustainable growth, enhancing local participation, and ensuring long-term
benefits for the community. 
4.9 The Coastal Hub project, guided by the principles of Community Wealth Building,
goes beyond economic development. It aims to take a holistic approach that
empowers the community, promotes inclusivity, and builds a sustainable and
resilient local economy. This approach reflects a commitment to prioritise the well-
being of local residents and create a community where prosperity is shared by all.
The Coastal Hub contributes to these priorities through reaching and involving a
broad spectrum of the community, using local suppliers where possible and
creating a lasting community asset. In this respect, early engagement has been
undertaken with several local manufacturers, who may be positioned to deliver
elements of the proposed improvements.  
70

Page 71

5. Consultation 
5.1 The overall Masterplan proposals are closely aligned with the Council’s Local
Development Plan and National Planning Framework (NPF4) and build upon
community engagement progressed during the Irvine Vision (2016) and the Irvine
Harbourside Study (2017). Initial public consultation on the Great Harbour
proposals took place between February and March 2022. The feedback informed
the development of the Great Harbour proposals. This included a priority to
upgrade the Beach Park area and deliver this as the first phase of the works. 
5.2 Further public consultation on the Masterplan took place in March and April 2023. In
line with the first phase of consultation, it followed a strategy based on the best
practice process developed by the Connected Communities Team, incorporating
‘lessons learnt’ from the previous phase. A Stakeholder Reference Group (SRG)
informed the consultation methodology and verification of the consultation
information material. The material and a survey were available online for the duration
of the consultation and several drop-in events, walkarounds and direct presentations
to stakeholder groups were also facilitated. The material was also displayed at Irvine
Library and on the fencing opposite the Harbour Arts Centre with a QR code for
direct access to the survey and paper survey forms made available at specific
locations. 
5.3 The majority of responses were supportive of all of the various proposals, recognising
the opportunity for the regeneration of the Harbourside. There was overall support for
improvements to the public realm and access along the Harbourside and for the
proposed activity hubs, especially the Coastal Hub. Feedback has informed the
development of the proposals including the need for adequate maintenance and waste
management and the protection of place assets, including heritage and cultural assets. 
5.4 As part of the consultation process local schools and youth groups have been
engaged to provide inspiration for a suitable name for the play park. This work is
ongoing with an event planned to announce the selected name. 
5.5 The Coastal Hub proposals have been informed by continuous internal
consultations with a range of Council services including Neighbourhood Services,
Roads, Flooding, Housing and Public Protection, Connected Communities and
Sustainability, Transport and Corporate Property Management. 
Russell McCUTCHEON
Executive Director (Place) 
For further information please contact Marnie Ritchie, Interim Senior Manager, Growth &
Investment, via marnieritchie@north-ayrshire.gov.uk or on 07342 713 349. 
Background Papers
Cabinet Report: Great Harbour Masterplan, Irvine. 5 December 2023
Planning Committee Report: Great Harbour Masterplan, Irvine. 24 April 2024.
Great Harbour Masterplan, June 2024
71

Page 72

Great Harbour
Phase 1 
Coastal Hub
Full Business Case  
72

Page 73

Great Harbour
Phase 1
Coastal Hub
Full Business Case (FBC)
August 2024 
Revision log
Version Date Issued Change Owner
01 29/04/2024 Including Change Paper submitted to PMO &
Government 02.05.24
Kasia Smith
02 04/06/2024 • Economic case completed
• Financial tables updated
• Tables references updated
Kasia Smith
03 07/06/2024 Minor text and graphics corrections  Kasia Smith
Marnie Ritchie
Louise Kirk
04 30/07/2024 Response to Scottish Government feedback of
12/07/2024
Marnie Ritchie
Lisa Jamieson
05 16/09/2024 Response to Scottish Government feedback of
14/08/2024
Kasia Smith
Marnie Smith 
73

Page 74

1  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Contents 
PART A | PROJECT DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................................... 10
What is the project about? ................................................................................................................11
What is being undertaken? ................................................................................................................12
How does it fit within the wider Deal? ..............................................................................................12
What is being proposed? ...................................................................................................................13
How will it be delivered? ....................................................................................................................14
Who will use it and why? ...................................................................................................................14
What are the headline figures around what is being proposed? ......................................................15
PART B | THE FIVE CASES .................................................................................................................... 17
1. Executive summary ........................................................................................................................18
1.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................18
1.1.1 Background ...................................................................................................................................19
1.1.2 Cost and Schedule updates ..........................................................................................................20
1.1.3 Description ...................................................................................................................................23
1.1.4 Masterplan development .............................................................................................................25
1.1.5 Great Harbour Masterplan Proposals ..........................................................................................27
Building on the Quality of Place ........................................................................................................27
Access and Movement ......................................................................................................................28
Masterplan Distinctive Elements .......................................................................................................29
1.1.6 Ayrshire Growth Deal Investment ................................................................................................30
1.1.7 Destination development .............................................................................................................30
Tourism potential ..............................................................................................................................32
Sustainable Destination .....................................................................................................................33
Tourism product ................................................................................................................................34
Heritage Tourism ...............................................................................................................................35
Maritime Heritage .............................................................................................................................36
Natural Heritage ................................................................................................................................38
Marine Leisure and Play ....................................................................................................................39
Events ................................................................................................................................................41
1.2 Strategic case. ..............................................................................................................................43
1.2.1 The strategic context ....................................................................................................................43
1.2.2 The case for change ......................................................................................................................44
74

Page 75

2  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
1.3 Economic case ..............................................................................................................................45
1.3.1 Great Harbour OBC long list and short list ...................................................................................45
1.3.2 The procurement ..........................................................................................................................46
General approach ..............................................................................................................................46
Specifics to Coastal Hub procurement ..............................................................................................46
1.3.3 Key findings ..................................................................................................................................47
Option appraisal conclusions.............................................................................................................48
1.3.4 Overall findings: the preferred option .........................................................................................48
1.4 Commercial case ..........................................................................................................................48
1.4.1 Agreed products and services ......................................................................................................50
Additional work .................................................................................................................................51
1.4.2 Agreed risk allocation and charging mechanism ..........................................................................51
1.4.3 Key contractual arrangements .....................................................................................................52
1.4.4 Agreed implementation timescales .............................................................................................52
1.4.5 Accountancy treatment ................................................................................................................53
1.5 Financial case ...............................................................................................................................53
Great Harbour ...................................................................................................................................53
Phase 1 - Coastal Hub ........................................................................................................................54
1.5.1 Financial expenditure ...................................................................................................................54
Summary of financial appraisal – draw down profile – Coastal Hub .................................................54
Summary of financial appraisal – planned project delivery/spend – Coastal Hub ............................55
1.5.2 Overall affordability and balance sheet treatment ......................................................................55
1.6 Management case ........................................................................................................................56
1.6.1 Project management arrangements ............................................................................................56
Great Harbour governance structure ................................................................................................56
1.6.2 Benefits realisation and risk management ...................................................................................56
1.6.3 Post project evaluation arrangements .........................................................................................57
1.7 Recommendation .........................................................................................................................57
2. THE STRATEGIC CASE ....................................................................................................................... 59
2.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................59
Structure and content of the document ...........................................................................................60
OBC to FBC development ..................................................................................................................61
2.2 Organisational overview ..............................................................................................................63
2.3 Business strategies .......................................................................................................................64
Local context .....................................................................................................................................64
Regional context ................................................................................................................................65
75

Page 76

3  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
National context ................................................................................................................................65
Strategic fit with national and regional Policy ...................................................................................66
2.4 Other organisational strategies ....................................................................................................75
2.5 Investment objectives ..................................................................................................................75
2.6 Existing arrangements ..................................................................................................................79
2.7 Business needs .............................................................................................................................80
Potential ............................................................................................................................................81
Consultation ......................................................................................................................................82
2.8 Potential business scope and key service requirements .............................................................83
2.8.1 Detailed Great Harbour change outline ..................................................................................85
2.8.2 Coastal Hub change outline .....................................................................................................88
2.9 Main benefits criteria ...................................................................................................................93
2.10 Main risks ...................................................................................................................................94
2.11 Constraints .................................................................................................................................95
2.12 Dependencies .............................................................................................................................97
3. THE ECONOMIC CASE ...................................................................................................................... 99
3.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................99
3.2 Critical success factors .................................................................................................................99
3.3 The long-listed options .............................................................................................................. 100
Detailed outcomes of options assessment ........................................................................................ 102
Option 1 - Do nothing / business as usual. ..................................................................................... 102
Option 2 - Deliver coastal tourism priorities at other Ayrshire locations ...................................... 103
Option 3: Deliver coastal tourism priorities at other North Ayrshire locations ............................. 104
Option 4: Deliver coastal tourism priorities at Irvine Harbourside (Coastal Hub) ......................... 105
Preferred way forward ................................................................................................................... 106
3.4 Short-listed options ................................................................................................................... 106
3.4.1 Preferred option ........................................................................................................................ 108
3.4.2 Preferred option development ................................................................................................. 108
3.5 The procurement process ......................................................................................................... 109
3.5.1 Coastal Hub long list criteria ..................................................................................................... 109
3.5.2 Coastal Hub long list .................................................................................................................. 109
3.5.3 Coastal Hub short list criteria .................................................................................................... 110
3.5.4 Coastal Hub short list ................................................................................................................ 110
3.6 Economic appraisal ................................................................................................................... 110
3.6.1 Introduction............................................................................................................................... 110
3.6.2 Estimating benefits .................................................................................................................... 111
76

Page 77

4  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Cash Releasing Benefits .................................................................................................................. 111
Carbon Benefit ................................................................................................................................ 111
Non-Cash Releasing Benefits .......................................................................................................... 112
3.6.3 Estimating costs ......................................................................................................................... 113
3.6.4 Net present value benefits findings .......................................................................................... 114
3.6.5 Benefits to cost ratios................................................................................................................ 117
3.6.6 Option appraisal conclusions .................................................................................................... 117
3.7 Qualitative benefits appraisal ................................................................................................... 118
3.7.1 Methodology ............................................................................................................................. 118
3.7.2 Qualitative benefits criteria....................................................................................................... 118
3.7.3 Qualitative benefits scoring ...................................................................................................... 119
3.7.4 Analysis of key results ............................................................................................................... 119
3.8 Risk appraisal – unquantifiables ................................................................................................ 120
3.8.1 Methodology ............................................................................................................................. 120
3.8.2 Risk scores ................................................................................................................................. 120
3.9 The preferred option ................................................................................................................. 121
3.10 Sensitivity analysis ................................................................................................................... 122
3.10.1 Results of switching values ...................................................................................................... 122
3.10.2 Key observations ..................................................................................................................... 122
3.10.3 Results of scenario planning .................................................................................................... 122
3.10.4 Key observations ..................................................................................................................... 126
3.11 Preferred option ...................................................................................................................... 126
4. THE COMMERCIAL CASE ................................................................................................................ 127
4.1 Introduction .............................................................................................................................. 127
Stimulating Tourism ....................................................................................................................... 127
Catalysing Business Growth............................................................................................................ 127
Delivering Sustainable Returns ....................................................................................................... 128
Strategic Partnerships .................................................................................................................... 128
4.2 Required services ...................................................................................................................... 128
Additional work .............................................................................................................................. 129
4.3 Agreed risk transfer ................................................................................................................... 129
4.4 Agreed charging mechanisms ................................................................................................... 131
4.5 Agreed contract length ............................................................................................................. 132
4.6 Key contractual clauses ............................................................................................................. 132
4.7 Personnel implications (including TUPE) ................................................................................... 133
4.8 Procurement route and implementation timescales ................................................................ 133
77

Page 78

5  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Contract Exit Strategy ..................................................................................................................... 135
4.9 FRS 5 accountancy treatment ................................................................................................... 135
4.10 Subsidy Control ....................................................................................................................... 136
5. THE FINANCIAL CASE ..................................................................................................................... 137
5.1 Introduction .............................................................................................................................. 137
Great Harbour ................................................................................................................................ 137
Phase 1 - Coastal Hub ..................................................................................................................... 138
5.2 Impact on the organisation’s income and expenditure account .............................................. 139
Summary of financial appraisal – draw down profile......................................................................... 139
Coastal Hub .................................................................................................................................... 139
Great Harbour ................................................................................................................................ 139
Summary of financial appraisal – planned project delivery/spend .................................................... 140
Coastal Hub .................................................................................................................................... 140
Great Harbour ................................................................................................................................ 140
5.3 Impact on the balance sheet ..................................................................................................... 140
5.4 Overall affordability .................................................................................................................. 140
6. THE MANAGEMENT CASE .............................................................................................................. 143
6.1 Introduction .............................................................................................................................. 143
6.2 Programme management arrangements .................................................................................. 145
6.3 Project management arrangements ......................................................................................... 146
6.3.1 Project reporting structure ....................................................................................................... 150
6.3.2 Project roles and responsibilities .............................................................................................. 150
6.3.3 Project plan ............................................................................................................................... 152
6.4 Use of special advisers .............................................................................................................. 153
6.5 Arrangements for change management ................................................................................... 155
6.6 Arrangements for benefits realisation ...................................................................................... 156
Outputs ............................................................................................................................................... 156
Outcomes ........................................................................................................................................... 157
Impacts ............................................................................................................................................... 157
Community Benefits ........................................................................................................................... 157
6.7 Carbon Management ................................................................................................................ 159
6.8 Arrangements for risk management ......................................................................................... 161
6.9 Arrangements for contract management ................................................................................. 162
6.10 Arrangements for post project evaluation .............................................................................. 163
6.10.1 Post implementation review (PIR) .......................................................................................... 163
6.10.2 Project evaluation review (PER) .............................................................................................. 163
78

Page 79

6  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
6.11 OGC Gateway review arrangements ....................................................................................... 163
6.12 Contingency plans ................................................................................................................... 164 
165
PART C | APPENDICES ....................................................................................................................... 165
Appendix A | Stakeholder Engagement and Public Consultation Strategy .................................... 166
Appendix B | Great Harbour Project Governance Structure .......................................................... 167
Appendix C | Leverage Funding Strategy ....................................................................................... 168
Appendix D | Maritime Mile Events Programme ........................................................................... 169
Appendix E | Making Waves Festival – Economic Impact Assessment – October 2022 ................ 170
Appendix F | AGD Benefits Realisation Plan 2022 .......................................................................... 171
Appendix G | Benefits Realisation Guidance .................................................................................. 172
Appendix H | Great Harbour Risk Register ..................................................................................... 173
Great Harbour Risk Register ........................................................................................................... 173
Coastal Hub Project Risk Register ................................................................................................... 173
Coastal Hub Design Risk Register ................................................................................................... 173
Appendix I | Coastal Hub Technical Economic Appendix ............................................................... 174
Appendix J | AGD Implementation Plan 2022 ................................................................................ 175
Appendix K | Coastal Hub Carbon Management Plan .................................................................... 176
Appendix L | AGD Regional Community Benefits Statement ......................................................... 177
Appendix M | Coastal Hub Maintenance Plan ............................................................................... 178
Appendix N | Coastal Hub Site Plan ............................................................................................... 179
Appendix O | Contract Exit Strategy .............................................................................................. 180
Appendix P | Irvine Town Centre Audit .......................................................................................... 181
Appendix Q | Irvine Vision report .................................................................................................. 182
Appendix R | Great Harbour Masterplan – Strategic Ecological Assessment – Pre-screening
Notification ........................................................................................................................... 183
Appendix S | Coastal Hub - Equality Impact Assessment ............................................................... 184 
79

Page 80

7  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
List of Tables
Table 1 Phase 1 FBC costings ........................................................................................................................15
Table 2 Phase 1 FBC costings ........................................................................................................................18
Table 3 Great Harbour Milestones ...............................................................................................................22
Table 4 Great Harbour project phasing ........................................................................................................23
Table 5 Summary short list ...........................................................................................................................46
Table 6 Economic Appraisal – Ayrshire level ................................................................................................47
Table 7 Great Harbour project phasing ........................................................................................................53
Table 8 Phase 1 FBC costings ........................................................................................................................54
Table 9 Coastal Hub Funding ........................................................................................................................54
Table 10 Coastal Hub Spend Profile ..............................................................................................................55
Table 11 Phase 1 FBC costings ......................................................................................................................59
Table 12 Great Harbour deliverables ............................................................................................................61
Table 13 Policy and Strategies - National .....................................................................................................67
Table 14 Policy and Strategies - Regional and Local .....................................................................................70
Table 15 Great Harbour SMART objectives ..................................................................................................76
Table 16 Great Harbour change outline .......................................................................................................85
Table 17 Coastal Hub change outline ...........................................................................................................89
Table 18 Investment objectives ....................................................................................................................93
Table 19 Coastal Hub Main Risks ..................................................................................................................95
Table 20 Critical success factors ...................................................................................................................99
Table 21 Great Harbour long list options assessment ............................................................................... 101
Table 22 Options appraisal ........................................................................................................................ 107
Table 23 Short list option assessment ....................................................................................................... 108
Table 24 Coastal Hub main benefits .......................................................................................................... 112
Table 25 Qualitative project costs ............................................................................................................. 113
Table 26 Results of Economic Appraisals – Ayrshire.................................................................................. 114
Table 27 Key Results of Economic Appraisals – Scotland .......................................................................... 115
Table 28 Key Results of Economic Appraisals – UK .................................................................................... 116
Table 29 Benefit to cost ratios ................................................................................................................... 117
Table 30 Net Additional BCR for the Coastal Hub Option .......................................................................... 117
Table 31 Qualitative benefits criteria ........................................................................................................ 118
Table 32 Weighted scoring example .......................................................................................................... 119
Table 33 Benefits Appraisal Results ........................................................................................................... 119
Table 34 Summary of the risk appraisal results ......................................................................................... 120
Table 35 Summary of overall results ......................................................................................................... 121
Table 36 Switching values .......................................................................................................................... 122
Table 37 Summary of scenario planning results Coastal Hub Option ........................................................ 123
Table 38 Summary of scenario planning results – Business as Usual Case................................................ 124
Table 39 Summary of scenario planning results (BCRs) ............................................................................. 125
Table 40 Summary of scenario planning results (NABCRs) ........................................................................ 126
Table 41 Risk transfer matrix ..................................................................................................................... 130
Table 42 Coastal Hub contract key dates ................................................................................................... 132
Table 43 Coastal Hub programme ............................................................................................................. 135
Table 44 Great Harbour project phasing ................................................................................................... 137
Table 45 Phase 1 FBC costings ................................................................................................................... 138
Table 46 Coastal Hub Funding ................................................................................................................... 139
Table 47 Great Harbour Funding ............................................................................................................... 139
Table 48 Coastal Hub Spend Profile ........................................................................................................... 140
Table 49 Great Harbour Spend Profile ....................................................................................................... 140
80

Page 81

8  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Table 50 Phase 1 FBC costings ................................................................................................................... 141
Table 51 Great Harbour Milestones .......................................................................................................... 144
Table 52 Great Harbour project phasing ................................................................................................... 145
Table 53 Great Harbour project management roles and responsibilities ................................................. 147
Table 54 Outline of Communication Strategy ........................................................................................... 149
Table 55 Great Harbour project team roles and responsibilities .............................................................. 151
Table 56 Great Harbour Milestones .......................................................................................................... 152
Table 57 Great Harbour Programme ......................................................................................................... 153
Table 58 Great Harbour professional advisors .......................................................................................... 153
Table 59 Coastal Hub professional advisors .............................................................................................. 154
Table 60 Great Harbour Outputs ............................................................................................................... 156
Table 61 Great Harbour Outcomes ............................................................................................................ 157
Table 62 Great Harbour Impacts ............................................................................................................... 157
Table 63 Great Harbour Community Benefits ........................................................................................... 157
Table 64 Great Harbour initial carbon statement ...................................................................................... 160
Table 65 Coastal Hub contract management ............................................................................................ 163
Table 66 Coastal Hub Gateways ................................................................................................................ 163 
List of Figures
Figure 1 The Great Harbour hubs .................................................................................................................11
Figure 2 Great Harbour Masterplan as approved .........................................................................................26
Figure 3 Maritime Mile concept ...................................................................................................................30
Figure 4 Maritime Mile - the activity hubs ....................................................................................................31
Figure 5 Great Harbour – Maritime Heritage ...............................................................................................37
Figure 6 The Dragon, Irvine Beach Park ........................................................................................................38
Figure 7 Great Harbour - Natural Heritage ...................................................................................................39
Figure 8 Great Harbour – Marine Laisure and Play.......................................................................................40
Figure 9 Coastal Hub arrangements with events space at the Beach Park ..................................................42
Figure 10 Great Harbour - Events Areas .......................................................................................................42
Figure 11 Coastal Hub general arrangements ..............................................................................................49
Figure 12 Coastal Hub view from the Harbourside showing a new setting for the Pilot House ..................49
Figure 13 Play Park visualisation ...................................................................................................................51
Figure 14 Great Harbour Project Governance Structure ..............................................................................56
Figure 15 Great Harbour Business Case Pathway .........................................................................................60
Figure 16 Great Harbour Masterplan as approved! .....................................................................................64
Figure 17 Regional drivers to inclusive growth .............................................................................................76
Figure 18 Great Harbour Masterplan consultation feedback summary .......................................................83
Figure 19 Coastal Hub concept design ..........................................................................................................84
Figure 20 Maritime Mile and Marine, Arts and Events Hub - concept design ..............................................84
Figure 21 Maritime Heritage Hub concept design ........................................................................................85
Figure 22 Coastal Hub as proposed in OBC ...................................................................................................91
Figure 23 Coastal Hub as proposed in FBC ...................................................................................................92
Figure 24 Great Harbour governance structure ........................................................................................ 147
Figure 25 Organisational reporting structure ............................................................................................ 150
Figure 26 Great Harbour Change Control process ..................................................................................... 155
Figure 27 Great Harbour sustainability approach ...................................................................................... 159
81

Page 82

9  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC   82

Page 83

10  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC 
Part A
Project Description  
83

Page 84

11 
Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
What is the project about?
The Great Harbour project is a key tourism led socio-economic regeneration, placemaking and
destination development project aiming to transform the highly deprived area of the coastal town of
Irvine1, North Ayrshire. It will create a new national and regional waterfront destination transforming the
tourism and visitor potential of Ayrshire and the Clyde Coast based on the place’s best assets. The project
addresses a regional priority to invest in tourism and aligns with the Regional Growth Strategy and
Community Wealth Building programme.
The Great Harbour project, supported by the Ayrshire Growth Deal, presents a strategic opportunity to
transform Irvine into a thriving tourist destination, fostering economic prosperity, community well-being,
and a sustainable future for the region. The development of the Great Harbour will create a unique
coastal destination comprising of a number of key assets to attract new visitors to the area and create
jobs. It will build on the unique qualities of place, creating a national waterfront destination focussed on a
series of activity hubs and dynamic event and public spaces. These will include heritage, arts, maritime,
outdoor and marine leisure activities, providing an animated waterfront that connects from Irvine train
station to the coast to achieve a regional waterfront destination that will transform the tourism and the
visitor potential of Ayrshire and the Clyde Coast. It will also unlock a series of secondary development
opportunities which will contribute to the creation of a premium regional coastal destination that
delivers Community Wealth Building opportunities.
The Great Harbour project will be delivered in three phases as shown in the image below and description.
The Maritime Mile forms part of the overall area linking the project hubs across the Harbourside from the
town centre and railway station in the east to the coast at the western edge. 
Figure 1 The Great Harbour hubs 
1Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation (SIMD) 2020 – data zone: Irvine Fullarton (S01011232), most deprived 5%
84

Page 85

12  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
• Coastal Hub (Phase 1) – a new major outdoor play facility for the Beach Park area, improvements
to routes to and from the Beach Park, outdoor events infrastructure, initial improvements to the
Pilot House, digital infrastructure columns with wi-fi/5G/IoT (funded separately); 
• Maritime Mile including Marine & Arts Hub (Phase 2) – improvements to public spaces and the
River Irvine’s edge around the vicinity of the Harbour Arts Centre and Harbour Master’s Office
and public realm improvements to the Maritime Mile (the connection from Irvine Railway Station
& town centre to the Beach Park and coast; and
• Maritime Heritage Hub (Phase 3) – expanded facilities for the Scottish Maritime Museum (SMM),
led by the SMM and additional outdoor events space adjacent to Harbour Street.
The Coastal Hub is the new activity hub of the Great Harbour project. It focuses on the creation of a new
and more diverse outdoor tourist attraction at the existing Beach Park area, Pierhead/Harbour Point and
the coastal beach, combining improved recreational amenities with improved accessibility, catering to a
wider range of user groups.
What is being undertaken?
Following approval of the Great Harbour Outline Business Case (OBC) in June 2021, the Great Harbour
project underwent a phase of intensive development and consultations, which resulted in an updated
Masterplan for the wider area of the Harbourside and the Beach Park, providing a framework for AGD
proposals and for future investment opportunities, ensuring the sustainable growth of the area, which
aligns with local needs and community aspirations. . Stakeholder feedback prioritised the upgrading of
the Beach Park as a key issue and in response the Council prioritised the Coastal Hub works as a first
phase.  
The Great Harbour Masterplan has now been approved by North Ayrshire Council’s Planning Committee
in April 2024 following endorsement from Cabinet in December 2023 and is now a material consideration
in the determination of future planning applications for the area. 
In response to the volatile economic climate, which has placed significant pressure on the project's
budget and schedule, the development work for the Great Harbour project and the area masterplan was
closely aligned with a deliverability assessment. This assessment aimed to identify priorities and potential
leverage funding opportunities without compromising the established outcomes, outputs, and impacts.
Further consideration was given to the effects of factors such as ownership, legal obligations, and
consenting requirements on delivery timescales. The updated proposals, including programming and
phasing, reflect these considerations, as scrutinised by the public and wider area stakeholders, and are
designed to minimise dependencies and constraints. In this respect, the Coastal Hub was prioritised.  
The Coastal Hub has been developed to technical detail and civils works have been tendered as part of a
three-stage process. The project has secured all statutory permissions and has been the subject of
consultation with a broad range of area stakeholders to ensure the maintenance and upkeep burden is
minimised and that local needs and aspirations are met. 
How does it fit within the wider Deal?
The Great Harbour scheme is an integral part of the Tourism Programme, which comprises of a portfolio
of projects that build on and strengthen the existing tourism offer to make the region a highly desirable
place to visit, live, work and invest in. Total programme funding of £23.5 million, with £18.5 million from
Scottish Government and £5 million from North Ayrshire Council will deliver two major tourism projects,
Marine Tourism (£9.5m) and The Great Harbour (£14m). 
85

Page 86

13  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
The projects associated with these themes focus on key sectors and strategic sites across Ayrshire, as well
as digital infrastructure, skills, community wealth building and transport – all of which will combine to
facilitate sustained recovery and renewal of the regional economy.
The majority of projects focus on infrastructure investment designed to act as a catalyst for business
growth. These are complemented by a Skills and Inclusion Programme and a Community Wealth Building
Programme to ensure maximum benefit for Ayrshire communities, both resident and business, from large
scale capital expenditure.
The Great Harbour project, with its major activity hub at the Coastal Hub, plays a vital role in the wider
Ayrshire Growth Deal by driving economic growth, improving connectivity, and fostering innovation.
Together, these initiatives work towards realising the shared vision of a prosperous and sustainable
future for Ayrshire and its residents.
By establishing the Coastal Hub within the Great Harbour project, the area gains a vibrant activity centre
that attracts visitors from both the local community and beyond. This influx of visitors not only enhances
tourism but also supports local businesses, generating economic activity and employment opportunities.
Moreover, the Coastal Hub aligns with the Growth Deal's objectives of improving connectivity and
accessibility. The project enhances links between the harbourside area and surrounding amenities,
promoting active travel and encouraging people to explore the wider region. This increased connectivity
not only benefits residents but also enhances the visitor experience, making Ayrshire a more attractive
destination for tourists.
The inclusion of innovative features such as digital infrastructure providing, amongst a number of uses,
an enhanced AI based surveillance, monitoring and augmented reality experience demonstrates a
commitment to innovation and modernisation, key components of the Ayrshire Growth Deal's vision for
the region. By embracing cutting-edge technology, the Coastal Hub sets a precedent for future
development projects within the Growth Deal, ensuring that Ayrshire remains competitive in a rapidly
evolving global economy.
The ADG investment has been used as leverage to secure additional funding from several external
sources, which directly align with AGD objectives by maximising impact, fostering collaboration,
enhancing sustainability, diversifying funding sources, and accelerating project implementation. This
strategic approach amplifies economic benefits, strengthens partnerships, advances sustainability goals,
reduces dependency on a single funding source, and expedites project realisation, ultimately contributing
to the long-term growth and prosperity of Ayrshire.
What is being proposed?
The Coastal Hub project covers the northwestern end of the Beach Park in Irvine hidden behind a local
landmark of the Billy Bing hill, and the approach road with a roundabout to the Beach Pavilion area. The
site adjoins an open grassed area to the northeast, retained for major events and beyond that a boating
pond, both of which also form part of the Beach Park. The works proposed are as follows: 
• Creation of outdoor play hub comprising a regional play park, skatepark, pump track (subject to
additional funding) and outdoor gym (delivered utilising additional NAC funding) to provide a
variety of facilities to attract a wide range of age groups and abilities, ensuring inclusivity and
fostering a vibrant and active community;
• Creation of new road and footway layout including active travel improvements to reduce car
dominance and provide better connection and access between the Harbourside, Beach Park and
coast, encouraging visitors to explore the entire area seamlessly using sustainable travel options;
86

Page 87

14  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
divert vehicle traffic to the Beach Dr carpark, which will be re-lined to improve its capacity and
cater for motorhomes and coaches; 
• Landscaping works including new and upgraded paths and planted areas to replicate the natural
coastal setting for the new facilities which is easy to maintain and respects the local natural
environment, while improving local biodiversity;
• Installation of street furniture, picnic areas and rest points to encourage longer stays and
community integration;
• New signage to improve wayfinding and interpretation boards on local dune habitat and Gaelic
legend inspiring the theme for the play park; 
• Related works to the project area to prepare the site, including the installation of a new drainage
system, diversion of utilities and new connections and some required remediation works, including
infrastructure improvements to support major events; and
• Improvements to the setting of the B Listed Pilot House and minor improvements to its façade.
The works are also supported by separately funded digital infrastructure for the wider Great Harbour
area, including digital infrastructure columns equipped with wi-fi, IoT and CCTV capabilities. Longer term
and using some available AGD funds, a business case is being prepared regarding proposals to redevelop
the existing Beach Pavilion building to provide improved public facilities and a café/restaurant, further
works to the Pilot House as a potential visitor attraction and to introduce Augmented Reality (AR)
technology enhancing the facilities and user experience. The pump track and skatepark are also
supported by additional investment. The pump track has been included within the tender to be costed
separately, in order to determine whether it could be funded from the budget. If this is not possible then
an application will be made to SportScotland in September 2024. Alternatively, the project would be
delivered as a later phase.
A site plan detailing all elements of the scope referring to this contract is attached in Appendix N. 
How will it be delivered?
The contractor for the Coastal Hub works will be selected during a tender process and will deliver works
between October 2024 and April 2026 with a milestone of end of May 2025 for the completion of the
main play facility.
The contract will be covered by the NEC4 Construction and Engineering Contract model, which facilitates
co-operation and arbitration. The main contractor will hold overall control over the civils works and will
subcontract specialist contractors for the installation of the play equipment, skatepark and subject to
funding, the pump track.
The consultant appointed for the design of the proposals will also have the role of Contract Administrator
and Principal Designer, while NAC will provide Quantity Surveyor (QS), Clerk of Works and additional
project management services, either in-house or appointed from a framework. 
Who will use it and why?
The Coastal Hub will cater for a diverse audience of users, visitors, and residents, it promises an engaging
visitor experience centred around play and physical activity. Enhanced accessibility and connectivity with
the harbourside area will encourage active travel, granting easier access to expansive blue and green
spaces for heightened wellness and wellbeing.
87

Page 88

15  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
At the heart of the Coastal Hub lies a themed play park seamlessly integrated into the local landscape,
featuring distinctive, tailor-made equipment to attract visitors from across Ayrshire and the West Coast.
A skatepark, and subject to funding, a pump track, will cater for the needs of young adults, potentially
addressing a gap in recreational offerings spanning from Gourock to Girvan. The addition of seating and
picnic areas within the Coastal Hub will encourage longer stays.
The improved events space equipped with the utilities and wi-fi/5G provision will help attract a wide
range of event organisers and concert goers, positioning the Coastal Hub as a premier outdoor venue for
major events and securing revenue for the Council. 
Innovative digital infrastructure will be provided through separate funding to instal digital infrastructure
columns within the Coastal Hub area with wi-fi, 5G and IoT sensors which will help monitor safety,
accident response, footfall monitoring and environmental sensing and provide an improved network
service for the area and potential future projects, for example the use of augmented reality (AR)
technology. This will support the Smart Places Initiative and serve as a demonstration site for these
technologies.  Future enhancements will focus on creating interactive STEM trails and maritime heritage
explorations. Users will access AR content that enhances their understanding and engagement with the
area and maritime exhibits. The intention is to collaborate with local academia and businesses to develop
the content for these AR experiences, integrating into a dedicated platform/app, to provide a user
interface to access AR content, along with additional information and features, that will enhance the
overall visitor experience.
While the public can enjoy the play activities free of charge, the anticipated increase in foot traffic
promises to stimulate the local economy, with local businesses gaining the indirect benefits of the Coastal
Hub as a major attraction. 
What are the headline figures around what is being
proposed?
The total cost of the Phase 1 of the Great Harbour project, the Coastal Hub, is £5.164m with £5.010m
from Ayrshire Growth Deal, £22,625 from the Place Based Investment Fund (approved and spent) and
external funding of £131,251 which is required to deliver the pump track.  Details are shown in Table 1
below. This includes cost of development and delivery of the Coastal Hub. The spend to date for the
development works of the Great Harbour project and the programme management costs are excluded
from this table and are captured within the detailed financial tables in section 5.
Table 1 Phase 1 FBC costings 
Service (RIBA stage of works) Timescales  Total 
GH phase 1 development (stage 0-4) Nov 2021 – May 2023   
GH phase 1 delivery (stage 5-6)
·         Consultancy
·         Civils
·         Contingency
May 2023 – April 2026 
Defects Period/ Evaluation (stage 7) April 2026 – April 2027 
Community fund May 2023 – April 2026 £25,000 
TOTAL Coastal Hub   £5,164,233 
88

Page 89

16  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
DEDUCTIONS PBIF - committed £22,625 
CLCF - potential £131,251 
TOTAL AGD   £5,010,357 
Investment within the first phase of the project represents value for money as a single project, in terms
of the upgraded Beach Park facilities that it will provide and the enhancements to the open public area
making it more accessible and attractive as a tourist and visitor destination and will create several
opportunities for activities around play. Should the subsequent phases of the Great Harbour project be at
risk, the Coastal Hub would be an attraction in its own right but the overall improvements and
consistency of design quality and public space and visitor facilities across the remainder of the Great
Harbour area and Maritime Mile would not be delivered. 
89

Page 90

17  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC 
Part B
The Five Cases  
90

Page 91

18  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
1. Executive summary 
1.1 Introduction
This Full Business Case (FBC) follows on from the Outline Business Case (OBC) for the Great Harbour
project, as set out in the Ayrshire Growth Deal (AGD) Heads of Terms and in the Outline Business Case
approved by Government in June 2021 and covers the first phase, the Coastal Hub.
The AGD framework defines the purpose of the FBC as the final part of staged approval to support the
critical investment decision, Notice to Proceed, of Phase 1 of civils construction works, following the
process of appraisal of the project detail, level of analysis and its readiness for delivery and
implementation. 
It is the final stage of the Government’s three-stage, five-case business case model, outlined in the HM
Treasury Green Book, and includes the: Strategic Case, Economic Case, Financial Case, Commercial Case,
Management Case.
This FBC requires an overall investment of £5.164m into Phase 1 of the Great Harbour project – the
Coastal Hub as represented in Table 2 below. This includes cost of development and delivery of the
Coastal Hub. The spend to date for the development works of the Great Harbour project and the
programme management costs are excluded from this table and are captured within the detailed
financial tables in section 5. 
Table 2 Phase 1 FBC costings 
Service (RIBA stage of works) Timescales  Total 
GH phase 1 development (stage 0-4) Nov 2021 – May 2023   
GH phase 1 delivery (stage 5-6)
·         Consultancy
·         Civils
·         Contingency
May 2023 – April 2026 
Defects Period/ Evaluation (stage 7) April 2026 – April 2027 
Community fund May 2023 – April 2026 £25,000 
TOTAL Coastal Hub   £5,164,233 
DEDUCTIONS PBIF - committed £22,625 
CLCF - potential £131,251 
TOTAL AGD   £5,010,357 
The procurement process consisted of three stages advertised on Public Contracts Scotland as listed
below: 
1. first stage involving a Procurement Information Notice to gauge initial interest and sector
capacity to deliver works,
2. second stage verified contractors’ capacity and capability to deliver the service within the
timescale,
91

Page 92

19  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
3. third stage involved inviting shortlisted bidders to submit full financial and quality bids.
The designer developing the proposals is taking on the role of Contract Administrator and Principal
Designer in relation to the civils contract to ensure continuity. 
Best practice is being used to prepare and develop the business case with professional input where
required.
Detailed research and extensive consultations have been performed during the development phase to
confirm current and future demand and project sensitivities.
The site is in NAC ownership with a well recorded history, which assisted detailed site investigation (SI)
works throughout the development phase, guided by the relevant Council services. 
The regeneration proposals, called the Coastal Hub aim to revitalise the area, focusing on enhancing
recreational spaces and improving active travel infrastructure. This strategic initiative aligns with NAC’s
commitment to community well-being and sustainable urban development and will assist in achieving
several of the objectives of the Council Plan and Regeneration Delivery Plan.
1.1.1 Background
Following the OBC approval, the Great Harbour project underwent a phase of intensive development
involving commercial, institutional and community stakeholders in addition to the internal cross-service
scrutiny. A Stakeholder Engagement and Public Consultation Strategy (Appendix A) has been developed
to ensure all area stakeholders and parties with invested interest are actively engaged and that the
proposals meet local needs and priorities.
A Great Harbour Project Governance Structure (Appendix B) has been established to monitor the
development and provide strategic control. 
The proposals were informed by public consultations in February/March 2022 and March/April 2023 and
the reports of both include the main feedback areas and recommendations:
• February/March 2022 - Great Harbour Coastal Hub Public Consultation Report – May 2022
• March/April 2023 - Great Harbour Masterplan Public Consultation Report – May 2023
As a result, the Great Harbour Masterplan has been developed to provide a framework for AGD
investment proposals as part of the wider Tourism Programme and for future investment opportunities
ensuring sustainable growth of the area. The Great Harbour Masterplan has been approved by the
Planning Committee in April 2024 following the endorsement from the Cabinet in December 2023 and is
now a material consideration in the determination of future planning applications. 
The Masterplan recognises the best local assets and tests them against strategic objectives of the Local
Development Plan. It identifies the main areas of AGD investment along the Irvine Harbourside, called
the Maritime Mile, which will incentivise further investment, both public and private, and act as an
enabler to secondary development of the area through the identified and de-risked opportunities. The
Maritime Mile will focus on the provision of activity hubs, attractions, animated public and activity spaces
designed along the harbourside and connected with improved, accessible and safe links mimicking a
string of pearls stretching from Irvine train station to the beach and catering for varied audiences.
As part of the Masterplan development a Strategic Ecological Assessment was considered and resulted
with the Pre-screening Notification submitted to the SEA Gateway. It concluded that there is zero or
negligible (but in all instances positive) impact on the environment, as the majority of the Masterplan’s
proposals relate to improvements to brownfield areas (including land classed as vacant & derelict) and
public realm at the Harbourside. Full document is provided in Appendix R. 
92

Page 93

20  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
1.1.2 Cost and Schedule updates
Following the approval of the OBC, significant development occurred to assess the feasibility of various
project elements, given the pressures stemming from inflation and related factors on the project's
budget. The recent volatile economic climate, caused by factors such as the energy crisis with related
rising inflation and disruptions to the construction sector observed in the UK, like shortages of labour,
materials and transport of goods, put a significant pressure on the project’s budget and schedule. It also
influenced the project partnerships. The project, therefore, required a comprehensive deliverability test
to identify the priorities and potential for leverage funding, without compromising the set outcomes,
outputs and impacts. The focus of value engineering was to safeguard the project's benefits and
outcomes while maximising opportunities for leverage funding to effectively utilise the allocated AGD
funds. Particular focus was put on elements proposed in the OBC to be constructed within the marine
environment, as marine infrastructure and construction costs have been substantially affected by
inflation. The updated proposals reflect these considerations as scrutinised by the public and wider area
stakeholders. This report sets out an updated cost and schedule estimate for the Great Harbour project
focusing on: 
• Appraised deliverability | considering a range of aspects including ownership, consenting and
permissions with associated timescales, physical and financial constraints but also the scale of the
elements against set benefits and local priorities. By applying an alternative approach focusing on
benefits, some scaling and rearrangements of physical deliverables was carried out to achieve
satisfactory value engineering. 
• Setting a realistic cost envelope | the cost profile for the GH updated to reflect current market
condition and maximising the leverage funding opportunities from internal and external sources.
This followed from the intensive fundraising research and engagement exercise resulting in the
Leverage Funding Strategy (Appendix C) supporting the project cost plan. The cost estimate for the
Phase 1 civil works is based on the most current market information. 
• Protecting benefits | the Benefit Realisation Matrix was at the core of the change considerations,
and this approach allowed for protection of the majority of the benefits by
reallocating/reassociating some to other elements while enhancing others. 
• Reshaping partnership collaboration | addressing changes of circumstances affecting the
commitment of previous partners and utilising new partnership opportunities with associated
financial and professional support expertise. This resulted in a number of informal partnerships
within tourism, natural and build heritage, events sector and academia supporting project delivery
and promoting its vision on the wider forum.   
• Securing community support | applying the principles of community empowerment and Community
Wealth Building (CWB), a particular emphasis was put on engagement with the local community and
community groups and other area stakeholders to empower them by providing strong
representation within the project governance and approval processes. A collaborative partnership
approach has been exercised with an extensive engagement with all identified area stakeholders to
ensure that the project aspiration and the AGD vision meet local needs and priorities. This has
proven very successful and enabled a change of perception with increased support for the project,
reflected within the consultations feedback, but also through close collaboration on various project
activities. 
93

Page 94

21  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
• Improving governance and management | reflecting the lifecycle of phased development and
delivery schedule and addressing staff skill gaps to improve project delivery, risk management and
change control. 
Given the Great Harbour project's multifaceted nature, with distinct elements requiring specific consents,
construction procedures, and partnership arrangements, the transition from concept to detail relied on
budget flexibility and targeted AGD investment to maximise leverage funding opportunities.
Consequently, although the overall AGD allocation of £14 million remains unchanged, the allocations
between elements have been redesigned.
The adjustment and reallocation of funds during the development process from concept to detail is not
only common but often necessary for the successful execution of complex projects and reflects a
proactive approach to optimising project outcomes, mitigating risks, and ensuring alignment with
evolving project requirements and stakeholder expectations. Several factors contributed to the need for
such changes:
o Increased Clarity and Understanding | increase in clarity and understanding of project
requirements, constraints, and opportunities, leading to the identification of better ways to allocate
resources to optimise project outcomes. 
o Refinement of Scope and Objectives | deeper insights into the project's scope and objectives
necessitates adjustments to resource allocation to ensure alignment with the refined project goals
and to address any emerging priorities. 
o Response to Changing Conditions | external factors such as economic fluctuations, regulatory
changes, and technological advancements, etc. impact project dynamics, therefore flexibility in
budget allocation to respond effectively to these changing conditions and mitigate potential risks. 
o Optimisation of Funding Opportunities | since the projects rely on a mix of funding sources,
including grants, loans, and public-private partnerships, during development the opportunities to
leverage additional funding change - arise or evolve, necessitating adjustments to the allocation of
funds to maximise overall funding efficiency. 
o Risk Management | effective risk management is a critical aspect of project development and
adjusting funding allocations based on evolving risk profiles helps mitigate potential financial and
operational risks, ensuring the project's overall resilience and success. 
o Stakeholder Input and Feedback | adjusting funding allocations based on stakeholder feedback
ensures that the project remains responsive to the needs and expectations of its diverse
stakeholders, including community members, government agencies, and industry experts, who’s
input is vital for project success. 
Due to the complexity and a substantial geographical scope of the Great Harbour project, a phased
delivery is required, as indicated previously by proposed milestones and gateways to delivery. This will be
reflected in the submission of the FBCs, with this first FBC for the Coastal Hub also providing an update
on development work since the approval of the OBC. While the OBC proposals focussed on the activity
hubs with individual growth potential and wider connectivity, the delivery phasing must take into
consideration a number of factors such as the type of construction works proposed and related
procurement requirements, available budget and timescales for securing of the potential external
funding, partners’ organisational readiness and internal approval and governance procedures. 
A recent review of Ayrshire Growth Deal projects, including a review by North Ayrshire Council, identified
that there could be a reallocation of funds to increase the Great Harbour overall budget by approximately
£2.5m. If supported, this will be submitted to Governments for approval and Ministerial sign off. The
94

Page 95

22  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
additional funds relate to the delivery of subsequent phases of the project. This will be reflected in future
FBCs after analysis and approval of any budget reallocations.
The details of phasing with associated timescales are described within further chapters and outlined in
Table 3. The scope of the phasing with allocated budgets are presented in Table 4.
Table 3 Great Harbour Milestones
Great Harbour
Gateway | Milestone Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3 RIBA Stage
0 Establishment of project governance and
Strategic Business Case 
0 - Strategic
Definition 
1 Sign-off concept delivery/ objectives and
Outline Business Case development 
1 - Preparation &
Briefing 
2 - Concept Design 
OBC submission to PMO & Govt(s)  - 
OBC approved by Government  - 
2
Completion of the detailed design 27/11/2023 09/12/2024 Q2 26/27 2 - Concept Design
3 - Developed
Design  Statutory Consents 31/01/2024 16/06/2025 Q2 27/28 
3
Completion of Technical Design 20/05/2024 16/06/2025 Q2 27/28
4 - Technical Design 
Completion of Construction Tender 26/07/2024 18/08/2025 Q3 27/28 
Internal sign-off of FBC (Cabinet) 27/08/2024 22/07/2025 Q2 27/28 - 
FBC Submission 10/06/2024 01/07/2025 Q2 27/28 - 
FBC approved by Economic Joint
Committee 04/09/2024 26/08/2025 Q2 27/28 - 
EJC Update (evidence of tender) 06/09/2024 06/09/2025 Q3 27/28 - 
4 Construction start 07/10/2024 06/09/2025 Q3 27/28 5 - Manufacturing &
Construction 
5 Construction complete and Handover 06/04/2026 06/08/2027 Q2 28/29 6 - Handover 
6
Retention/Reporting
outputs/outcomes/CWB incl. AGD
Evaluation/Monitoring
06/04/2027 06/08/2028 Q2 29/30 7 - Use 
RAG STATUS  
Green = on track 
Amber = subject to change/potential delay 
Red = Project slippage 
95

Page 96

23 
Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Table 4 Great Harbour project phasing  
Great Harbour
Phase Programme Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3 TOTAL
Scope
Project
management Coastal Hub   Maritime Mile hubs
connections Maritime Heritage Hub  
Development Play Park Marine & Arts Hub Harbour Master's
Office marketing
Masterplan Pilot House plaza Transport and parking
remodelling 
Gap site marketing
(between 128 and 138
Harbour Street)  
Events space at
the Beach Park
Active travel
infrastructure
Pilot House
restoration*  
Digital network
infrastructure
Harbour Master's
Office restoration
Residential - Portland
site marketing*  
Beach Park
access Public/events spaces   
AGD budget [M] £1.091 £5.010 £5.809 £2.090 £14.000
Additional
funding [M] £0.130 £0.154  £0.636  £0.000  £0.920 
committed
additional NAC £0.130 £0.023 - - £0.153
Sustrans - -  £0.079 - £0.079
VDLF - - £0.158 - £0.158
DIST - - £0.392 - £0.392
CLF - - £0.007 - £0.007
CLCF** - £0.131 - - £0.131
TOTAL
committed  £1.221 £5.164 £6.445 £2.090 £14.920
Additional
funding [M] £0.000 £0.365 £0.042 £5.525 £5.932
potential 
sources  
Sport Scotland Sustrans NLHF  
CLCF additional NAC HES
other other additional NAC
TOTAL
proposed
investment [M]
£1.221 £5.529 £6.487 £7.615 £20.852
*Subject to additional funding secured
** Funding not committed with sources identified, included within tender to generate competitive pricing
1.1.3 Description
The Great Harbour project is a key tourism led socio-economic regeneration, placemaking and
destination development project aiming to transform the highly deprived area of the coastal town of
Irvine2, North Ayrshire. The area has suffered a prolonged loss of identity and growth potential following
the decline of the home industries relating to the operating port and harbour. It will create a new
national and regional waterfront destination transforming the tourism and the visitor potential of 
2 Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation (SIMD) 2020  – data zone: Irvine Fullarton (S01011232), most deprived 5%
96

Page 97

24 
Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Ayrshire and the Clyde Coast based on the place’s best assets. The project addresses a regional priority to
invest in tourism and is aligned with the Regional Growth Strategy, Community Wealth Building
programme.
The AGD investment will lead a physical transformation of the wider location, creating capacity to
support community participation and commercial opportunities.  
The development of the Great Harbour will create a unique coastal destination comprising a number of
key assets to attract new visitors to the area and create jobs. It will build on the unique qualities of place,
creating a national waterfront destination focussed on a series of activity hubs and dynamic event and
public spaces. These will include heritage, arts, maritime, outdoor and marine leisure and activity,
providing an animated waterfront that connects from the train station to coast to achieve a regional
waterfront destination that will transform the tourism and the visitor potential of Ayrshire and the Clyde
Coast. It will unlock a series of secondary development opportunities which will contribute to the
creation of a premium regional coastal destination that delivers Community Wealth Building
opportunities.
The geographical scope area of the Great Harbour project falls within the most deprived area of the
coastal town of Irvine2 and comprises of the Harbourside, Beach Park and the coast, which are Irvine’s
greatest place assets, providing access to vast green and blue spaces for leisure and wellbeing benefits,
maritime heritage assets connecting the area to its past and an important historical role and celebrating
local history and culture. Benefitting from good connectivity by road and rail, it presents a great
opportunity for a new tourism destination promoting sustainable tourism and utilising best local place
assets focusing on the themes of maritime heritage, arts and culture, natural heritage and wellbeing,
marine leisure and play, and arts and events. The new tourism destination will provide an opportunity for
further development and investment, both public and private, which will support the sustainable growth
of the area and local community. 
Private and public sector developments form key elements of the Great Harbour Masterplan. The AGD
funding will secure the transformational change of the area and create opportunities for partnership and
further investment unlocked through the catalyst of enabling infrastructure delivered by AGD
investment. The Masterplan development tested all potential future opportunities and provides a
framework for fast-tracked and de-risked options. 
The project deliverables include:
1. Direct AGD investment:
o a new waterfront tourism destination for Ayrshire and wider Scotland’s West Coast
supporting the COIG tourist route3 ;
o provision of activity hubs and spaces for play, active leisure, water-based activity, cultural
and music events;
o improved train station-to-beach connection and active travel infrastructure supporting
sustainable destination aligned to the National Cycle Network;
o improved connection with water by slipway improvements and access points for water-
based sports and leisure;
o comprehensive streetscape enhancement ensuring safe and inclusive setting and access;
o community enterprise and community wealth building programme;
o improved transport and parking hierarchy to unlock prime waterfront space for visitors and
to target support for investment opportunities;
o enhanced greenspace and improved, safe and inclusive access to green and blue spaces for
wellbeing benefits of residents and visitors;
o provision of economically sustainable model of a community hub and commercial 
3 Welcome to Ayrshire and Arran
97

Page 98

25 
Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
restaurant at the coast enhancing local food and beverage provision;
o empowerment of local community groups and clubs with vested interest in area’s
regeneration.
2. Partnership investment
o restoration and enhancement of the local heritage assets;
o built and natural heritage interpretation;
o extension of the provision of the arts and culture space by a new gallery and various event
spaces;
o destination development and tourism promotion;
o improvements to the greenspace of the Beach Park,
o provision of digital infrastructure supporting public safety and area maintenance by
improved surveillance and monitoring, supporting further tourism destination growth by
tracking footfall and space use, providing public wi-fi, supporting activity and events by
provision of hi-speed network;
o provision of food and beverage offer enhancing current provision and extending evening
animation;
o social enterprise and 3rd sector opportunities. 
3. Indirect partner investment
o open market and affordable homes;
o social enterprise. 
4. Future leverage investment
o inward investment;
o large scale commercial development supporting leisure and tourism (hotel, leisure centre,
wellness hub);
o wider tourism offer (guided tours, educational visits, boat tours, water sports, marine
leisure);
o wider sports offer utilising skatepark and pump track facilities (events, competitions).
1.1.4 Masterplan development
The updated Masterplan, as endorsed by the Cabinet in December 2023 and approved by the Planning
Committee in April 20244 refines the vision for the Great Harbour as presented in the OBC and
establishes the area development framework ensuring the sustainable growth of the area and
community, by maximising and de-risking the opportunities for future investment and community
participation. It also sets out how the £14m of Ayrshire Growth Deal funds will be invested in the Irvine
Harbourside area. The Masterplan strengthens the adopted Local Development Plan (LDP2), setting out
the statutory framework to guide development and investment, which identifies Irvine Harbourside as a
Strategic Development Area 4 (Policy 3)5 and the open green space of the Beach Park as a Strategic
Tourism Asset. LDP2 supports the development of the comprehensive Masterplan for the area, which
proposes best use of the Harbourside’s unique location, heritage and environment to create new
opportunities for local people and attract new investment into the area. The LDP supports a range of uses
proposed by the Masterplan, in particular:
o new residential development, comprising both affordable and market housing;
o range of commercial leisure facilities, particularly those that enhance or develop the maritime tourism
potential of the area;
o proposals that strengthen physical and digital links between the town centre and harbourside to
enhance the vitality and vibrancy of town centre and harbourside; 
4 24 April 2024 Planning Committee minutes 
5 LDP2 p.28 - ldp2.pdf (north-ayrshire.gov.uk)
98

Page 99

26 
Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
o proposals that are in keeping with the character of the area as an edge of town centre location;
o proposals that result in the productive reuse of vacant land identified as development opportunities.
The Masterplan applies the placemaking requirements of the LDP2 (Policy 2) to ensure that all
development contributes to making quality places that remain attractive to those that live and work
there. It promotes a holistic design-led approach to enhancing places and environmental quality by
meeting the six qualities of successful places – welcoming, safe and pleasant, accessible and connected,
distinctive, sustainable and adaptable.
A people-centric approach to the development of the Masterplan adheres to the Policy 4 of the LDP26
and is expressed by delivering on the priorities of the local community set up by the Irvine Locality
Planning Partnership. The community planning aligning with the Community Empowerment (Scotland)
Act and Community Wealth Building principles ensures that local knowledge is utilised, local partnerships
between groups with vested interest and the Council are promoted and that the local community has
strong representation within the project governance structure and process. 
Figure 2 Great Harbour Masterplan as approved 
The Masterplan also adopts the detailed policies of the LDP2:
1. A Successful, Sustainable North Ayrshire | support economic growth and regeneration.
2. A Natural Resilient North Ayrshire | helping to protect and enhance our natural and cultural assets
and facilitating their sustainable use.
3. A Connected North Ayrshire | support better transport and digital connectivity. Subject Policies
include Active Travel, Transport and Digital Connectivity. 
4. A Low Carbon North Ayrshire | reducing our carbon emissions and adapting to climate change. 
6 LDP2 Community Planning Policy 4 p.38 - ldp2.pdf (north-ayrshire.gov.uk)
99

Page 100

27 
Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC 
1.1.5 Great Harbour Masterplan Proposals
The final proposals reflect the aforenoted policies and considerations and are a result of a coherent
planning and design process. They build on local history and community aspirations. The proposals create
value for residents and visitors with a view of creating a successful destination supporting the local
economy, which creates jobs and investment opportunities, but also encourages community
participation. The best local assets create a focus for development of activity hubs and the themes of the
tourist offer for the Maritime Mile destination. 
Building on the Quality of Place
o Distinctive Place Quality
Commitment to sustainable quality. High quality, durable and distinctive design solutions that reflect the
Harbourside’s character, heritage, materials and create a low maintenance, high quality public space that
is accessible to all. The Harbourside forms an important Conservation Area with proposals planned to
protect and wherever possible enhance the conservation value and status of the Harbourside.
o People, Activity and Animation
Activity and animation are created by people enjoying space, with spaces that support local community,
commercial and event activity. A number of local clubs (e.g. Irvine Watersports Club / heritage groups
/Coastwatch) provide important local services and have significant local membership. The need to work
in partnership with local organisations is critical to the public realm, and allows for more open, inclusive
use (water sport activity/waterfront seating/ cafes/ event spaces). 
o Places for Living
Opportunities for developing the neighbourhood and supporting town-living should be celebrated.
Homes create life, increase activity and security and create demand for off-season goods and services.
The Irvine Development Corporation and more recent North Ayrshire Council residential developments
set a successful framework with an appealing scale and character on which to build. Recent research
carried out by L&C Mortgages7 places East and North Ayrshire at the top of the most affordable areas to
buy a home, with favourable house-to-income cost ratio.
o Celebrating Heritage & Distinctiveness 
7 Where are the most and least affordable areas for first-time buyers?
100

Page 101

28  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Heritage helps to anchor the Great Harbour and offers strong local stories (The “Harbour Dauner”/
Heritage Trail/Tours). A heritage app with links to contemporary offers around local arts, stories, local
foods, local hospitality, building a strong sense of participation and exploration that provides a unique
narrative around a fascinating place. A natural heritage is strongly represented in the area with several
Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSIs), a birds nature reserve, natural dunes and the coast and a Beach
Park. This presents the opportunity to promote improved access to green and blue spaces for the
increased wellness and wellbeing benefits of residents and visitors. 
o Waterfront Appeal
Waterfronts have appeal and attract activity whether that be the River Irvine, Irvine Harbour, or the
Coast. There is a need to strengthen the quality of the waterfront by removing clutter, enhancing water
access opportunities, creating authentic experiences and building the level of activity and events that
attract and retain visitors.
o Inclusive Connections
Building connections (physical/ neighbourhood/community/ organisation/ activities) is key to creating a
more inclusive, active, healthier and wealthier place. This needs to provide safe walking, wheeling and
cycling routes and strengthen the core path and cycle network and improve lighting and facility
maintenance. Digital connectivity provision will further improve public safety, both perceived and factual,
monitoring and tracking for traffic, parking and waste management, footfall tracking for tourism
planning, but will also provide an additional level to visitor experience enhancing heritage interpretation,
trails, events and information.
Access and Movement 
The Masterplan recognises a huge potential for the Harbourside to become a sustainable destination
promoting active modes of travel based on a great rail links to Ayr, Glasgow and Largs and a good
network of active travel routes, including NCN7, which is proposed to have an alternative off-road link
created along the Harbourside. In addition to rail linkages, public transport offers also a good bus
connectivity to Irvine Town Centre and Irvine Rail Station but with limited provision to the Harbourside.
Opportunities exist to promote stronger public transport services and supporting commercial services,
like bike hire, as the demand grows and proposed developments and events are delivered.  
Through the design interventions integrating streetscape measures and signage the hierarchy of
multimodal traffic will be changed to free-up the prime Harbourside areas for predominantly non-vehicle
access, with visitor vehicle access and parking directed away from the busy pedestrian and residential
streets to the road network running in parallel to the rear of the Harbourside. Reducing parking accessed
from the Harbourside and providing relocated parking accessed from the streets to the rear will allow for
greater segregation of resident and visitor parking and reduce traffic movement and through-traffic to
create a safer environment for residents, pedestrians and cyclists. Working in partnership with Sustrans,
Strathclyde Partnership for Transport (SPT) and Network Rail, the Council aims to improve the
infrastructure to promote active travel, support inclusive access throughout and promote active
commuting and onward travel for residents and sustainable access for visitors. 
The vehicle access to the Waterfront will be limited to residents, deliveries and disabled users and drop-
off access and traffic calming with 20 mph zone and raised tables will further improve safety for users
and prioritise the pedestrians, cyclists and wheelchair users. Harbourside has the capacity to provide safe
mobility for wheelchairs and mobility scooters. Improvements to access for those with limited mobility
and disability will be supported with raised crossings to key attractions with dropped and flush kerb
detailing prioritising walking, wheeling and cycling into street design.
While the proposals promote the sustainable travel, the specific local context and area demographics
require a close consideration to the provision of public parking, as expressed strongly throughout the
101

Page 102

29 
Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
public consultations and engagement activities. The Council strongly supports a reduction in non-
essential car journeys but equally wants to attract visitors and tourists to the Maritime Mile and is
seeking to extend and grow the event programme. This approach is complemented by our Travel Smart
behaviour change programme to support modal shift to sustainable travel by local communities and
visitors.
Masterplan Distinctive Elements
The Masterplan provides a development framework identifying the optimal elements for intervention
with Ayrshire Growth Deal investment, but also identifying opportunities and creating relevant design
guidance for future development and private/partnership delivery accommodating the sustainable
growth of the area. 
o Maritime Mile Waterfront 
It will join the Harbourside and the coast with the railway station and the Scottish Maritime Museum at
the Linthouse and it will also provide the improved connectivity between the ‘activity hubs’:
o Coastal Hub
Building a quality play facility and upgrading existing beach facilities to extend the appeal of the Beach Park
and the coast.
o Marine, Creative Arts and Events Hub
A mix of arts venues, leisure, food and drink outlets and water sports clustered around an events space to
create an activity hub.  
o Maritime Heritage Hub
Extending and redeveloping the Puffer Café with an Educational/Arts/Creative space for the Scottish
Maritime Museum alongside a refurbished café.
o Portland Housing  
Housing developed on the brownfield site in a strong well-connected location, reinforcing 20 Minute
Neighbourhood. The recent research carried out by L&C Mortgages8 places East and North Ayrshire at
the top of the most affordable areas to buy a home, with favourable house-to-income cost ratio. This
opportunity was consulted with Council’s Housing service for a potential development. 
o Leisure Related Developments  
Overlapping with and supplementing the Maritime Mile activity hubs.
o Beach Park Event Space / Arena
Developing the existing Harbourside-Beach Park Event Arena space extending from the Play Park to the
Boating Pond and offering the capacity for Irvine to host major national/regional outdoor events.  
o Harbour Master's Office – mixed-use tourism and leisure
Developing the Harbour Master’s Office and immediate local area for Mixed-Use Tourism & Leisure Uses
(arts & crafts / food and beverage /heritage) compatible with the Harbourside. This could include small
craft based retail, food and beverage and leisure and tourism related small business and enterprise
activity. It could also operate as a small event and exhibition space and venue for other
community/commercial activities. 
8 Where are the most and least affordable areas for first-time buyers?
102

Page 103

30  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
o Harbour Point – community hub & restaurant
Developing a hub clustered around the Beach Pavilion working with Coastwatch and others to create a
new purpose-built facility providing a range of services for the Beach/ Beach Park and potential
commercial café/restaurant operating from the upper floor.
o Portland Leisure Development Site
The Portland site offers opportunity for housing or a mixed-use with commercial leisure. Ideas based on a
hotel/ leisure /water sport /conference facility /wellness centre have been explored by private sector
developers. This would be an alternative to the site being advanced for housing.  
1.1.6 Ayrshire Growth Deal Investment
The Investment will provide the connectivity between the ‘activity hubs’ and will also join the
Harbourside and the coast with the railway station and the Scottish Maritime Museum at the Linthouse.
It will provide a setting for and will enable the development of the ‘activity hubs’ ensuring safe and
inclusive access and minimising noise and CO2 pollution. It will create an enjoyable, safe and low
maintenance outdoor public area that people feel comfortable spending time in or passing through, that
considers the needs of visitors, local residents and local businesses and meets the aspirations of quality
place-making, providing a setting for the area’s key assets along the route and treatment of waterfront
elements, like the public slipway and the wharf. 
1.1.7 Destination development
A well-executed marketing strategy that highlights the sustainability initiatives, historical significance, and
unique attractions of Maritime Mile can attract environmentally conscious tourists. This, in turn, can
contribute to a positive feedback loop, where increased tourism revenues support further sustainable
development.
Figure 3 Maritime Mile concept
103

Page 104

31  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
The Great Harbour project along Irvine Harbourside is one of the most ambitious and transformational
regeneration proposals for the area. It has the potential to transform the Irvine Harbour area – already a
popular tourist destination – into a colourful, exciting and cultural hotspot that blends the town’s rich
maritime history with new and exciting features. It is essentially a tourism-led regeneration, placemaking
and destination development project for Irvine and the wider Ayrshire Coast.
The project aims to reinvigorate the area and re-define what it stands for and its ambition. The vision is
to create a new destination for the Ayrshire Coast that puts people first and reconnects them with the
waterfront, to enhance existing parks, greenspace, local heritage and waterfront attractions while
creating new ones, to make it an area that has safe and sustainable public access for residents and
visitors, with the access to water for leisure and recreation enhanced.
The project builds on the best place qualities and the strong connection to the harbour’s successful past.
It responds and contributes to the wider Council strategies, like marine tourism, place, and regeneration.
The first stage of the Great Harbour proposals is the creation of the Coastal Hub, followed by the
Maritime Mile linking all the hubs together and the last phase will focus on partner-led delivery of the
Maritime Heritage Hub.   
Figure 4 Maritime Mile - the activity hubs
Starting at Irvine Railway Station, our aim is to make this a tourism destination stretching for a mile along
Irvine’s Harbourside with a rich offer focusing on maritime, built and natural heritage, culture and arts,
marine leisure and play. We hope to create a series of riverside and coastal attractions, accompanied by a
great range of food and drink provision on the way – including a river-view restaurant at the new
Maritime Heritage Hub, a new coastal restaurant at the pierhead and a food court at the Harbour
Master’s Office supporting seasonal pop-up provision. We are looking to create three areas of activity –
the hubs, within the Maritime Mile to maximise the opportunity and experience for varied demographics:
o Coastal Hub with a major new play facility at the Beach Park and improved outdoor park facilities
with longer-term plans for the landmark Pilot House and a café/restaurant facility at the
redeveloped Beach Pavilion,
104

Page 105

32 
Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
o Marine/Arts/Events Hub which will feature a new waterfront plaza helping to support events,
improved access to marine facilities, and the redevelopment of the Harbour Master’s Office, 
o Maritime Heritage Hub which aims to create expanded facilities for the Scottish Maritime Museum
complete with a dry dock and fronting event space.
With a unique coastal setting at the estuary of the Rivers
Garnock and Irvine, the Maritime Mile will provide a mile of
attractions imbedded into the rich maritime history, culture, and
heritage of Irvine Harbour.
It will be easily accessible, sustainable and safe. Irvine already has great rail links with Glasgow and Ayr.
We’re working on improving public transport connectivity and want to limit vehicle traffic and parking
along the harbourside to ensure a safe and enjoyable experience for visitors and residents and to
encourage walking, wheeling and cycling. Visitor parking will be accessible off Beach Drive and Harbour
Road. A 20mph zone and a raised riverside plaza mid-way is also proposed along other traffic calming
measures. 
We are also preparing an app showcasing all the points of interest and details of all the amenities along
the way to help visitors in planning their visit and navigating the area. At the end of the Maritime Mile,
we have our incredible five-mile-long beach with its amazing views towards the west and stunning
sunsets. We want to take advantage of this incredible natural setting and create something really special. 
Tourism potential
North Ayrshire Council’s Making Waves Tourism Action Plan for 2018-20229 recognises the tourism
potential across our area and sets out a plan of capitalising on our main assets, such as our coastline,
natural and built heritage and events. 
The Moffat Centre - the UK's largest university-based consultancy and research centre for tourism and
travel market research - analysed the potential of the Great Harbour project.  They highlighted the strong
foundation of the quality built environment, existing visitor attractions, existing attractive natural
heritage along with established and busy private sector hospitality provision. They found that the coast
and the waterfront are a natural draw and the potential to build on this is significant given the Ayrshire
Growth Deal investment, as well as the already established COIG touring routes.
The Maritime Mile seeks to become a destination of regional importance and sustainable appeal with
varied elements creating a place-based offer that can establish a national profile and support
regeneration, both for the Harbourside, Irvine and wider Ayrshire. Scoring high on the qualities of a
successful places, investment to improve accessibility infrastructure and the development of associated
facilities and commercial investment opportunities will establish the Maritime Mile as an attractive,
prime public space capable of supporting significant additional visitors and residents.
The Maritime Mile is a key part of re-defining tourism, leisure and activity on the Outer Clyde and is a key
‘Gateway Hub’ for the COIG as a major regional driver and anchor point for southwest Scotland. The
Great Harbour will help secure a strong regeneration-led profile through the promotion of Irvine as a
strategic visitor destination that will support growth, attract business, commerce, investment and
enterprise in key sectors. The Great Harbour is key to the wider strategy for regeneration of Irvine. 
9 Making Waves in North Ayrshire Tourism Action Plan 2018 - 2022 - DocsLib
105

Page 106

33  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Sustainable Destination
The Great Harbour project provides a holistic approach to making Maritime Mile a sustainable tourism
destination. By considering economic, environmental, and social factors, the development can strike a
balance that benefits both visitors and the local community while preserving the area's cultural and
natural assets. Maritime Mile has the potential to become a leading low carbon and sustainable tourism
destination through the implementation of the Great Harbour proposals and investments from the
Ayrshire Growth Deal and project partners such as Sustrans, Historic Environment Scotland (HES),
National Lottery Heritage Fund (NLHF), Land Trust Fund (LTF). Here are several arguments supporting this
notion:
o Economic Growth and Job Creation. The Great Harbour project and investments from the Ayrshire
Growth Deal can stimulate economic growth in the Maritime Mile area. New infrastructure and
developments will create job opportunities, fostering a sustainable local economy. 
o Green Infrastructure and Public Spaces. The proposals include the provision of green infrastructure
and public spaces along Maritime Mile. This includes the development of parks, pedestrian zones,
and cycling paths. Sustrans, with its focus on sustainable transportation, can contribute to the
creation of sustainable transportation options, promoting walking and cycling. This will create an
opportunity for private investment into the provision of the sustainable transport modes in the area. 
o Revitalisation of Historic Sites. By investing in Maritime Mile, historic sites and landmarks will be
revitalised. This not only preserves cultural heritage but also attracts tourists interested in maritime
history, contributing to sustainable tourism. 
o Environmental Sustainability. Sustrans, recognised nationally for their role in promoting sustainable
transportation, can contribute to the development of sustainable travel infrastructure along
Maritime Mile. This could include shared use or segregated paths, and eBike charging stations,
reducing the environmental impact of tourism. Investment from heritage sector funders can restore
heritage and cultural assets and bring them back into positive use. 
o Community Engagement. Involving local communities in the planning and development process
ensures that the benefits of tourism are shared among residents. Sustainable tourism emphasises
community engagement, helping to create a sense of ownership and pride among the local
population. 
o Green Initiatives and Conservation. Investment will support green initiatives and conservation
projects along Maritime Mile. This may include the restoration and enhancement of green spaces,
biodiversity projects, waterfront conservation efforts, and the promotion of sustainable practices to
minimise the environmental impact. It also creates significant opportunities for the community
engagement and community-led initiatives and educational activities. This also creates promotion
opportunities showcasing eco-friendly accommodations, local businesses committed to
sustainability, and highlighting the natural beauty of the area. 
o Cultural and Recreational Activities. The development of Maritime Mile can incorporate cultural
and recreational activities that attract tourists while respecting the local environment. This could
include maritime festivals, art installations, and outdoor recreational spaces, providing sustainable
entertainment options. The proposed events space will be equipped with utilities and infrastructure
significantly reducing carbon emissions typical for the remote and off-grid event spaces. 
106

Page 107

34  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
o Education and Interpretation. Establishing education and interpretation facilities along Maritime
Mile will enhance the tourist experience by providing insights into the region's maritime history,
ecological significance, and sustainability efforts. Such facilities can also promote responsible
tourism practices. 
o Integration of Sustainable Technologies. The proposals incorporate sustainable technologies in the
development of Maritime Mile and the construction of the new assets emphasising energy efficiency
and environmentally friendly construction materials and methods. The contractors will be
encouraged and incentivised to adopt sustainable building standards, contributing to a low carbon
footprint. This may include energy-efficient lighting, waste reduction programs, and digital
infrastructure that minimises resource consumption. 
o Transportation Connectivity. Sustrans’ focus on sustainable transportation aligns with creating
better connectivity to and within Maritime Mile. Improved transportation options, including walking
and cycling infrastructure, can reduce reliance on cars and contribute to a more sustainable tourism
model. Provision of stopovers along the Maritime Mile in form of lookooteries or viewing points, will
not only provide viewpoints towards local nature or historic sites, but will also act as a rest point
supporting less able users.   
o Waste Reduction and Recycling Initiatives. The project is exploring the potential for improved
waste management and opportunity for waste reduction and recycling programs along Maritime
Mile. The partnership investment into digital infrastructure with relating digital infrastructure will
help to implement effective waste management and monitoring systems. The engagement and
activity plan proposes several educational projects promoting recycling practices, and encouraging
businesses to adopt eco-friendly packaging. Such initiatives align with the goals of creating a
sustainable and environmentally conscious destination. 
o Community Wealth Building. The project adheres to the principles of the CWB to ensure local
wealth is used to benefit the community and create more equitable, inclusive, and sustainable
economies and bringing land and assets into positive use. When applied to the development of the
Maritime Mile through the Great Harbour project, community empowerment and CWB can play a
crucial role in fostering sustainable growth, enhancing local participation, and ensuring long-term
benefits for the community.
Tourism product
Maritime Mile is a tourism destination stretching for a mile along Irvine’s Harbourside with a rich offer
focusing on maritime, built and natural heritage, culture and arts, marine leisure and play.
A series of riverside and coastal attractions is accompanied by a great range of food and drink provision
on the way and completed by a nearly five-mile-long beach, amazing views towards the west and
stunning sunsets.
The calendar of associating events further enhances the unique experience on the West Coast of
Scotland.
Inspired by the Year of Coasts and Waters 2021 and the Year of
Stories 2022, the Maritime Mile aspires to tell a story of Irvine’s
Harbourside through heritage, art, culture and local cuisine.
Irvine has great rail links with Glasgow and Ayr. The Maritime Mile begins at Irvine Rail Station, where
local bus stops are also located. We are working on improving public transport connectivity with a
107

Page 108

35  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
potential for a mobility hub at the station linking with our behaviour change programme. We are limiting
vehicle traffic and parking along the Harbourside to ensure a safe and enjoyable experience for visitors
and residents and to encourage walking, wheeling and cycling. Visitor parking will be accessible off Beach
Drive and Harbour Road. A 20mph zone and a raised riverside plaza mid-way is also proposed. We’re also
preparing an app showcasing all the points of interest and providing details of all the amenities along the
way to help visitors plan their visit and navigate the area.
Short and long-stay provision is located along the harbourside. There is already a fantastic range of food
and drink provision along the Harbourside. This offer will be extended by the river-view restaurant at the
new Maritime Heritage Hub, a potential coastal restaurant at the pierhead and a potential for a food
court supporting seasonal pop-up provision at the Marine & Arts Hub. Public toilets will be provided at all
the hubs’ locations. A drinking water point is located at the Central Hub. Bike parking can be found along
the way.
Heritage Tourism 
Irvine Harbourside’s history and cultural and industrial heritage
within the landscape of a local natural heritage, are the major
contributors to place identity for the Maritime Mile. 
Local heritage and the connection to the rich history of the working harbour were determined to be some
of the Harbourside’s key assets, and basis for development of the tourism destination. While tourism will
be a key platform for enabling the area’s regeneration through provision of jobs and wider economic
growth, it also plays a part in encouraging support of Scottish culture and arts (Gov.Scot, 2018). Trends
show that tourism has been shaped by ‘Transformational Tourism’, which sees tourists desiring more
meaningful engagement with the culture and heritage of the destination (VisitScotland, 2020).
The Great Harbour project focuses its investment on the Maritime Mile, building a unique tourism offer
on the particular Harbourside heritage and history by repairing and preserving existing assets, providing
bespoke facilities and solutions for further engagement with heritage, history and arts and improving the
interpretation along the Harbourside to facilitate the discovery of heritage and history along the
‘Maritime Mile’.
The need to preserve local heritage and promote the history of the area was expressed by the public
during consultations in 2022 and 2023: 
‘The Harbour Master's Office refurbish to
include museum of Irvine Carters and
incorporated trades. Educating people of
Irvine's proud past. Open days to recreate
carters + trades, horse + carts, coopers, tailers,
weavers, etc Encourage tourism along
Maritime Mile. One pass for SMM, Harbour
Masters Museum + Pilot House.’
‘I think any development must reflect, protect
and preserve the natural beauty and green
spaces the beach park provides. I think it has
to take into account the already abundant
wildlife, sealife and birdlife there and ensure
they are protected.’
108

Page 109

36  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Maritime Heritage
A unique offer of the Maritime Heritage is the vast array of assets, artwork and events celebrating the
history of the harbour and the dockyards, with several listed buildings along the Maritime Mile. Some of
these have links to historical harbour operations, like the Harbour Master’s Office or the Pilot House,
others are of architectural value. 
The Scottish Maritime Museum, with a main space within the Linthouse and a proposed new Maritime
Heritage Hub with a gallery at the riverside, provides access to an extensive collection of artefacts and
artwork supported by a calendar of events. 
Local community groups, namely the Irvine Burns Club, Irvine Lasses Burns Club and the Irvine Carters
Society, actively promote local history and heritage through the heritage walks and community events
like the annual Marymass celebrations. We would like to support them in training new members,
organising more events, improving websites and online content and promoting their work. 
The Harbour Arts Centre and the local artists located at the WASPS Courtyard Studios add to the artistic
and cultural quality inspired by local history and heritage. We want to harness this potential and expand
the interactive and hands-on engagement by introducing workshops for school children from all over the
region, local community groups and visitors. 
A heritage trail with 10 Blue Plaques was created by our Cultural and Heritage Services in partnership
with local community groups with vested interest. A potential to extend the trail was highlighted and the
opportunity to create a dedicated trail for children was also identified. We would like this to be included
into the interpretation works for the public realm improvements, to ensure a holistic approach and
adequate share of physical and digital information available for visitors exploring the area. 
‘History - Irvine Harbour was third most
important Scottish port in Scotland when
Scottish trade opened to American enterprise.
Carters of Irvine transported goods from Irvine
to Glasgow to surrounding areas. From mid
1600's to mid 1900's Irvine Harbour was a hive
of activity from dawn to dusk.‘
‘Irvine’s beach/harbour is the towns greatest
asset and it’s great to see these being
highlighted. Perhaps the Pilot House could
lean into Irvine tourism - could it have a gift
shop with postcards of Irvine or artwork of
Irvine. As a resident, I’d love to see inside the
Pilot House and the views it offers.’
109

Page 110

37  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC 
A Heritage, History and Culture Group has been created to support the development of the Maritime
Mile destination and ensure the local expert knowledge and experience is translated into the design at
the early stages. The group gathers representatives from the local community groups with history and
heritage interest, local artists, Scottish Maritime Museum and our Cultural and Heritage Services. 
Figure 5 Great Harbour – Maritime Heritage
110

Page 111

38  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Natural Heritage 
With a unique coastal setting at the estuary of the Rivers Garnock and Irvine, the area is surrounded by
open green spaces, which, beside the river, attract wildlife throughout the year. It’s a popular area for
walkers, cyclists, nature watchers, photographers and artists. 
The site of special scientific interest at Bogside Flats including a Nature Reserve is just across the river and
meets the open green space of the Ardeer Peninsula to the west. Maritime Mile proposals will investigate
providing rest/viewing points, possibly sheltered, along the harbour to provide the best views possible. 
The Beach Park is a popular open green space with a good network of paths for walking, cycling and
wheeling throughout, a great 360º viewing point at the Billy Bing hill, and another one further south at
the Dragon. We would like to provide a sheltered facility at the Billy Bing point for the enjoyment of
views and wildlife watching. The existing Boating Pond and outdoor gym will get a facelift and the new
regional play facility will be delivered with accompanying skate park, alongside the improvements to the
large events space. 
Another site of special scientific interest is located further south at Western Gailes. 
Figure 6 The Dragon, Irvine Beach Park
A nearly 5 mile-long beach with natural dunes is a popular hot spot in summer and a desirable dog
walking area throughout the year.
The Scottish Government recognises the importance of the wellbeing economy in place-based economic
strategy and policy development. The importance of access to nature and its benefits for our wellbeing
was widely appreciated during the recent pandemic. We would like to improve the safety and
accessibility of our walking, cycling and wheeling infrastructure along the Harbourside and at the Beach
Park and improve the enjoyment and accessibility of our green spaces by the provision of sheltered
viewpoints. 
111

Page 112

39  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC 
Figure 7 Great Harbour - Natural Heritage
Marine Leisure and Play
With a coast, beach and the waterfront naturally drawing visitors to the area, there is a huge opportunity
to provide more water-based leisure activity, which is particularly sought after by younger visitors. To
encourage private operators and providers, the project seeks to improve access to the water, repair the
wharf and slipway and work with the local water sports clubs on promoting more activity. The best
opportunity for water activity is the area located near the public slipway and we propose to create a
plaza with raised surface and priority of use for pedestrians, cyclists and wheelchairs near this location.
We would like to include the wharf, currently not safe to be used, into the public realm with provision for
berthing at this deepest river area. We would like to make more use of the step-down wharf in front of
the Harbour Master’s Office to improve the connection to water further. Proposals to increase pontoon
provision for tourists/visitors are also considered as the future phases of the programme and subject to
more stable economic and industry conditions. 
Beach Play Park
A new regional scale play park is proposed at the Beach Park as a free facility providing a family
experience unique to the West of Scotland and of a national appeal. Reflecting the local context, coastal
location and local harbour historic connections, the facility aspires to facilitate as much all-weather
natural play as it can be balanced with the maintenance requirements. It will provide accessible play for
all ages and abilities and will also include a skatepark and pump track, subject to additional funding. The
facility is likely to draw a substantial number of visitors of family and young people demographics. We
would like to incorporate more learning opportunities relating to STEM, local history and sustainability to
extend family learning and create even more unique and desirable experiences for users. 
112

Page 113

40  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC 
The Boating Pond situated within Beach Park historically provided an additional avenue for water-related
recreation due to its sheltered positioning. It was previously a favoured destination for motorboat clubs
and hosted various associated events. In response to community feedback, our maintenance team and a
specialist consultant were enlisted for assessment. 
The conducted survey affirmed the pond's status as a robust ecosystem, necessitating no human
intervention. However, it highlighted the occurrence of seasonal algae blooms, posing potential health
risks to the public. To uphold its current ecological balance, it was recommended that any future
activities prioritise wildlife conservation and avoid disturbances. Additionally, it was advised to update
information materials to alert visitors to the hazards posed by algae and to discourage the feeding of
birds with bread, which introduces too much nutrient into the waterbed supporting algae growth further. 
Figure 8 Great Harbour – Marine Laisure and Play
113

Page 114

41 
Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Events 
Irvine has a rich history of hosting live events with Oasis famously performing at Irvine Beach in 1995 for
two sold-out gigs. More recently, our first Making Waves event – featuring music from the likes of Del
Amitri, Twin Atlantic and a special performance from the Red Arrows – put the area back on the map and
showed its huge potential.
The area has an extensive calendar of events celebrating local history and culture and the Maritime Mile
will help promote the area, connect communities and encourage more activity in the area. Recognising
the events as an important and successful tourism drive into the area, we’re developing the Maritime
Mile Events Programme (Appendix D) adding Council-run shows and encouraging those driven by the
community. Our local businesses, community groups and partners recognised the benefits the Making
Waves brought to the area and are supportive of its continuation. The successful Making Waves festival
in 2022 has boosted visitors’ perception of Irvine and encouraged them to return visits10. 
The programme also allocates £25k from the Community Fund identified within the Great Harbour
budget to community events relating to the promotion of the Great Harbour project or engagement with
the project’s activities. This will allow evaluation of the use of the project area, assessing any barriers
before the investment and to test the facilities once delivered, but will also allow help to identify the 
potential for further improvements.   
10  Making Waves Festival – Economic Impact Assessment – October 2022 – Appendix E 
Events are an important motivator of tourism, and figure prominently in the development and
marketing plans of most destinations. The roles and impacts of planned events within tourism have
been well documented and are of increasing importance for destination competitiveness. (…) But not all
events need to be tourism oriented, (…) As well, events have other important roles to play, from
community-building to urban renewal, cultural development to fostering national identities — tourism
is not the only partner or proponent.
Event tourism: Definition, evolution, and research
Donald Getz | Haskayne School of Business | University of Calgary |2007
114

Page 115

42  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC 
Figure 9 Coastal Hub arrangements with events space at the Beach Park
The Scottish Maritime Museum provides its own events throughout the year to promote their activities
but also to support the local community and respond to visitors’ expectations. Similarly, the Harbour Arts
Centre runs art and culture-related activities, including workshops, theatre and live music performances,
while the WASPS artists provide tailored art classes at the Courtyard Studios. In addition, local
community groups run ad-hoc and regular events, like the Marymass Festival, and this is an established
tradition on the Harbourside.
To support the programme of events in the long-term, the project will make a provision for
improvements to several public spaces to cater for events of varied type and scale. We aim to provide
necessary infrastructure and surfacing at those areas, including access to public amenities. 
Figure 10 Great Harbour - Events Areas
115

Page 116

43  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
1.2 Strategic case.
1.2.1 The strategic context
The Great Harbour project in Irvine, Scotland, presents a strategic case for tourism-led regeneration,
place-making, and destination development. With investment from the Ayrshire Growth Deal, this
initiative has the potential to revitalise the region economically and culturally. By leveraging Irvine's
maritime history and natural beauty, the project can attract tourists, stimulate local businesses, and
create a vibrant community hub. Additionally, it aligns with broader regional development goals,
fostering sustainable growth and positioning Irvine as a key destination in Ayrshire.
By leveraging the investment from the Ayrshire Growth Deal, this initiative aims to revitalise the region,
fostering economic growth and community development.
o Economic Stimulus. The project can act as a catalyst for economic development by creating jobs in
tourism, hospitality, and associated industries, thereby boosting the local economy and providing
sustainable employment opportunities.
o Tourism Attraction. Irvine's Harbourside has the potential to become a key tourism attraction,
drawing visitors to the region. Its historical significance, combined with well-planned infrastructure,
can enhance the overall appeal and contribute to increased tourist footfall.
o Place-Making and Community Engagement. The development focuses on place-making, creating a
vibrant and welcoming community space. This approach encourages community engagement,
fosters a sense of identity, and contributes to residents' well-being.
o Infrastructure Development. The Ayrshire Growth Deal investment allows for essential
infrastructure improvements, such as transportation, digital connectivity, accommodation, and
recreational and play facilities. These upgrades not only support the Great Harbour project but also
enhance the overall accessibility and connectivity of the region.
o Cultural and Heritage Preservation. The project aims to play a role in preserving and showcasing the
cultural and historical heritage of Irvine. By integrating cultural elements into the development, it
becomes a living testament to the area's rich history.
o Public-Private Partnerships. Collaborations with third party and private sector entities can further
enhance the project's success. It will bring in additional expertise, funding, and management
capabilities, ensuring the sustained growth and success of the Great Harbour initiative.
o Sustainability Focus. Incorporating sustainable practices in the development aligns with global
trends and local expectations. This includes sustainable infrastructure, green spaces, and initiatives
that promote environmental stewardship.
o Marketing and Branding. A well-executed marketing strategy will position Irvine's Harbourside as a
desirable destination. Effective branding efforts can attract a diverse range of tourists, contributing
to the overall success of the project.
o Collaborative Regional Development. The Great Harbour project can serve as a cornerstone for
broader regional development. Coordination with neighbouring areas ensures a holistic approach to
growth, benefiting the entire Ayrshire region.
o Long-Term Viability. Careful planning for sustainability, adaptability, and resilience ensures the
project's long-term viability. This includes strategies for ongoing maintenance, community
involvement, and continuous improvement.
In summary, the Great Harbour project, supported by the Ayrshire Growth Deal, presents a strategic
opportunity to transform Irvine into a thriving tourist destination, fostering economic prosperity,
community well-being, and a sustainable future for the region.
The first phase of the Great Harbour project, referred to as a Coastal Hub, focuses on the creation of a
new tourist attraction at the area of the Beach Park, Pierhead/Harbour Point and the coastal beach. It
involves integrating a strategic approach that combines recreational amenities with enhanced
116

Page 117

44  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
accessibility. The addition of a play hub, including an accessible play park, skatepark, and pump track
(subject to additional external funding), aims to diversify the park's offerings and cater to a broader
audience.
The accessible play park ensures inclusivity, providing a space where people of all abilities can engage in
recreational activities. The skatepark and pump track target the youth demographic, fostering a vibrant
and active community. A competition is being run amongst school-aged children to name the play park. 
In addition, North Ayrshire’s Tourism Forum is currently developing a Discover North Ayrshire tourism
brochure for distribution physically and digitally, which aims to drive visitors to Ayrshire and highlight
attractions and activities.  This will also be reflected in the new content on North Ayrshire Council’s
Discover North Ayrshire web pages.  Alongside this, a new events calendar is being developed with details
on events and festivals in the area, including those taking place at Irvine Beach Park and Harbourside.
Moreover, supporting these features with improved active travel infrastructure serves a dual purpose.
Firstly, it promotes sustainable transportation, aligning with environmental goals. Secondly, it enhances
connectivity between the harbourside and the Beach Park, encouraging visitors to explore the entire area
seamlessly.
This comprehensive strategy designed at the level of the Great Harbour Masterplan not only elevates the
recreational experience but also contributes to community engagement, health, and environmental
sustainability, positioning the Beach Park as a multifaceted destination in Irvine and the Ayrshire Coast.
The Great Harbour project contributes to Irvine's broader strategy of creating vibrant and healthy
communities. The regeneration addresses the need for accessible and attractive recreational spaces,
aligning with the town's vision for fostering a high quality of life for residents.
The project incorporates environmentally sustainable practices, minimising ecological impact. Green
design elements, energy-efficient features, and landscape preservation measures demonstrate a
commitment to environmental responsibility.
1.2.2 The case for change
Regenerating the harbourside area in Irvine is crucial, particularly given its status as the highest SIMD
(Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation) area. By investing in improvements through the Ayrshire Growth
Deal, we not only enhance the physical landscape but also address social and economic disparities. The
revitalised harbourside can serve as a beacon for tourism, attracting visitors and injecting much-needed
revenue into the local economy, thus fostering a sustainable tourism destination and driving the growth
of a tourism-related economy. This not only uplifts the community but also aligns with broader regional
development goals.
o Addressing Socio-Economic Disparities | The harbourside area in Irvine stands as the highest SIMD
area, indicating significant socio-economic challenges. By investing in its regeneration through the
Ayrshire Growth Deal, we have the opportunity to directly tackle these disparities. Improvements to
infrastructure, amenities, and the overall environment can uplift the local community by providing
better access to resources and enhancing quality of life. 
o Enhancing Tourism Potential | Revitalising the harbourside area can unlock its untapped potential
as a tourist destination. With strategic investments in beautification, cultural attractions, and
recreational facilities, we can transform it into a vibrant hub that attracts visitors from near and far.
The allure of a revitalised harbourside will not only draw tourists interested in experiencing its
unique charm but also encourage them to explore other offerings in the region, thereby extending
the economic benefits beyond the immediate area. 
117

Page 118

45  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
o Boosting Local Economy | A flourishing harbourside area can serve as an economic engine for Irvine
and the wider region. Increased tourist footfall translates to higher demand for hospitality services,
retail outlets, and leisure activities. Local businesses stand to benefit from this surge in consumer
spending, creating job opportunities and generating revenue streams that contribute to the
economic prosperity of the community. 
o Creating a Sustainable Tourism Destination | Sustainable tourism is increasingly becoming a priority
for travellers and destinations alike. By investing in the regeneration of the harbourside area with
sustainability principles in mind, we can ensure its long-term viability as a tourism destination.
Initiatives such as green infrastructure, renewable energy integration, and eco-friendly practices not
only appeal to environmentally conscious visitors but also safeguard the natural and cultural
heritage of the area for future generations. 
o Utilising Key Assets | The regeneration of Irvine's harbourside area presents an opportunity to
leverage its best assets effectively. This includes the integration of blue and green spaces, such as
waterfront promenades, parks, and greenways, which not only enhance the aesthetic appeal but
also provide recreational opportunities for residents and visitors alike. Additionally, tapping into the
area's rich natural and built heritage, such as historic landmarks, maritime heritage, and
architectural gems, adds depth to the visitor experience and contributes to the sense of place. 
o Improving Public Transport Links | A critical component of successful urban regeneration is
ensuring good connectivity through public transport links. By enhancing accessibility to the
harbourside area via reliable and efficient public transportation, we can encourage sustainable
modes of travel while reducing congestion and carbon emissions. Improved connectivity not only
benefits local residents by facilitating easier access to employment and amenities but also makes the
area more attractive to tourists who may opt for public transport options during their visit, thereby
reducing the reliance on private vehicles and mitigating environmental impact. Integrating these
assets and enhancing connectivity strengthens the overall appeal and accessibility of the
regenerated harbourside, contributing to its success as a vibrant and sustainable destination.
Investing in the regeneration of the Great Harbour project, with its first phase at the Coastal Hub through
the Ayrshire Growth Deal represents a strategic opportunity to not only transform a deprived community
but also to catalyse sustainable economic development and tourism growth. By leveraging the unique
assets of the area and aligning with broader regional goals, we can create a thriving destination that
benefits residents, businesses, and visitors alike.
1.3 Economic case
This section provides an overview of the economic appraisal of Phase 1 of the Great Harbour project –
The Coast Hub. 
1.3.1 Great Harbour OBC long list and short list
The Economic Case at 3.3 outlines the previous work undertaken at OBC stage to identify the preferred
way forward for the overall Great Harbour project at long list and short list stage. The scope and
consideration of options were developed with a strong spatial and regeneration focus, based on Irvine
Harbourside, community and neighbourhood growth and inclusive, Community Wealth Building and
partnership working. Information has been taken from the OBC and combined within a list to help explain
the rationale and methodology for the preferred way forward. In summary, the preferred way forward at
long list stage was to deliver coastal tourism priorities at Irvine Harbourside. In terms of the short-listed
options for Great Harbour, this was based on a quantitative scoring exercise led by project board
118

Page 119

46  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
members and the project team. Each short-listed option was assessed and scored against the following
evaluation criteria:
• Economic performance
• Assessment of expected impacts and benefits
• Assessment of project risk
The summary result is tabulated below which recommends Option 3 – promoting a regeneration
partnership for Irvine Harbourside:
Table 5 Summary short list
Evaluation Results Options 1 Options 2 Options 3 Options 4
(scored 1-5 with 5 best) Do Nothing Core Site Physical
Enhancement
Promoting a
Regeneration
Extended
Regeneration  
Harbourside Partnership for Partnership:   
Harbourside Harbourside-Ardeer
Economic appraisals 2 1 4 4
Impacts/ Benefits 2 2 4 4
Risk appraisal 4 2 2 1
Overall Score 8 5 10 9
Option Ranking 3 4 1 2
Option Selection Retained for
comparison
Rejected Recommended Rejected
1.3.2 The procurement
General approach
The procurement strategy will follow the Council’s Standing Orders in respect of procurement and/or
those of the AGD Regional Model. NAC has commissioned design and technical work associated with
design development and appointed specialists under Professional Services Frameworks, either in-house
or external dedicated for public sector, to secure the necessary professional support. The commissioned
services include:
o Site investigation, technical engineering; consultation & stakeholder engagement
o Environmental planning & planning/consenting services; engagement
o Place focussed external civic, public realm design and landscape architectural services
o Marine development / Marine Engineering / Structural Engineering
o Project Coordination / Engagement & Project Management services
o Procurement strategies designed to ensure local benefit through a Community Wealth Building
approach.
Specifics to Coastal Hub procurement
The procurement strategy was prepared following the options appraisal and considering lessons learnt
compiled on other work of similar scale and complexity carried out by the Council. Early engagement with
potential bidders was carried with Prior Information Notice (PIN) issued in January 2024 to gauge the
market interest and promote the upcoming opportunity. This attracted 24 views and 6 expressions of
interest submitted confirming intention to bid, team capacity to fulfil the scope and capability of
delivering the works within proposed timescales. 
The procurement was carried out in three stages on Public Contracts Scotland-Tender as listed below: 
1. first stage involving a Procurement Information Notice to gauge an initial interest and sector
capacity to deliver work,
119

Page 120

47 
Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
2. second stage verified contractors’ capacity and capability to deliver service within the
timescale,
3. third stage involved inviting shortlisted bidders to submit full financial and quality bids.
The second stage was carried out in March/April 2024 and was a selection process, where the bidders’
capability, capacity and experience to perform the contract was assessed via the SPD (Scotland). i.e. the
SPD (Scotland) is used to shortlist bidders. This meant the number of bidders could be reduced at the
selection stage.
Eight bidders submitted bids answering 4 quality questions.
Five bidders were shortlisted and invited to the next stage. 
The third stage was carried out in July 2024 with Invitation to Tender issued to the bidders shortlisted at
stage 2 and the bids were assessed to determine the most economically advantageous tender, the basis
of contract award.  
The full bid comprised of a technical bid with the proposed financial submission against the Bills of
Quantities, and the quality submission, with additional Client Appraisal Questionnaire (pass/fail).
An NEC4 Construction and Engineering Contract with Option B will be used to promote collaboration, early
warnings and arbitration. 
The designer developing the proposals is taking on the role of Contract Administrator and Principal
Designer in relation to the civil contract to ensure continuity. 
The planning permission for the proposals was granted in January 202411. 
1.3.3 Key findings
This section provides a summary of the appraisal relating to the Coastal Hub, as the preferred option for
the first phase of the Great Harbour project and the focus of this FBC. Detailed analysis of the main costs,
benefits and risks associated with project’s preferred way forward and the business-as-usual factual
option were carried out at the main geographical levels, including Ayrshire, Scotland and the UK and are
outlined in section 3. Key results of economic appraisals at Ayrshire level are outlined in Table 6 below. 
Table 6 Economic Appraisal – Ayrshire level
Business-as-usual Case 25-year Undiscounted (£m) 25-year Net Present Value (£m)
Capital £0.0 £0.0
Cost of Risk Retained £0.0 £0.0
Optimism Bias £0.0 £0.0
Operational £0.3 £0.2
Carbon (Embodied and Operational) £0.0 £0.0
Project Costs £0.3 £0.2
Cash releasing benefits £0.1 £0.1
Carbon influence £0.0 £0.0
Net cost (project costs less cash
releasing benefits less carbon influence) £0.1 £0.1
Social benefits £29.3 £20.0 
11 24/00077/PP planning application
120

Page 121

48  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Economic benefits £5.3 £3.1
Land value benefits £1.4 £1.0
Non-cash releasing benefits £36.0 £24.1
Coastal Hub Option 25-year Undiscounted (£m) 25-year Net Present Value (£m)
Capital £4.6 £4.5
Cost of Risk Retained £0.3 £0.2
Optimism Bias £0.5 £0.4
Operational £0.4 £0.2
Carbon (Embodied and Operational) £0.4 £0.3
Project Costs £6.0 £5.8
Cash releasing benefits £0.2 £0.2
Carbon influence £0.0 £0.0
Net cost (project costs less cash
releasing benefits less carbon influence) £5.8 £5.6
Social benefits £54.9 £36.3
Economic benefits £32.1 £19.3
Land value benefits £1.6 £1.2
Non-cash releasing benefits £88.6 £56.9
Net Benefit (Non-cash releasing
benefits minus Net cost) £82.9 £51.3
Option appraisal conclusions
Business-as-usual Case: at all geographic levels of analysis the business-as-usual case delivers positive net
present value benefits primarily driven by the no capital input required and a low, but steady level of
social benefits associated with use of the coastal hub area as current. We not that the BCR for the BAU
case is very high – ranging from 79.8 to 136.0. However, to put this into context, the high BCRs are driven
by the lack of any capital expenditure within this option. Further to this, the BAU fails to address any of
the business and project objectives to any significant extent.
Coastal Hub Option: at all geographic levels of analysis the Coastal Hub option delivers positive net
present value benefits, driven by significant social benefits and economic benefits. When considering the
BCR the project is expected to deliver a strong positive return at all geographies. When considering the
NABCR, the project is expected to deliver positive socioeconomic return at all geographic levels. At three
Ayrshire level the NABCR is 5.8, meaning that for every additional £1 of public expenditure, the project
will generate £5.80 in additional net socioeconomic benefit.
1.3.4 Overall findings: the preferred option
Based on the analyses and appraisal presented within this Economic Case it was confirmed that the Coastal
Hub Option is the preferred option.  
1.4 Commercial case
The improved Beach Park, featuring a state-of-the-art regional play facility, positions Irvine as a family-
friendly destination, appealing to a wider demographic also with the added provision of the skatepark,
121

Page 122

49  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
pump track (subject to additional external funding) and outdoor gym. As the first phase of the wider
Great Harbour project and development of the new sustainable destination, the Maritime Mile, this
enhancement is expected to elevate the Irvine's image and attract events, contributing to increased
tourism and commercial opportunities. Further opportunities for private investment have been identified
within the Great Harbour Masterplan and sites ‘de-risked’ to attract investment. Several informal
discussions are on-going with private developers seeking commercial opportunities within the area. 
Figure 11 Coastal Hub general arrangements 
Figure 12 Coastal Hub view from the Harbourside showing a new setting for the Pilot House
122

Page 123

50  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
1.4.1 Agreed products and services
The Coastal Hub project aims to transform the current landscape, transitioning it from one defined by
road infrastructure and car parks to a pedestrian-oriented environment that seamlessly integrates with
the surrounding natural and historic assets. By establishing direct connections between the destination
play area and the broader beach park amenity space, including walking routes, a boating pond, as well as
providing a direct link to the beach, and barrier-free access to the historic Pilot House building, Harbour
Point, and onward to the Town Centre, the project seeks to enhance accessibility and promote active
transportation.
Key features of the Coastal Hub include the creation of new footpaths and cycling paths, redesigning the
road leading to Harbour Point to prioritise pedestrian safety and comfort, and implementing generous
pedestrian crossings. These improvements aim to encourage pedestrian traffic, accommodate increased
footfall, and promote cycling as a sustainable mode of transportation.
At the heart of the project is the development of a high-quality play area designed to cater to a diverse
range of ages and interests. From traditional play equipment to natural play elements, interactive
environments, interpretive displays, skate areas, and a pump track, the play area will offer a multifaceted
and engaging experience for visitors, establishing itself as a prominent destination within the community.
Situated within a flat landscape with natural enclosure to the south and overlooked by the Billy Bing hill
to the north, the Coastal Hub site encompasses various assets, including the southern end of the harbour
side walkway, the large Beach Park car park, the Pilot House, and an amenity grass area. Currently, the
site is divided by the Beach Drive carriageway and a roundabout, posing barriers to pedestrian
connectivity between the car park, waterfront, and beach. Through thoughtful design and strategic
interventions, the Coastal Hub project seeks to overcome these barriers, fostering greater cohesion and
accessibility throughout the area.
The play equipment for the play park, the skatepark and the pump track are specialist packages of work
which will be subcontracted by the main contractor for the manufacture and installation of the
equipment and features, with fixed lump sum allocations within the contract, as these types of facilities
are designed and constructed to set budgets. 
The Play Park is the focal point of the works and is the first milestone to be delivered by the identified
deadline.
123

Page 124

51  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC 
Figure 13 Play Park visualisation
Additional work
A number of additional works has been planned or delivered by the Council within the area
independently to support and enhance AGD proposals, based on the feedback received during public and
stakeholder consultations. These include:
o digital infrastructure – a series of multiuse columns within the Great Harbour project area utilising
5GIR partner funding, with 4 columns located to serve the Coastal Hub and provide the mixture of
uses, such as lighting, CCTV monitoring, weather monitoring, public information, public wi-fi
supporting events and additional small cell 5G and Augmented Reality (AR) experience proposed at
the later phases;
o outdoor gym  – already delivered, located near the Boating Pond near the proposed play activity
within the Coastal Hub to enhance the physical activity opportunity for older demographics within
the ‘wellness hub’ of the Beach Park; and
o Boating Pond picnic area improvements – utilising partner funding to provide better facilities for the
enjoyment of the outdoors encouraging longer stays.
1.4.2 Agreed risk allocation and charging mechanism
The general principle is to ensure that risks should be passed to the “party best able to manage them”,
subject to value for money (VFM). The potential allocations of risks are tabulated within the main report.
All design services include collateral warranties and are covered by professional indemnity insurances.
The model contract selected for the Coastal Hub civils is NEC4 Engineering and Construction Contract
(Option B – with Bill of Quantities). At its core it encourages collaboration and follows the principles of
partnership and also provides comprehensive risk management mechanisms, including early warnings,
multilevel risk registers with monitoring process. 
Option B of the contract indicates the charging mechanism based on bill of quantities. 
A professional advisor has been appointed to manage the construction works and contract on behalf of
the Council and provide a Principal Designer service within the meaning of the CDM 2015 regulations. In
addition, the project management will be overseen by the Council’s Property Management and
124

Page 125

52  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Investment (PMI) team, which will also provide the services of the Clerk of Work and QS for cost control
and interim works evaluation and certification for the purpose of invoicing.  
1.4.3 Key contractual arrangements
The Contractor will act as Principal Contractor as defined by the Construction (Design and Management)
Regulations 2015.
Works will include but not limited to the following:
o Undertake dilapidation survey of all existing roads, paths, fences, gates and walls within the site and
at junctions with adjoining highways.
o Obtain current utilities records.
o Service alterations and their co-ordination with public utilities and site users.
o Mobilise and set up safe routes to be shared with park users to enclosed live working areas.
o Set up welfare facilities, site offices, staff parking and material storage areas.
o Site clearance of fences, planting and signage.
o Install new drainage systems including managing existing surface water within the site boundaries
o Diversion of existing sewer
o Creation of new carriageway and footway areas
o Lining of existing car parks
o Hard landscaping including new and upgraded paths, walls, steps, paving, etc.
o Soft landscaping (shrubs / grasses, etc.)
o New Play Area
o New Pump and Skate Track
o Installation of street furniture, signage and fencing
o De-mobilise and clear site.
Protocols to ensure the safety of the public will be required to be implemented. Typically, this will include
physical segregation at working areas which will be construction sites, vehicle speed restrictions and use
of banksman to escort vehicles.
The contractor will undertake responsibility to manage all traffic management for the duration of the
works.
The contract is anticipated to commence on 7 October 2024 with anticipated duration of 74 weeks. The
below table highlights some of the key dates that are required to be met during the contract period:
Milestone/Key Date Anticipated delivery date
Contract Commencement  7th October 2024
Play Park, Skate Park & Pump Track completed (Key Date) * 30th June 2025
Completion 6th April 2026
Defects / Maintenance Period (1 Year Post Completion) 6th April 2027
There are no personnel implications and TUPE does NOT apply.
Further details are bound by the contract and contain commercially sensitive information, which cannot
be shared. 
1.4.4 Agreed implementation timescales
07/10/2024 – construction contract award
11/11/2024 – site start
30/06/2025 – play park completion [milestone]
125

Page 126

53  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
06/04/2026 – practical completion 
06/04/2027 – end of defect liability period and retention period
10/05/2027 – evaluation report 
1.4.5 Accountancy treatment
It is envisaged that the assets underpinning the delivery of the service will be on the balance sheet of the
organisation should the development remain in the ownership of NAC. 
1.5 Financial case
Great Harbour 
Financial projections demonstrate a sustainable funding model, considering both initial development
costs and long-term maintenance. The proposed investment in the Great Harbour project is £14 million
invested in phases. 
The phasing has been revised and updated following the post-OBC development including finalising the
Masterplan, development frameworks and intensive consultations with relevant services, professionals,
stakeholders and the local community. 
The proposed phasing reflects the deliverability assessed against timescales and maximum opportunities
for partnership funding. 
Table 7 Great Harbour project phasing  
Great Harbour
Phase Programme Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3 TOTAL
Scope
Project
management Coastal Hub   Maritime Mile hubs
connections Maritime Heritage Hub  
Development Play Park Marine & Arts Hub Harbour Master's
Office marketing
Masterplan Pilot House plaza Transport and parking
remodelling 
Gap site marketing
(between 128 and 138
Harbour Street)  
Events space at
the Beach Park
Active travel
infrastructure
Pilot House
restoration*  
Digital network
infrastructure
Harbour Master's
Office restoration
Residential - Portland
site marketing*  
Beach Park
access Public/events spaces   
AGD budget [M] £1.091 £5.010 £5.809 £2.090 £14.000
Additional
funding [M] £0.130 £0.154  £0.636  £0.000  £0.920 
committed
additional NAC £0.130 £0.023 - - £0.153
Sustrans - -  £0.079 - £0.079
VDLF - - £0.158 - £0.158
DIST - - £0.392 - £0.392
CLF - - £0.007 - £0.007
CLCF** - £0.131 - - £0.131
126

Page 127

54  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
TOTAL
committed  £1.221 £5.164 £6.445 £2.090 £14.920
Additional
funding [M] £0.000 £0.365 £0.042 £5.525 £5.932
potential 
sources  
Sport Scotland Sustrans NLHF  
CLCF additional NAC HES
other other additional NAC
TOTAL
proposed
investment [M]
£1.221 £5.529 £6.487 £7.615 £20.852
* Subject to additional funding secured
** Funding not committed with sources identified, included within tender to generate competitive pricing 
Phase 1 - Coastal Hub 
Phase 1 relates to the Coastal Hub diverse ‘play activity’ within the area of the Beach Park and Pierhead/
Harbour Point with wider improvements of access to the open green space of the Beach Park for
increased wellbeing benefits for local residents and visitors. 
Table 8 Phase 1 FBC costings
Service (RIBA stage of works) Timescales  Total 
GH phase 1 development (stage 0-4) Nov 2021 – May 2023   
GH phase 1 delivery (stage 5-6)
·         Consultancy
·         Civils
·         Contingency
May 2023 – April 2026 
Defects Period/ Evaluation (stage 7) April 2026 – April 2027 
Community fund May 2023 – April 2026 £25,000 
TOTAL Coastal Hub   £5,164,233 
DEDUCTIONS PBIF - committed £22,625 
CLCF - potential £131,251 
TOTAL AGD   £5,010,357 
1.5.1 Financial expenditure
Summary of financial appraisal – draw down profile – Coastal Hub
Table 9 Coastal Hub Funding
FUNDED BY Capital
Expenditure 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30
UK Gov 0                      
Scottish Gov 4,774,005           1,377,972 2,659,976 736,057      
Regional
Partners 236,352     1,300 0 237,533 -2,481          
AGD TOTAL 5,010,357 0 0 1,300 0 237,533 1,375,491 2,659,976 736,057 0 0 0
PBIF 22,625         22,625            
127

Page 128

55  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Funding tbc -
Pump Track* 131,251           131,251          
PROJECT TOTAL 5,164,233 0 0 1,300 0 260,158 1,506,742 2,659,976 736,057 0 0 0
* Funding not committed with sources identified, included within tender to generate competitive pricing
Summary of financial appraisal – planned project delivery/spend – Coastal Hub
Table 10 Coastal Hub Spend Profile
EXPENDITURE Capital
Expenditure 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30
Coastal Hub 5,164,233 0 0 1,300 0 260,158 1,506,742 2,659,976 736,057 0 0 0
Total 5,164,233 0 0 1,300 0 260,158 1,506,742 2,659,976 736,057 0 0 0 
1.5.2 Overall affordability and balance sheet treatment
One crucial aspect when assessing the economic viability of the Coastal Hub project is its ability to yield
sustainable, long-term returns while remaining affordable. Through a blend of public and private funding
sources, including government grants, private investments, and strategic partnerships, the project aims
to allocate resources wisely and maximise returns on investment. By integrating digital infrastructure and
innovative technologies like Augmented Reality experiences and public Wi-Fi, which are planned as a later
phase, the project not only enhances operational efficiency but also focuses on cost-effectiveness,
ensuring affordability. This approach also futureproofs the project against evolving market dynamics and
consumer preferences. Additionally, the events space’s flexibility to host various events throughout the
year enhances its revenue-generating potential, thus ensuring long-term affordability and financial
sustainability. 
The redevelopment of the Beach Pavilion at the later phases, adopts a model where community
amenities such as toilets and communal spaces are sustained by revenue generated from the commercial
rental of the restaurant, fostering affordability in the long term. Thoughtful planning for sustainability,
adaptability, and resilience further ensures the project's long-term affordability, including strategies for
ongoing maintenance, community involvement, and continuous improvement. Similar to the overarching
Great Harbour project, the Coastal Hub was designed to balance high-quality public spaces and amenities
with future maintenance considerations, including resource pressures. While addressing maintenance
requirements creates employment opportunities, the design also considers layouts, materials, and
finishes to minimise and simplify future maintenance burdens, ultimately contributing to long-term
affordability. 
ASSURANCE STATEMENT
This is to confirm that the financial profile for the project outlined in Section 1.5.1
above reflects the position of North Ayrshire Council as at the date stated below.  
Name of Council’s S95 Officer in block capitals:   
Signed: 
Date:
128

Page 129

56  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
1.6 Management case
The management plan is based on the governance structure and reflects project milestones with defined
monitoring and an approval roadmap. The plan is divided into three phases with identified gateway
stages and milestones corresponding to the RIBA Work Stages. The phases relate to work of similar type
and procurement requirement and also reflect the dependencies, like partnerships. Gateway reviews are
subject to a three level process: Project Board, ELT and Cabinet. 
1.6.1 Project management arrangements
Overall responsibility for the delivery of the project will rest with NAC Executive Director of Place
reporting to the Chief Executive. The Senior Responsible Officer within NAC is Louise Kirk, Head of Service
for Economic Development, Growth & Regeneration. A dedicated Growth & Investment team is in place
including a dedicated Project Manager with day-to-day responsibilities and a Senior Manager providing a
strategic alignment. A dedicated PMO manager and a financial manager provide regular support, and
assistance from other council services is sought when needed. All personnel are experienced and
professionally qualified in their respective roles. 
Great Harbour governance structure 
1.6.2 Benefits realisation and risk management 
The project performance data including deliverables, outputs and outcomes is recorded and monitored
through the Council’s and wider regional Capital Programme management system. Benefits will also be
logged within the Community Benefits commitments within contracts. The monthly Project Board
meetings will oversee performance and monitoring including reporting to the Executive Leadership Team
(ELT) and the Ayrshire Economic Partnership.
Performance reporting will be provided in accordance with established governance arrangements. The
PMO will provide reports to the CEOs/Directors Group, the REP and the Ayrshire Economic Joint
Planning Committee 
AEPB / AEJC
PMO
Cabinet
GH Project Board
Stakeholders
Partners
G&I risks &
finance
monitoring
Project Management
ELT
Figure 14 Great Harbour Project Governance Structure
129

Page 130

57  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Committee. These will provide updates on a monthly, quarterly and annual basis to the UK and Scottish
Governments.
The AGD Benefits Realisation Plan 2022 (Appendix F) sets out how the Deal outcomes will be monitored
against alignment with delivery plans and AGD objectives and how the impacts will be captured and
reported. It defines a set of reporting principles, including: adherence to the overarching principles of
Government best practice in project delivery; selecting common monitoring and evaluation (M&E)
approaches that best measure progress in meeting AGD objectives and impacts; and, going forward,
continually updating this Plan and using any other new measures that will help assess and support the
better management of AGD activities and impacts. 
The Benefits Realisation Guidance (Appendix G) identifies all the types of outputs, outcomes, impacts and
community benefits that are likely to be generated across the six AGD project themes and includes pro
formas for each project outlining the approach to monitoring and evaluation of relevant outputs,
outcomes, impacts and community benefits. 
The Great Harbour Risk Register (Appendix H) is an essential component of project management,
especially in the context of a development project following the Green Book process focused on public
sector investment appraisals. The risk register is a live document undergoing regular revisions and
updates to identify, assess, and manage potential risks that could impact the successful delivery of the
project and reflects the most current stage of the project. 
1.6.3 Post project evaluation arrangements
The arrangements for post implementation review (PIR) and project evaluation review (PER) have been
established in accordance with best practice and are as follows. 
PIR will be carried out at RIBA work stage 7 respectively for each construction contract by the consultants
respectively responsible for contract management. In relation to the phase 1, the Coastal Hub, this
involves one civils contract with several deliverables. In addition to assessing whether the objectives have
been achieved, it will also identify lessons learned, successes and challenges, and determine areas for
improvement in future projects.
In addition, a Great Harbour project wide review will be carried out following the completion of the last
phase of the development by the project team with expert input if required. 
PER is included within the quality control mechanism for each contract and is assessed systematically and
reviewed at the completion of each RIBA stage of work to identify strengths and weaknesses in project
management practices, learn from past experiences, and improve project team’s ability to deliver
successful projects in the future. The final review for each phase of developments will be carried out at
RIBA work stage 7 by the project team and reported to the Project Board. 
1.7 Recommendation
The recommendation to approve the Coastal Hub for delivery, as the first phase of the Great Harbour
project represents a pivotal step towards realising a multitude of benefits for Irvine and its surrounding
community. This proposal stands as a testament to the strategic foresight and comprehensive planning
that underpins its development. Here's why this recommendation is not just prudent but essential:
• Strategic Alignment | The Great Harbour project, along with the Coastal Hub, is meticulously
aligned with the long-term goals and vision for Irvine's development. It dovetails seamlessly with the
town's broader strategic objectives, leveraging its unique geographical advantages and economic
potential. By integrating seamlessly with existing infrastructure and development plans, it ensures a
harmonious and coherent urban landscape.
130

Page 131

58  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
• Economic Viability | Central to this recommendation is the robust economic viability of the project.
Extensive feasibility studies and financial projections underscore its potential to generate substantial
economic returns, both in the short and long term. The development of the Coastal Hub as the
inaugural phase promises to catalyse further investment and economic activity, creating a ripple
effect that permeates through the local economy.
• Community Benefits | At its core, this recommendation is about enhancing the quality of life for
Irvine's residents. The Great Harbour project and its associated Coastal Hub are not just about bricks
and mortar; they represent vibrant community spaces where people can live, work, and play. From
recreational amenities to employment opportunities, the project is designed to enrich the social
fabric of the area, fostering a sense of belonging and pride among its inhabitants.
• Sustainable Practices | Sustainability is not an afterthought, but a guiding principle woven into the
fabric of the project. From energy-efficient design to green spaces and sustainable infrastructure,
every aspect is meticulously crafted to minimise environmental impact and promote long-term
sustainability. By embracing sustainable practices, the project not only mitigates negative
externalities but also positions Irvine as a beacon of responsible development and environmental
stewardship.
• Masterplan Alignment | Importantly, the Great Harbour project finds solid footing within the
approved Masterplan for the wider area. This alignment provides a clear roadmap for integration
and collaboration, ensuring that the project synergises with other planned developments and
infrastructure initiatives. Moreover, by leveraging de-risked development sites identified within the
Masterplan, the project minimises uncertainties and maximises the potential for success, thereby
safeguarding the interests of investors and stakeholders alike.
In conclusion, the approval of the updated OBC for the Great Harbour project, coupled with the
endorsement of the Coastal Hub for delivery, represents a landmark decision that underscores Irvine's
commitment to sustainable growth, community well-being, and strategic development. By embracing this
recommendation, Irvine is not just building infrastructure but laying the foundation for a brighter, more
prosperous future for generations to come. 
Signed: 
Date: 
Senior Responsible Owner
Project Team  
131

Page 132

59  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
2. The Strategic Case 
2.1 Introduction 
This Full Business Case (FBC) follows on from the Outline Business Case (OBC) for the Great Harbour
project, as set out in the Ayrshire Growth Deal (AGD) Heads of Terms and in the Outline Business Case
approved by Government in June 2021 and covers the first phase, the Coastal Hub.
The Great Harbour proposals have been refined and developed in further detail through extensive
consultations with public, partners and stakeholders with phasing developed to reflect the character of
works and expected pressure on the area. Phase 1, the Coastal Hub is now developed to technical detail
(Stage 4 RIBA Plan of Works) and is currently the subject of a tender for civils construction works.
The AGD framework defines the purpose of the FBC as the final part of staged approval to support the
critical investment decision, Notice to Proceed, of Phase 1 of civils construction works, following the
process of appraisal of the project detail, level of analysis and its readiness for delivery and
implementation. 
It is the final stage of the Government’s three-stage, five-case business case model, outlined in the HM
Treasury Green Book, and includes the: Strategic Case, Economic Case, Financial Case, Commercial Case,
Management Case.
The Strategic Case explores whether the proposals developed from the OBC still align with the AGD and
NAC strategic direction and goals and evaluates how they support and contribute to the overall success
and long-term objectives of the AGD and NAC and identifies the strategic benefits and risks associated
with the project.  
This FBC seeks approval to invest £5.010M of Ayrshire Growth Deal into Phase 1 of the Great Harbour
project, with a working title – the Coastal Hub, and consisting of:
Table 11 Phase 1 FBC costings
Service (RIBA stage of works) Timescales  Total 
GH phase 1 development (stage 0-4) Nov 2021 – May 2023   
GH phase 1 delivery (stage 5-6)
·         Consultancy
·         Civils
·         Contingency
May 2023 – April 2026 
Defects Period/ Evaluation (stage 7) April 2026 – April 2027 
Community fund May 2023 – April 2026 £25,000 
TOTAL Coastal Hub   £5,164,233 
DEDUCTIONS PBIF - committed £22,625 
CLCF - potential £131,251 
TOTAL AGD   £5,010,357 
132

Page 133

60  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
The regeneration proposals, called the Coastal Hub aim to revitalise the area, focusing on enhancing
recreational spaces and improving active travel infrastructure. This strategic initiative aligns with Irvine's
commitment to community well-being and sustainable urban development. The hub’s geographical scope
includes the areas neighbouring with the coast and proposals aim to deliver the activity hub focusing on
play and outdoor physical activity and wellbeing benefiting from the exposure to green and blue spaces.
The comprehensive area upgrade includes soft landscaping, drainage, road re-alignment, Pilot House
repairs, construction of the play park, skatepark, pump track and some improvements to the Beach Park
to accommodate the events space infrastructure. 
Structure and content of the document 
The FBC has been prepared using the agreed standards and format for business cases to meet the
requirements of the Ayrshire Growth Deal Framework. This document has been structured to ensure
transparency of the processes applied and an auditable account of the proposals.
It follows the approved format of the Five Case Model, which comprises the following key components:
o the strategic case section. This sets out the case for change, together with the supporting
investment objectives for the scheme
o the economic case section. This demonstrates that the organisation has selected the most
economically advantageous offer, which best meets the existing and future needs of the service and
optimises value for money (VFM)
o the commercial case section. This sets out the content of the proposed deal
o the financial case section, which confirms funding arrangements, affordability and the effect on the
balance sheet of the organisation
o the management case section which details the plans for the successful delivery of the scheme to
cost, time and quality. 
The document seeks to retain a simple legibility. Text seeks to be clear and succinct and tabulated where
possible. Extended material and supporting evidence are provided in Appendices.    
This Full Business Case (FBC) follows on from the Outline Business Case (OBC) for the Great Harbour
project, as set out in the Ayrshire Growth Deal (AGD) Heads of Terms and in the Outline Business Case
approved by Government in June 2021 and covers the first phase, the Coastal Hub. The subsequent FBCs
relating to the remaining phases will be submitted accordingly. This is illustrated in the diagram below. 
June 2021
June 2024
July 2025
June 2026
OBC
FBC 1
FBC 2
FBC 3
Figure 15 Great Harbour Business Case Pathway
133

Page 134

61  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
OBC to FBC development
Great Harbour and the area of Harbourside, Beach Park and Coast are North Ayrshire and Irvine’s
greatest assets. Investment in the Great Harbour project supports area regeneration utilising best place
assets to develop a successful tourist destination. Regeneration requires partner activity unlocked
through the catalyst of enabling infrastructure (AGD investment). Key deliverables for success shown
within the OBC are listed in the Table 12 below with the indication of changes resulting from the
development of the FBC.
Table 12 Great Harbour deliverables
Direct AGD Investment
OBC deliverables FBC deliverables reason for change
new waterfront destination new waterfront destination no change
quays and waterfront
boardwalk with marine access
lookooteries/viewpoints along
harbourside with interpretation
and seating
high cost and long consenting
process relating to the
construction on the riverbed
slipway and active leisure
marine access point
slipway and active leisure
marine access point
no change
provision for play, active leisure
/ e-bikes
provision for play, active leisure
/ e-bikes
no change
waterfront and town – to -
waterfront gateways
waterfront and town – to -
waterfront gateways
no change
site infrastructure extended site infrastructure additional funding secured for
digital infrastructure supporting
provision of CCTV, public wi-fi,
digital events support, EV
charging, weather monitoring
etc.
National Ayrshire Coastal Path
connections
National Ayrshire Coastal Path
connections and NCN7
extension
active travel infrastructure
improvements added to create
a new loop connecting the
beach and the Beach Park with
the Harbourside
community enterprise support
programme
TBC 
redevelopment of the Beach
pavilion to provide community
hub and commercial
(restaurant) opportunity
potential identified through
engagement with relevant
business sector
Indirect Partner Investment
OBC deliverables FBC deliverables reason for change
affordable homes (71No.) completed   
Affordable and private homes
(110-120 No.)
Portland site opportunity 
open market waterfront homes removed not supported by stakeholders
and public
a care and older people / special
needs facility
completed  
enterprise and arts retail
workshop facilities
small scale retail/workshop
opportunities for social
amended following the results
of review showing that art
134

Page 135

62  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
enterprise and private
investment 
spaces provided currently are
sufficient
Future Partner Investment
OBC deliverables FBC deliverables reason for change
re-purposing of the Big Idea /
Resort -Village / National Play
Facility
removed partnership with private owner
dissolved
new specialist waterfront gallery
space (SMM)
new specialist waterfront gallery
space (SMM) scaled down and
developed on land only
amended due to construction
cost inflation and predicted
increase in operating cost
hotel and related leisure / small
conference / hospitality services
Hotel and related leisure / small
conference / hospitality services
no change
existing business investment for
growth
Existing business investment for
growth
No change
Leverage investment has been realigned during the FBC development through series of engagement
activities with business and funding bodies. Market interest is currently being shown in the
redevelopment of the Beach Pavilion and Harbour Master’s Office, and with positive commercial activity
associated with recent new businesses supporting the visitor market.
The investment will support national, regional and local policies to boost tourism numbers, spend and
market penetration whilst supporting local regeneration. The project will deliver tourism growth in the
growing sector of activity leisure, increasing visitor spend in the West of Scotland and local spend in an
area of significant deprivation and supporting town, town centre and Harbourside regeneration.
The Great Harbour investments have been developed through the varied stakeholder groups and with
investment targeted at:
o Comprehensive re-development of the Harbourside waterfront space
o Development of a Maritime Mile key route between the beach and railway station, incorporating
access and connectivity 
o Enabling the development of new homes and supporting leisure/retail/play and associated public
realm
o Small enterprise/workshop space (bldg. conversion /new build) for artists/crafts/tourism
o Upgrading of Active Travel Routes, Coastal Path / Beach Park facilities - play 
o Enterprising Communities Programme
A key part of the work in development of the project has been working with partners and local
stakeholders. This has included engagement across a range of groups and included:
o AGD / PMO Team
o NAC Growth & Investment & Place Directorate Teams
o NAC Physical Environment Team – part of Place Directorate
o Key Advisors/Stakeholders (Scot. Govt / VisitScotland /Scottish Enterprise)
o Key Market Sector Stakeholder / Business Leader Engagement / Hoteliers /Development Partners
o Scottish Maritime Museum (SMM) on Marine, Heritage and Arts led Regeneration
o Harbourside Wide Stakeholder Workshops
o Community Planning Partners including: Ayrshire College / NHS / Skills Development Scotland /
Strathclyde Partnership for Transport (SPT) / Police Scotland /
o Statutory Consultees including: NatureScot / Scottish Environmental Protection Agency (SEPA) /
Health & Safety Executive (HSE) / Historic Environment Scotland (HES) / Crown Estate / Marine
Directorate Licensing Operations Team / Royal National Lifeboat Institution (RNLI) 
o Regeneration Partner Consultees including: Scottish Enterprise / Sustrans 
135

Page 136

63  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
o Community Partners including Irvine Water Sports Club / Fullarton Community Association /
Coastwatch / Irvine Burns Club / other community groups
o Ayrshire Community Trust (TACT)
o Utility & Statutory Authority Technical Updates
Part A: the strategic context
2.2 Organisational overview
The AGD Heads of Terms were agreed with Scottish and UK Governments in March 2019. Following the Great
Harbour OBC approval in June 2021, the Great Harbour project underwent a phase of intensive
development involving commercial, institutional and community partners in addition to the internal
cross-service scrutiny. The Stakeholder Engagement and Public Consultation Strategy (Appendix A) has
been developed to ensure all area stakeholders and parties with invested interest are actively engaged
and that the proposals meet local needs and priorities. Project’s partnership opportunities have been
reviewed and evaluated to reflect new circumstances and updated proposals.
The Governance Structure (Appendix B) has been established to monitor the development and provide a
strategic control. 
The proposals were informed by public consultations in February/March 2022 and March/April 2023 and
reports of both include the main feedback areas and recommendations:
• February/March 2022 - Great Harbour Coastal Hub Public Consultation Report – May 2022
• March/April 2023 - Great Harbour Masterplan Public Consultation Report – May 2023
As a result, the Great Harbour Masterplan has been developed to provide a framework for AGD
investment proposals as part of the wider Tourism Programme and for future investment opportunities
ensuring a sustainable growth of the area. The Great Harbour Masterplan has been approved by the
Planning Committee in April 2024 following the endorsement from the Cabinet in December 2023 and is
now a material consideration in the determination of future planning applications.
The Masterplan recognises the best local assets and tests them against strategic objectives of the Local
Development Plan. It identifies the main areas of AGD investment along the Irvine Harbourside, called
the Maritime Mile, which will incentivise further investment, both public and private and act as an
enabler to secondary development of the area through the identified and de-risked opportunities. The
Maritime Mile will focus on the provision of activity hubs, attractions, animated public and activity spaces
scattered along the harbourside and connected with improved accessible and safe links mimicking the
string of pearls stretching from the train station to the beach and catering for varied audiences.
136

Page 137

64  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC 
Figure 16 Great Harbour Masterplan as approved!
2.3 Business strategies 
Local context 
The Great Harbour Masterplan was advanced in accordance with the Local Development Plan 2 (LDP2)
where Irvine Harbourside is identified as a Strategic Development Area (Strategic Policy 3) with
support stated for its development and complies with the objectives of the LDP2 in relation to scope,
land use and environmental quality. The adopted LDP2 acts as the land use expression of ‘A Better Life’
a vision defined within the Single Outcome Agreement. The Council Plan sets out the framework to make
North Ayrshire ‘the place to be’ in order to provide a better life for our residents, businesses and visitors
and deliver on our commitments within the SOA. Key relevant strategic policies relate to Spatial Strategy
(1), Placemaking (2), Strategic Development Areas (3), Delivering on Community Priorities (4).
The project also reflects the Council priorities contained in the new Council Plan 2023 to 2028 of
wellbeing, communities and local democracy, climate change and a sustainable Council. In addition, the
project supports a number of other Council plans and strategies, including:
o Vacant and Derelict Land Strategy (draft) 2023-2027
o Community Wealth Building Strategy 2020-2025
o Electric Vehicle Strategy 2021-2025
o Sustainable North Ayrshire Strategy 2024-2027
o Flood Risk Management Plan 2022-2028
o Open Space Strategy 2016-2026
o Local Transport and Active Travel Strategy (draft) 2023-2028
o Water Safety Policy 2021
o Waste Management Strategy 2018-2022 (under review)
o Local Biodiversity Action Plan 2019-2031
137

Page 138

65  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
It is also worth highlighting that the North Ayrshire Visitor Management Plan and Strategic Tourism
Infrastructure Plan – Mainland, were developed in conjunction with North Ayrshire Council’s
member/officer Tourism Forum.  This group’s Terms of Reference states its purpose as:
• to consider and recommend the introduction of new policies or changes to existing visitor
management policies to manage tourist pressures through the preparation of a visitor
management plan, particularly refreshing the Visitor Management Plan as necessary.
• to consider investment priorities for facilities and infrastructure for visitors and in maintenance of
existing facilities identified through Strategic Tourism Infrastructure Development Plans.
• to consider the wider socio-economic reports on the impact and value of the tourism sector in
North Ayrshire
• to consider North Ayrshire’s role in supporting the Regional Economic Partnership visitor economy
workstream and associated Regional Strategy
• to consider wider strategic issues affecting the tourism and visitor economy sector, including
strategy development at regional and local level and provide strategic guidance to inform the
Council’s position on such matters.
• to consider how our wider Marine Tourism work and Ayrshire Growth Deal investment fits in with
the activities of the Forum.
• to provide strategic guidance on any other emerging visitor economy matters arising as
appropriate.
• The Tourism Forum monitors the impacts of visitors and can make recommendations based on its
observations.
The project already considers many aspects of an increase in visitors in terms of the development of
active travel routes, enhanced signage, improved traffic management and optimisation of available car
parking spaces, provision of motorhome facilities and EV charging, and use of digital infrastructure and
analysis to help with effective crowd, traffic and waste management.
Regional context
Ayrshire Regional Economic Partnership (REP) - a regional approach developed by the three Ayrshire
Councils to build on all the area's assets and key sectors to grow the economy. The REP has coordinated
the submissions and requirements of the Ayrshire Growth Deal. Great Harbour is a partnership approved
AGD project.
The partnership identified and agreed a series of strategic priorities, which reflect our vision and ambition
for what we want our economy to be by 2030. Taking a place and asset based approach to the strategy,
and building on our strategic priorities, we have identified 6 areas of transformational growth, where the
strategy sets out how we can position Ayrshire are sector-leading in Advance Manufacturing,
Aerospace/space, Blue Economy, Clean Energy/Decarbonisation, Rural and Islands Economy, and the
Visitor Economy, by capitalising on the geographical, environmental and sectoral advantages Ayrshire
currently offers.
The Strategy also outlines how we can optimise the building blocks of the Ayrshire economy, so they
offer the best platform to delivering our vision. This will focus on business growth accelerator, skills,
digital ecosystem, connectivity, and thriving communities.
National context
The project is justified through the strategic planning context set out in Scottish Planning Policy and
National Planning Framework 4 which:
138

Page 139

66  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
o Supports area regeneration to address nationally significant and longstanding issues of
disadvantage;
o Identifies sustainable development and use of the coast and marine environment to deliver
economic and social benefits for island and coastal communities and supporting quality of life and
underpin important economic sectors like tourism, outdoor recreation and food and drink.
o Recognises the importance of outdoor recreation throughout the coastal and marine area. 
The proposals for the waterfront are based on quality place-making and the six qualities of successful
place-making aligning with National Policy - NPF4. The National Planning Framework (NPF4 – approved
January 2023) forms part of the Development Plan. NPF4 sets out a series of principles of direct relevance
in place making and building stronger and more resilient communities. Key policy areas include planning
for climate change, biodiversity and the creation of ‘liveable’ places. The Harbourside offers significant
opportunity to create a place with good-quality homes close to local facilities and services applying the
concept of 20-minute neighbourhoods; making better use of spaces to support physical activity,
relaxation and play, to bring people together and to celebrate culture, diversity and heritage. In addition,
measures within the coastal margin can support enhanced biodiversity in accordance with the Local
Biodiversity Action Plan. Strategic Policy 2v sets out a commitment to placemaking to ensure the delivery
of Local Outcome Improvement Plan priorities (LOIP) that looks to make North Ayrshire safer and
healthier by ensuring that all development contributes to making quality places. 
NAC and partners, recognising the policy framework of NPF4 and through LBAP 2019-2031, are seeking to
protect and enhance biodiversity across the region through ecosystem restoration, investment in natural
capital, improving greenspace and supporting sustainable management of land, marine, freshwater and
coastal ecosystems. Target areas relevant to the study area include greenspace, coastal sand dunes and a
wide area of potential ecosystem regeneration. The LBAP has specific reference to the Girvan to Irvine
Nectar Network (Task 3.1 / 3.2 / 4.4) and a number of actions relative to estuarine sites. 
Strategic fit with national and regional Policy
Scottish Government Strategic Objectives and Outcomes
The Government has five objectives that underpin its core purpose - to create a more successful country,
with opportunities for all of Scotland to flourish, through increasing sustainable economic growth.
Objectives include Wealthier & Fairer, Healthier, Safer & Stronger, Smarter, Greener.
In addition to the National Objectives, the Scottish Government has 16 National Outcomes. They define
priorities and set a structure for delivery of national objectives. Great Harbour’s contribution includes:
o We have tackled the significant inequalities in Scottish society – The proposed development will
create new and significant additional economic activity for NAC and the town region, contributing to
improving access to the labour market for the poorest and most disadvantaged and tackling
significant inequalities in the area.
o We live in well-designed, sustainable places where we are able to access the amenities and services
we need – The proposed development will represent an environmentally, socially and economically
sustainable place providing increased levels of employment for people in the area and attracting and
retaining the skills/talent required to achieve sustainable economic growth.
o We value and enjoy our built and natural environment and protect it and enhance it for future
generations – The proposed development will have significant positive land-use impacts on the local
community, and on the natural and built environment.
o We have strong, resilient and supportive communities where people take responsibility for their
own actions and how they affect others.
139

Page 140

67  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
The proposed development supports LOIP and Community and Locality Planning within an area of
significant deprivation. 
Scotland’s Economic Strategy sets six key priority themes in their vision for 2033 including:
o Support for Enterprise: A region where businesses can grow both domestically and
globally; entrepreneurship and creativity can flourish.
o Fair Work: A region which offers all individuals an effective voice, opportunity, security,
fulfilment and respect in work.
o Innovation: A region where enterprises and the public sector adopt innovative solutions to
address economic problems.
o Good Health and Wellbeing: A region where people of all ages have the access to
resources to live a healthy, full and purposeful life. 
o Stronger Places and Communities: Local economies can sustain thriving communities and
deliver good public and private services to residents and visitors.
o Enhancing Natural Capital: Preserving and enhancing Ayrshire’s natural capital, meeting
Scotland’s commitments to net zero and protection of biodiversity.
The summary in tables below sets out how the proposed development fits with the main policy
and/or strategies.
Table 13 Policy and Strategies - National
National Policy and Strategies
Policy/Strategy Document Status and Purpose of Document Relevance for Proposed Great
Harbour Project
National Infrastructure
Strategy (2020)
The UK Gov. strategy outlines
priorities for levelling up the country’s
infrastructure and investment
relating to transport, digital, energy
and utility network to:
• Boost growth and productivity,
• Meeting net zero emissions by 2050,
• Support private investment,
• Accelerate and improve delivery.
This Strategy also puts innovation and
new technology at the heart of the
government’s approach.
• Decarbonising the project
through a comprehensive
carbon emission plan
monitored throughout a
duration of the project to
identify opportunities to
reduce emissions. 
• Digital infrastructure
futureproofed for uses
supporting public health and
safety, events and visitor
experience. 
Scottish Government –
Programme for
Government 
It seeks to deliver a fairer, greener
Scotland. Actions within the
Programme are focused towards (inter
alia) ending Scotland’s contribution to
climate change; putting sustainability,
wellbeing and fair work at the heart of
economic transformation; and
supporting thriving, resilient and
diverse communities. It includes
commitments to invest in active travel
and better-connected communities.
• Inclusive growth and
enterprising economy,
• Sustainability and transition to
net zero emissions,
• Active travel and wellbeing,
• Resilient communities.
140

Page 141

68  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Scotland's National
Strategy for Economic
Transformation (2022)
Sets out an overarching framework for
a more competitive and fairer Scotland
and forms the strategic plan for existing
and all future Scottish Government
policy. Shifting the balance towards
social and environmental dimensions,
while keeping the economic prosperity
at the core, it focuses on delivering the
best economic performance and
creation of a wellbeing economy, green
economic recovery to meet the climate
and nature targets while ensuring to
maximise the benefits as part of a just
transition. 
• Wellbeing economy and
benefit of access to blue and
green spaces. 
Scotland’s National
Performance Framework 
It seeks to ensure opportunities for all of
Scotland to flourish through increased
wellbeing, and sustainable and inclusive
growth. It includes as target national
outcomes:
• Tacking poverty by sharing
opportunities, wealth and power
more equally,
• Living in communities that are
inclusive, empowered, resilient and
safe,
• Being healthy and active,
• Expressing and enjoying vibrant and
diverse cultures 
• Community Wealth Building,
• Creating opportunities to
physical activity and play,
• Improving access to assets,
activities and green and blue
spaces for improved wellness
and wellbeing benefits,
• Improvements to active travel
infrastructure supporting
sustainable travel,
• Climate change action and net
zero transition,
• Inclusive growth and enterprise
activity. 
Scottish Enterprise
Building Scotland’s
Future Today 
Operating Plan
Business Plan 
The purpose to support more,
better jobs in Scotland, remains
core to who we are and what we do
every day. We'll work with partners
to build vibrant economic
communities across Scotland, build
Scotland’s reputation and reach,
build business resilience and
growth, and develop future
opportunities.
• Jobs creation in construction
and also tourism and
hospitality industry,
• Sustainability and transition
to net zero
• Development of under-
utilised assets
• Promoting innovation
through use of digital
infrastructure.
• Creating economic
opportunities for private
investment and social
enterprise that deliver
benefits to the environment
and community.
National Planning
Framework 4 (2023)
It sets a long-term spatial strategy for
Scotland focused on the creation of:
• Sustainable places where we reduce
emissions and restore biodiversity,
• Liveable places where we can live
better, healthier lives,
• Productive places where we have a
greener, fairer and more inclusive
wellbeing economy,
• Distinctive places where we
recognise and work with our assets.
Spatial principles:
• Climate change and net zero
transformation, 
• Local heritage assets and
derelict land are restored and
brought back to use,
• 20 min neighbourhood growth
opportunities are fully utilised,
• Regeneration of highly
deprived post-industrial area.
• Sustainable tourism destination
supported by active travel
infrastructure and improved
access to assets, activities and
141

Page 142

69  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
• Just transition to net zero,
• Conserving and recycling assets,
• Local living,
• Compact urban growth,
• Rebalanced development in areas of
decline,
• Rural revitalisation. 
blue and green spaces. 
Community
Wealth Building
Programme
Major CWB piloted in NA
supporting inclusive growth and
wellbeing economy. Based on
five pillars of:
• Spending maximising
community benefits,
• Workforce – fair work and
developing local labour
markets,
• Land and Property – social,
ecological, financial and
economic value gain for
communities from land and
assets,
• Inclusive ownership –
supporting local and social
enterprise,
• Finance – financial gains work
for local communities and
business.
• Procurement supporting
sustainable use of resources
and local labour markets, with
imbedded community
benefits,
• Regenerating brownfields,
vacant and derelict land and
assets for the benefit of local
communities and business,
• Creating opportunities for the
growth and expansion of local
business and social enterprise.
Scottish Planning Policy
(2023)
It supports Scottish Government’s
commitment to increasing sustainable
economic growth and sustainable
development.
• Sustainable place with inclusive
access to assets and activities
supported by active travel
infrastructure and linkage with
public transport and identified
opportunities for future growth,
• Opportunities for inclusive
growth and investment for
private business and social
enterprise aligned with CWB
principles,
• Sustainable tourism destination
building on the best place
assets. 
Place Principle (2019) It encourages better collaboration and
community involvement to improve the
impact of combined energy, resources
and investment. It promotes a
collaborative approach to services and
assets, across all institutions and sectors
within a place, to achieve better
outcomes for people and communities. 
• Community engagement
throughout the development
based at the Locality Planning
Partnerships structure,
• Quality place design for people
offering varied activity and
inclusive access,
• Building on the blue-green
network.
Update to the Climate
Change Plan 2018-2032:
Securing a Green Recovery
on a Path to Net-Zero
(2020)
It includes transport as a key dimension
to reaching net-zero emissions. It
encourages creating of ‘active
freeways’ to provide sustainable links
to/between towns and commits to a
place-based approach to green
• Creating more residential
opportunities within highly
deprived project area based on
the principle of 20 Minute
Neighbourhoods creating more
sustainable community,
142

Page 143

70  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
recovery. Specifically, it commits to
reduce car kilometres by 20% by 2030.
Supports 20 Minute Neighbourhoods,
supports existing resilience and
capacity within existing settlement and
reduces the need for car-based trips. 
Supports re-population of an area
suffering from population decline.
• Improving active travel
infrastructure and connectivity
between assets, activities and
public transport,
• Place based community
engagement and CWB.
Scottish Tourism Alliance
Marine Tourism Strategy
Awakening the Giant +
Giant Strides 2020-2025 
Recognises the role within coastal and
island communities and the
significant benefits marine tourism
can deliver for communities, the
environment and the economy of
Scotland. It promotes partnership
working to maximise growth in
Marine Tourism across Scotland
aiming to boost Scotland‘s reputation
as a world-class sustainable marine
tourism destination by meeting
changing consumer, workforce,
community and environmental needs
and grow the industry’s economic
contribution to over £500 million by
2025.
• Creating sustainable tourism
destination based on the best
place assets and costal location
linked to blue-green network
and supported by the active
travel infrastructure with
improved connectivity to public
transport,
• Creating opportunities for
leisure related commercial
activity linked to the waters at
the coast and the harbourside,
• Inclusive growth creating
investment opportunities for
private business and social
enterprise. 
Scotland Outlook 2030 &
The THILG
Responsible Tourism for
a Sustainable Future
Scotland’s national tourism strategy’s key
priorities: 
• passionate people
• thriving places
• diverse businesses
• memorable experiences
Tourism is one of Scotland’s key
economic contributors. The national
tourism strategy ambition to grow
visitor spend through partnership and
focus on six conditions: digital, policy,
investment, connectivity, business
network and positioning. 
• Promoting innovation
through use of digital
infrastructure,
• Sustainable tourism destination
building on the best place assets,
• Improving active travel
infrastructure and connectivity
between assets, activities and
public transport,
• Inclusive growth creating
investment opportunities for
private business and social
enterprise,
• Place based community
engagement and CWB. 
Table 14 Policy and Strategies - Regional and Local
Regional & Local Policy and Strategies
Policy/Strategy Document Status and Purpose of Document Relevance for Proposed Great
Harbour Project
Ayrshire Regional
Economic Strategy (2023)
Building wealth for everyone in
Ayrshire is a vision for 2033 prioritising:
• Support for enterprise
• Fair work
• Innovation
• Good health and wellbeing
• Stronger places and communities
• Enhancing natural capital.
• Inclusive growth creating
investment opportunities for
private business and social
enterprise,
• Promoting innovation through
use of digital infrastructure,
• Sustainable tourism
destination building on the
best place built and natural
assets,
143

Page 144

71  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
• Improving active travel
infrastructure and connectivity
between assets, activities and
public transport and improved
inclusive access to green and
blue spaces for wellness and
wellbeing benefits,
• Place based community
engagement and CWB.
Ayrshire Region Growth
Deal (2020)
The partnership seeks to raise
productivity and economic output
across the town region by investing in
economic infrastructure. The Growth
Deal supports a wide scope of
programmes addressing economic
growth and barriers to growth at the
key areas identified for need of
regeneration and transformation. 
• As part of Marine Tourism
Programme, the project will
generate new economic
activity and support inclusive
growth in highly deprived area
facing significant and long-
standing challenges,
• Transformation into
sustainable destination and
community based on tourism
industry and best place assets. 
Indicative Regional Spatial
Strategy
It sets out a vision for Ayrshire and key
outcomes relating to five main themes:
people, place, connectivity, economy
and climate change. It sets out inter-
linked and complementary strategic
development priorities and
connectivity improvements that will
help deliver these outcomes. It
identifies 17 spatial development
priorities that are complementary and
will help deliver on the vision and
outcomes for Ayrshire.
• Improved inclusive
connectivity including active
travel links between assets,
activities and public transport,
• Regenerating brownfields,
vacant and derelict land and
assets,
• Sustainable tourism
destination building on the
best place built and natural
assets.
Ayrshire Local Flood Risk
Management Plan (2022-
2028)  
Builds on SEPA’s plan with
considerations to climate change to set
out the risks and its management
informing development proposals and
raising awareness of flood risk amongst
residents and businesses.  
• The plan informs all proposals
along the Harbourside and
near the beach,
• The proposals for the facilities
within the Beach pavilion are
influenced by the need to
protect sensitive dune habitat
as a natural flood defence. 
NAC Community Wealth
Building Strategy (2020-
2025)
A commitment to exploring the
potential for community wealth
building as an approach to deliver
inclusive growth through:
• Spending maximising
community benefits through
responsible procurement,
• Workforce – fair work and
developing local labour
markets,
• Land and Assets – social,
ecological, financial and
economic value gain for
communities from land and
assets,
• Inclusive and plural
ownership – supporting local
and social enterprise,
• Procurement supporting
sustainable use of resources
and local labour markets, with
imbedded community
benefits,
• Regenerating brownfields,
vacant and derelict land and
assets for the benefit of local
communities and business,
• Creating opportunities for the
growth and expansion of local
business and social enterprise.
• Connecting local community
groups to own and maintain
local assets, develop joint
activities supporting wider
community and collaborating
on regeneration initiatives
144

Page 145

72  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
• Finance – financial gains work
for local communities and
business.
within the local area. 
ED&R Regeneration
Strategy (2020)
Promotion of sustainable and inclusive
economic development across North
Ayrshire and region. Refreshed
strategy promotes local action and
recognises key role of tourism and
place development. 
• Tourism-led regeneration
based on utilising best place
assets and sustainable
destination creation
stimulating inclusive growth
and private investment. 
• Regenerating and bringing
back in use brownfields, vacant
and derelict land and assets.
• Place based community
engagement and CWB.
North Ayrshire
Regeneration Delivery Plan
It sets out our priorities for delivering
on these ambitions and to redevelop
strategic regeneration sites and places,
working in partnership with
communities. It focuses on the delivery
of physical regeneration across North
Ayrshire in the period 2021 to 2026
and place-making by strengthening of
regional / local economic activity to
create more resilient communities.
• Place based community
engagement and CWB,
• Tourism-led regeneration
based on utilising best place
assets and sustainable
destination creation
stimulating inclusive growth
and private investment. 
Single Outcome Agreement  Promoting economic equality and
stronger, safer, healthier and more
active communities. NAC are piloting
within Locality Planning stronger links
between LOIP and Place outcomes to
support inclusive growth and stronger
communities.
• Place based community
engagement,
• Community Wealth building.
Irvine Locality Partnership
Action Plan (23/24)
Irvine locality covers the key
communities of Harbourside and
Fullarton. Identified priorities relate to
employment and economy, mental
health, traffic and parking, influence
and sense of control. 
Place and locality-based
community engagement ensuring
the local priorities are met and
local groups have representation
in decision-making.
Local Development Plan
(2019)
It frames the policy and programme for
planning and land use in North Ayrshire
area. 
It supports regeneration of
Harbourside and strengthening of
Harbourside as a key location for
destination development.
Irvine Vision It identified 5 strategic project
opportunities and drivers including
Harbourside
Great Harbour was identified as a
priority place project for
development and delivery of the
Irvine Vision
Making Waves Marine
Tourism Action Plan
Marine and Coastal Tourism activity is
key to North Ayrshire, directly
supporting local jobs, encouraging
visitors and helping promote the area
as a great place to work, live and play. 
The project is based on tourism-
led regeneration creating
opportunities for inclusive growth
and enterprise activity relating to
leisure within blue and green
spaces. 
Great Harbour Masterplan
(2024)
Developed as part of Irvine Vision &
AGD strengthens LDP in Irvine
Harbourside area and provides
framework for area development. 
Targets AGD investments to
catalyse inward investment and
identifies future opportunities for
economic and social benefit. 
145

Page 146

73  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Maritime Mile Masterplan Place-making approach utilising
investment to maximise the return on
creation of a sustainable tourism
destination with a range of activities
and assets. 
Place-making based on best place
assets with improved and inclusive
connectivity and access to assets
and activities. 
NAC Local Transport and
Active Travel Strategy
(2023-2028)
Policy framework for connecting
communities and promote active travel
with priorities of:
• Accessibility for all
• Inclusive economy
• Healthier communities. 
• Promoting modal shift by
positive encouragement of
active travel and reduced car
dependency to reduce
emissions and improve physical
activity and healthy lifestyles,
• Improved safety for all users,
• Better traffic and parking
management,
• Improved sustainable access to
assets and activity, but also to
public transport for onward
travel.
NAC Vacant and Derelict
Land Strategy (2023-2027)
Promotes V&DL sites for future
development and positive re-use,
considering:
• Priority based on best social
impact and/or promoting
community empowerment,
• Simplification of planning process
or de-risking,
• Targeted funding. 
• Regenerating brownfields,
vacant and derelict land and
assets for the benefit of local
communities and business,
• De-risking and simplifying the
planning process through the
Great Harbour Masterplan
(2024). 
NAC Water Safety Policy
(2021)
Sets management arrangements for
open waters remaining under Council’s
ownership considering all relevant
legislation and H&S requirements. 
Details requirements for adequate
signage, rescue equipment and edge
protection
• Consideration of the policy is
required for all development
along the harbourside, near
the beach and the Boating
Pond,
• Improvements to existing
signage, access and edge. 
NAC Open Space Strategy
(2016-2026)
Strategic framework for development
and management of open space based
on relevant legislation to ensure it’s
accessible, inclusive, fit for purpose
and enhancing quality of life while
protecting and enhancing natural
habitats. 
• Improved and inclusive access
to open green and blue spaces
promoting active travel,
• Promotion of outdoor play and
activity and wellness and
wellbeing benefits of open
space,
• Enhanced biodiversity of the
natural coastal habitat through
landforms merging
developments into the
landscape,
• Responding to climate change
and protection of the dunes as
natural flood protection.
North Ayrshire Visitor
Management Plan (2024)
Strategic approach to managing the
impact of tourism within North
Ayrshire and identify actions and
interventions to enhance visitor
experience and support tourism
business. Objectives:
• Promote tourism destination and
key assets, also through organised
events to attract new audiences,
• Development of the
sustainable tourism
destination with improved
active travel connections
between assets, activities and
public transport,
• Utilising best place assets to
develop a unique place-based
146

Page 147

74  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
• Encourage sustainable visitor
behaviour,
• Create outdoor activity and new
attractions to encourage visits. 
destination,
• Create facilities for outdoor
activity and new tourism
attractions,
• Develop events programme
supporting destination and
tourism economy.
Strategic Tourism
Infrastructure
Development Plan – North
Ayrshire Mainland
Priorities for tourism infrastructure
development over 5-7 years from
December 2023.  Objectives:
• Identify and prioritise visitor
economy infrastructure projects
which will benefit from investment,
• Support funding applications for
infrastructure design and
development projects,
• Prioritise projects which alleviate
pressures on infrastructure and
communities, particularly in rural
and coastal areas.
Potential projects identified,
subject to successful funding bids:
• Requirement for motorhome
facilities across North Ayrshire,
including Irvine Harbourside,
• Upgrading of slipway and
water access,
• Requirement for a range of
street furniture, heritage and
nature interpretation, and
public washing facility for pets
and equipment,
• Utility and digital connections
to support multi-use event
space.
• EV charging at Irvine
Harbourside. 
Sustainable North Ayrshire
Strategy (2024-2027) 
The Strategy provides the next iteration
of the previous Environmental
Sustainability and Climate Change
Strategy – setting out revised strategic
priorities and specific project actions
across five workstreams of: Energy,
Nature, Waste, Transport, Adaptation.
It sets a vision for further carbon
emission reduction to achieve net-zero
status by 2030 by:
• Inspiring positive behaviour
change,
• Maximise access to affordable
renewable energy technology,
• Adopt sustainable approach to
construction of new assets,
• Deliver inclusive and green
economy based on the CWB
principles. 
• Sustainable development of
the communities and areas
promoted through the
Masterplan,
• Sustainable design of new
assets and tailored carbon
management facilitating
reduction of emissions,
• Opportunities for innovation in
renewable energy
technologies. 
NAC Electric Vehicle
Strategy (2021-20250)
• Create a delivery plan for
accessible network of EV charge
points to meet future demand,
• Contribute to reduction in carbon
emission. 
Identified opportunities for EV
charging points with related
infrastructure to futureproof the
improvements.
North Ayrshire Naturally
Active Strategy
Policy framework to support more
active, healthier communities
(physical/mental) through access
to outdoors and active travel
Promoting active communities,
walking, cycling and access to water
147

Page 148

75  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
2.4 Other organisational strategies
NAC Procurement Strategy 2023 - 2026 sets out the strategic procurement vision, mission and enablers
and objectives for the period 2023 to 2026 and it applies to all NAC’s external expenditure on goods,
services, works and social care. Together with the NAC Community Benefits in Procurement Policy (2023)
it captures the priorities of the Community Wealth Building Strategy 2020-2025, Local Outcome
Improvement Plans and the No One Left Behind Delivery Plan 2022- 2026. 
Part B: the case for change
2.5 Investment objectives
NAC and the wider Ayrshire and Clyde Coast authorities seek to build on the special qualities of the Clyde
and Coast in terms of its tourism offer developing the Clyde as a tourism destination of national and
international value.
The Clyde coast and marine tourism are well placed to contribute to the attractiveness of Scotland and to
benefit from an increased share of national and international tourism activity with significant long-term
economic benefits at national, regional and local levels.
Irvine Harbourside, the Beach Park and coast are Irvine’s greatest asset. The Ayrshire Growth Deal (AGD)
recognised the strength of the asset and its potential to support area transformation, Community Wealth
Building, and drive growth and regeneration through investment and collaboration with key partners. The
Growth Deal outlined a project with the working title – the Great Harbour – that identified investment in
the Irvine Harbourside that supported place-making and development of the destination. The project will
deliver a tourism destination supporting area regeneration bringing increased local spend in an area of
significant deprivation and support both Harbourside and town centre regeneration in Irvine.
Initial objectives presented in OBC have been developed with the steering group and through stakeholder
workshops. The objectives are SMART (Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant, Time-related) and can
be linked to milestones or targets. These were verified through the development of the proposals and an
extensive engagement with the area stakeholders, potential partners and general public, which
confirmed the objectives remain valid as the proposals were not affected by major change, which
focused on deliverability appraisal, setting a realistic cost envelope, reshaping partnership collaboration,
securing community support, improving governance and management while protecting benefits. 
The overall aims of the investment were established to be:
o To drive area wide, town and town centre regeneration in an area of significant and long-standing
deprivation,
o To support SME growth in tourism and support service sector industry with a strong focus on
integrated destination development celebrating the coast and opportunities for marine tourism,
o To delivering key elements of the Scottish Government supported Awakening the Giant strategy
through a direct link with wider AGD work supporting Marine Tourism,
o To invest in a key place asset, create a national waterfront tourism destination supporting tourism
activity complimentary with regeneration and place-making for the Harbourside, creating a
significant new waterfront destination on the West coast of Scotland.
The project seeks to address long-standing issues facing Ayrshire’s economy supporting transformational,
step change growth in an existing important sector both to Ayrshire, the Clyde and Scotland.
148

Page 149

76  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC 
Figure 17 Regional drivers to inclusive growth
The SMART Investment objectives for this project are set out below.
Table 15 Great Harbour SMART objectives
Objective Specific Measurable
(Coastal Hub)
Achievable Relevant Time-bounded
To unlock the
economic growth
potential &secure
Community Wealth
To secure sustainable and
inclusive growth for Irvine
Harbourside - an area of
significant deprivation and
with significant potential
for place-making.
Capital Spend -
£4.6m
Construction Sector
jobs created – 25
CWB Measure 
Working to secure pan
AGD approach to CWB.
Market review and Proof
of Concept Work by
Moffat Centre supports
projected visitor numbers.
Working with partners to
secure targeted CWB
benefits. Project exploits
the waterfront setting
recognised as Irvine’s
strongest place asset.  
Project
programmed to
be complete by
2027, impacts
forecast to be
attained in full by
2035.
To secure area wide
regeneration
To generate inclusive
growth and new jobs /
GVA from destination and
place- making. Specific
outputs tabulated.
Heritage sites
restored – 1 site
Roads - 830m2
Junction – 1
Paths & cycle ways –
5,071 m2
Employment will be
generated by visitor
related activity and by
indirect off-site visitor
spend.
Analysis can track direct
on-site jobs and use proxy
spend to track off- site
jobs. GVA will be
estimated on sector
average.
Project
programmed to
be completed by
2027, impacts
forecast to be
attained in full by
2035.
To address place
infrastructure
deficiencies
To build a Clyde
waterfront destination
that supports new
investment and creates a
commercial climate for
future investment
Private sector
investment - £3.5m
No. of new housing
starts 18 units 
Partnership
arrangements exist to
act as a catalyst for
private investment.
Engagement and work
with existing businesses
supports communication
around local opportunities
Location has seen very
limited investment since
IDC with public
investment enabling
private investment on
defined sites.
Project
programmed to
be completed by
2027, impacts
forecast to be
attained in full by
2035.
149

Page 150

77  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
To spread the
benefits of economic
development by
Inclusive Growth &
Community Wealth
Building
To work with Community
Planning Partners and the
parallel work in the LOIP.
Integrated projects to
secure jobs, develop access
to jobs (construction,
tourism) and build skills
alongside community
capabilities.
Development space
unlocked 1.7 acres 
No. of events - uplift
100%
Events attendance –
uplift 97%
NAC will develop
Employment and Skills
development programme
linking LOIP/Business
Team, SDS and
Employment Service
Community Wealth
Building will target
specific needs
/groups to ensure
inclusive growth. NAC will
develop Employment and
Skills development
programme linking
LOIP/Business Team, SDS
and Employment Service.
Project
programmed to
be completed by
2027, impacts
forecast to be
attained in full by
2035.
To enhance an
existing Ayrshire
coastal destination
To build a Clyde
waterfront destination
and raise the quality of
experience for both
residents and visitors with
a focus on the Maritime
Mile
Great Harbour
annual visitors-
101,290 annual
uplift from 750,000
baseline (Irvine
Wide).
Net GVA pa for local
tourism economy
£1.4m
Market review and Proof
of Concept Work by
Moffat Centre supports
projected visitor numbers.
AGD investment provides
catalyst for enhancement. 
Market review and Proof
of Concept Work by
Moffat Centre supports
projected visitor numbers.
Masterplan consultation
feedback supports Great
Harbour and Coastal Hub
proposals. 
Project
programmed to
be completed by
2027, impacts
forecast to be
attained in full by
2035.
The Investment objectives for this project are set out below including overall Great Harbour objectives
and Phase 1 – Coastal Hub sub-objectives that are aligned with the Great Harbour objectives. Since the
OBC, new data for measuring the impacts of the project have been developed and are stated below.
It is the intention that the key data against which to measure the impact of the project will remain
consistent across all phases of the Great Harbour project, so that each phase makes an individual
contribution and with the Great Harbour project’s performance being represented by the aggregate of all
three phases.
The values presented below represent the Coastal Hub’s contribution to the key measures. Note that the
Coastal Hub may not contribute to all key measures (i.e. these measures are relevant to phases 2 and/or
3 of the Great Harbour Project)
Objective 1
Great Harbour: To unlock the economic potential within the Clyde Coast creating a regional destination
at Irvine Harbourside that supports inclusive economic growth through an approach that focuses on
Community Wealth Building.
Coastal Hub: Support local economic growth through developing a regional coastal destination by
constructing new high quality recreational assets.
Key Data Against Which to Measure the Impact of the Project
No Data Baseline Target
1. Capital Spend £0 £4.6m
2. Construction Sector Jobs created (gross PYEs) 0 25
3. CWB measure related to procurement  0 • 124 compulsory
CB points
provided by the
Contractor
• 2 project specific
CB to support
local community
organisations or
activities 
Objective 2
150

Page 151

78  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Great Harbour: To secure area wide regeneration based on developing the special qualities of place
alongside community participation within a place-based regeneration framework, building on the legacy
of the Irvine Development Corporation.
Coastal Hub: Support regeneration of the wider area across the entirely of Irvine Harbourside linking to
the redevelopment of Maritime Mile and national Maritime Museum.
Key Data Against Which to Measure the Impact of the Project
No Data Baseline Target
1. Heritage sites restored 0 1
2. Transport infrastructure improved
- roads
- junction
- cycle pathways 
0
0
0
830m2
1
5,071 m2
Objective 3
Great Harbour: To address place infrastructure deficiencies that constrain investment developing the
enabling infrastructure to address market failure created by commercial values that restrict private sector
investment. Showcasing the potential through a high-quality approach to destination development.
Coastal Hub: Build the required enabling infrastructure to make the area more attractive to private sector
investment.
Key Data Against Which to Measure the Impact of the Project
No Data Baseline Target
1. Private sector investment 0 £3.8m
(18% of the total
estimated investment
into 115 units on
Portland Road Site
which is estimated to
be a £21.3m
development) 
2. Number of new housing starts 0
0
0
18 units 
(18% of the total
number of 115 units
identified on Portland
Road Site within GH
Masterplan and on
Housing Land Audit) 
Objective 4
Great Harbour: To lock in at a local level, the benefits of economic development to ensure Ayrshire
communities are actively engaged and supported through enterprise support, skills development,
training, community enterprise supporting inclusive growth & community wealth building.
Coastal Hub: Deliver local health and wellbeing benefits through providing recreational opportunities for
all ages and increasing quality and use of public realm spaces.
Key Data Against Which to Measure the Impact of the Project
No Data Baseline Target
1. Number of startups 0 0
2. Development space unlocked (residential) 0 1.7 acres
151

Page 152

79  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
(18% of the area of
the Portland Road
site, approximately
9.3 acres total)
3. Development space unlocked (commercial) 0 0
4. Number of events per annum 15 (regular) 100% increase
5. Events attendance 27,000 97% increase
Objective 5
Great Harbour: To enhance an existing Ayrshire coastal location celebrating a nationally significant
approach to place quality and building a destination developed around a Maritime Quarter / Maritime
Mile / National Maritime Museum creating a new profile, footfall and spend to the town and supporting
wider Marine Tourism objectives.
Coastal Hub: Increase visitors to Irvine and the Ayrshire regional by developing a regional visitor destination
underpinned by recreational opportunities and a fit for purpose events space.
Key Data Against Which to Measure the Impact of the Project
No Data Baseline Target
1. Ayrshire annual visitors 750,000 101,290 uplift
2. Number of tourism businesses 0 0
3. Net additional GVA at Ayrshire level generated in
the local tourism economy
0 £1.4m pa
2.6 Existing arrangements
Irvine was developed as a New Town (1966-1996) and has excellent strategic transport / utility
infrastructure. Irvine Bay Regeneration Company was set up in 2006, one of the second generation of
Scottish URCs. The sites to the west and northwest of Irvine, adjacent to the Rivers Irvine and Garnock,
represent a phase of the Irvine New Town that was never progressed. 
A Town Centre Audit of Irvine (2021 and subsequent revision of 2024) showed that Irvine is an
‘Interdependent town’ being somewhat reliant on other places, particularly for access to jobs (both in
absolute number and in range). The audit identifies the need to focus investment activity in Irvine as the
regional capital for North Ayrshire and notes the lack of a broader leisure mix in the town. The reports
recognise the benefits that would be generated by attracting a wider mix of uses to the town –
residential, leisure, cultural, business – which would help to sustain existing and grow future business
activity. Importantly the town needs to:
o re-assert its coastal relationship
o re-discover its strongest assets in the Harbourside, River Irvine waterfront
o promote and recreational tourism and active leisure on the Coast.
The risk of long-term on-going impact of the pandemic and shift to hybrid and remote working models in
some sectors on footfall and vacancy rates/trends has been highlighted, and the need for employment
opportunities which takes advantage of the strong active travel connections has been noted, to support
20-minute neighbourhood principles. It has been recognised that those living in the town centre can aid
vibrancy to the town and take advantage of being within walking distance to goods, services and
employment opportunities, taking further advantage of the town’s good connections to the rail and bus
network. Good green infrastructure has been noted, including nearby areas of Irvine Beach Park and the
beach. These areas are an important asset which are enjoyed by residents and visitors all over North
Ayrshire. The Council’s investment in the Harbourside as part of the Ayrshire Growth Deal will look to
152

Page 153

80 
Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
connect the Harbourside with the Town Centre and make the most of the connections available in the
town.
Irvine Harbourside is an important environmental and leisure asset, with the river and former wharves
providing local moorings (circa 40 moorings fully registered and licensed) and providing berthage of
historic vessels forming part of the exhibition of the Scottish Maritime Museum. Former industrial areas
have been reclaimed to create the Beach Park, providing the whole town with an important greenspace
resource and a popular space for events such as Radio 1 Roadshow and Making Waves. The Magnum
Sports & Leisure Centre (1976-2016) was the largest in Europe and formed a regional anchor attraction
for both leisure and events. 
Great Harbour project area falls within the lowest 5% SIMD. The project aims to stimulate socio-
economic regeneration of the Irvine Harbourside area and secure its sustainable growth in the long term.
Following on and utilising the work of the Irvine Bay Urban Regeneration Company (IBURC), which
identified local opportunities and assets, and based on which also shaped the vision for transformational
change, the GH project developed a detailed Masterplan and strategy for delivery of the regeneration
programme. The Masterplan development was based on the Place Standard tool - which lets
communities, public agencies, voluntary groups and others find those aspects of a place that need to be
targeted to improve people's health, wellbeing and quality of life – and facilitated extensive engagement
with Council Services, area stakeholders and public community to ensure local priorities are met. The
project builds on the best place qualities and the strong connection to the harbour’s successful past. 
Although a popular destination for a short visit, Irvine Harbourside currently lacks the facilities and
attractions to attract wider audiences and extend the visits, which the Great Harbour project aims to
address based on the opportunities identified during the project development.
2.7 Business needs
The need to regenerate the highly deprived area of Irvine Harbourside and utilise its tourism potential is
being discussed for few decades, and in early 2000s Irvine Bay Urban Regeneration Company (IBURC)
identified local opportunities and assets, and based on which also shaped the vision for transformational
change. The Great Harbour Masterplan development refined this vision in the view of the AGD
investment opportunity. 
The adopted LDP2 identifies Irvine Harbourside as a Strategic Development Area 4 (Policy 3)12 and the
open green space of the Beach Park as a Strategic Tourism Asset. LDP2 supports the development of the
comprehensive Masterplan for the area, which proposes best use of the Harbourside’s unique location,
heritage and environment to create new opportunities for local people and attract new investment into
the area. The LDP supports a range of uses proposed by the Masterplan, in particular:
o New residential development, comprising both affordable and market housing;
o A range of commercial leisure facilities, particularly those that enhance or develop the maritime
tourism potential of the area;
o Proposals that strengthen physical and digital links between the town centre and harbourside to
enhance the vitality and vibrancy of town centre and harbourside;
o Proposals that are in keeping with the character of the area as an edge of town centre location;
o Proposals that result in the productive reuse of vacant land identified as development opportunities. 
12North Ayrshire Adopted LDP2
153

Page 154

81  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
The Council priorities for 2023-28 of sustainability, wellbeing and empowering communities set out in the
Council Plan aim to encourage better use of land and assets to bring more social and economic benefits
for our residents, while supporting and promoting fair employment throughout the region. key to
supporting what is known as a ‘wellbeing economy’ – an economy that delivers fair distribution of wealth
and opportunities within a healthy environment.  It is therefore a direct contributor to our vision of ‘A
North Ayrshire that is fair for all’.
Local priorities have been decided by the Irvine Locality Partnership based on the gathered local
information, including national and local statistics and the views of local people through the people’s
panel survey and by using the place standard tool. These are:
o Employment and Economy
o Mental Health
o Traffic and Parking
o Influence and Sense of Control
Potential
A Great Harbour regeneration project will offer various economic, social, and environmental advantages
securing the sustainability of the area and community. These will affect the main areas of:
Economic Growth
o Job Creation: The project will generate employment opportunities, both directly in construction and
ongoing operations, as well as indirectly in related industries such as hospitality, retail, and services.
o Increased Tourism: A revitalised harbourside will attract tourists, boosting the local economy through
increased spending on accommodations, dining, and entertainment. Destination marketing and
promotion will support this outcome further. 
Commercial Development
o New Business Opportunities: A regenerated harbourside will attract businesses both permanent and
seasonal, such as restaurants, shops, and entertainment venues, leading to increased commercial
activity.
o Property Value Increase: As the area becomes more desirable, property values in the vicinity may rise,
benefiting property owners and local government through increased tax revenue.
Infrastructure Improvement
o Enhanced Connectivity: Upgrading infrastructure in and around the harbourside may improve
connectivity, making the area more accessible and facilitating smoother transportation of goods and
people.
o Active Travel: improved facilities promoting active travel will promote and help to improve health and
wellbeing of residents and visitors, but foremost will make the area and its main assets inclusive and
accessible removing barriers to access blue and green spaces. 
o Modern Facilities: Investing in modern facilities and amenities can attract businesses and residents,
creating a vibrant and appealing environment.
Cultural and Recreational Benefits
o Community Spaces: Regeneration will provide spaces for community events, cultural activities, and
recreational facilities, fostering a sense of community and enhancing the quality of life for residents.
o Preservation of Heritage: The project will preserve and showcase the historical and cultural
significance of the harbourside by restoring heritage assets and incorporating heritage interpretation,
attracting visitors interested in the area's heritage.
Environmental Sustainability
154

Page 155

82  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
o Green Initiatives: The project will incorporate environmentally sustainable practices, such as green
spaces, energy efficient designs of new assets, contributing to the overall sustainability of the region
and promoting the area as a sustainable destination.
o Enhanced Biodiversity: By protection and improving of valuable natural habitats, the project will
contribute to the conservation of local biodiversity, providing ecological benefits.
Long-Term Investment
o Attracting Investment: The project creates opportunities to attract private investment, demonstrating
the potential for long-term returns and growth in the area.
o Urban Renewal: The project will contribute to the overall urban renewal of the region, making it a
more attractive place for businesses, residents, and investors.
Public-Private Partnerships
o Collaborative Development: Involving public-private partnerships can leverage the strengths of both
sectors, leading to a more comprehensive and sustainable regeneration project.
o Risk Mitigation: Shared responsibilities between the public and private sectors can help distribute
risks and ensure the project's success.
In summary, a Great Harbour regeneration project at Irvine Harbourside has the potential to create a
thriving, economically vibrant, and sustainable community, making it a worthwhile investment for various
stakeholders, including businesses, residents, and local governments.
Consultation
The Great Harbour project and Masterplan proposals build upon community engagement progressed
during the Irvine Vision (2016) (Appendix Q) and the Irvine Harbourside Study (2017). Initial public
consultation on the Great Harbour proposals took place over February and March 2022 and the feedback
was then incorporated into the Masterplan proposals. The graphic below summarises the top priorities
that emerged from the consultation in 2022 and how these were considered in the development of the
Masterplan. 
Further public consultation on the Masterplan took place in March and April 2023. Similarly to the first
phase of consultation, it followed a strategy based on the best practice process developed by NAC’s
Communities Team and also incorporated ‘lessons learnt’ from the previous phase. A Stakeholder
Reference Group (SRG) supported the shaping of the consultation methodology and verification of the
consultation information material. The material and a survey were available online for the duration of the
consultation and several drop-in events, walkarounds and direct presentations to stakeholder groups
were also provided. The material was also displayed at Irvine Library and on the fencing opposite the
Harbour Arts Centre with a QR code for direct access to the survey and paper survey forms made
available at specific locations. The feedback has been incorporated into the Masterplan proposals and the
Consultation Report.
155

Page 156

83  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
The majority of responses were supportive of all of the various proposals, recognising the opportunity for
the regeneration of the Harbourside. There was overall support for improvements to the public realm and
access along the Harbourside and for the proposed activity hubs. There was also overall support for the
development of the Portland Road site, whilst there was a mix of views as to whether the Waterfront site
should be developed for residential. Feedback suggested that there needs to be a clearer definition
between what is being delivered through Ayrshire Growth Deal funding and what aspects will require other
sources of funding. There was also a level of scepticism that all the projects could be delivered.
In addition, the Council has received representation from NPL as landowner at Ardeer, concerned that
Ardeer has not been included within the overall Masterplan and regarding the development of the
waterfront housing site, which has now been removed from the proposals.
The Masterplan was the subject of internal consultations with a range of Council services throughout its
development, including Roads, Flooding, Streetscene, Waste, Planning, Regeneration, Tourism & Marine
Tourism, Housing, Connected Communities, Property Management & Investment and Biodiversity.
The final draft endorsed by the Cabinet and approved by the Planning Committee reflects the feedback
received and is a framework for the development of the individual Great Harbour proposals. 
2.8 Potential business scope and key service requirements 
The Great Harbour project along Irvine Harbourside is a key tourism led regeneration, placemaking and
destination development project for Irvine and the wider Ayrshire Coast, which seeks to re-imagine and
re-define what this area can be and create a new destination for the Ayrshire Coast that puts people first
and reconnects them with the waterfront. It aims to enhance parks and greenspace, enhance local
heritage and waterfront attractions, and create new ones, enable safe public access through the area for
Figure 18 Great Harbour Masterplan consultation feedback summary
156

Page 157

84  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
residents and visitors, and provide improved access to the water for leisure and recreation. To support
this ambition, a programme of events has been developed.
The AGD investment will focus on the Maritime Mile. Starting at Irvine Railway Station, the aim is to
make this a tourism destination stretching for a mile along Irvine’s Harbourside with a rich offer focusing
on maritime, built and natural heritage, culture and arts, marine leisure and play. A series of riverside and
coastal attractions will be created, accompanied by a great range of food and drink provision on the way
– including a river-view restaurant at the new Maritime Heritage Hub, a potential coastal restaurant at
the pierhead and a food court supporting seasonal pop-up provision at the restored Harbour Master’s
Office. Three areas of activity/attraction within the Maritime Mile will be created to maximise the
opportunity and experience for varied demographics:
o Coastal Hub with a major new play facility at the Beach Park and improved outdoor facilities with
longer-term plans for the landmark Pilot House and a café/restaurant facility; 
Figure 19 Coastal Hub concept design 
o Marine/Arts/Events Hub which will feature a new waterfront plaza helping to support events,
improved access to marine facilities, and the redevelopment of the Harbour Master’s Office; 
o Maritime Heritage Hub which aims to create expanded facilities for the Scottish Maritime
Museum.
Figure 20 Maritime Mile and Marine, Arts and Events Hub - concept design
157

Page 158

85  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC 
Figure 21 Maritime Heritage Hub concept design
It will be easily accessible, sustainable and safe. Irvine already has great rail links with Glasgow and Ayr.
We’re working on improving public transport connectivity and want to limit vehicle traffic and parking
along the harbourside to ensure a safe and enjoyable experience for visitors and residents and to
encourage walking, wheeling and cycling. Visitor parking will be accessible off Beach Drive and Harbour
Road. A 20mph zone and a raised riverside plaza mid-way is also proposed.
We are also preparing an app showcasing all the points of interest and details of all the amenities along
the way to help visitors in planning their visit and navigating the area.
At the end of the Maritime Mile, we have our incredible five-milelong beach with its amazing views
towards the west and stunning sunsets. We want to take advantage of this incredible natural setting and
create something really special.
2.8.1 Detailed Great Harbour change outline 
This section describes the proposed scope for the Great Harbour project in relation to the above business
needs and changes since submission of the OBC.
Table 16 Great Harbour change outline
FBC vs OBC changes
Project element OBC FBC Justification
SMM Gallery 1,200 – 1,400 m2  475 m2  • avoid need for Harbour
Revision Order etc
• reduce cost risk
associated with high level
of marine intervention
• reduce maintenance
liability
• avoid development on
land not in control of
NAC/SMM
• avoid complex
construction on riverbed 
3.5 story  1.5 story 
2 galleries, storage,
reception, kitchen
upgrade
1 gallery, no storage,
reception kitchen
upgrade
erected over extensive
deck over the river
land-based only building 
extensive deck for
berthing heritage vessels
dry dock for one/two
heritage vessels
£11-12m £5-6.5m (£1m AGD) 
158

Page 159

86  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Maritime Mile  interventions into the
river wall to create an
unobstructed stepped
access/ viewing at the
Waterfront Plaza (HAC)
reduced interventions in
form of railed
lookooteries/viewpoints 
• avoid H&S risk and
liability
• avoid cost of major
interventions into the
river wall
• avoid need for relevant
consenting
improvements of access
and connectivity from the
Puffer’s Café to the
Harbour Point 
geographical scope
extended to include
Montgomery St. and the
train station underpass
into access and
connectivity
improvements design
• create unified design of
public space from the
train station to improve
visitor experience while
promoting active travel
and public transport 
• utilise additional funding
secured for access and
traffic management
improvements
timber wharf excluded timber wharf included  • provide cohesive design
and extension of public
space to accommodate
active travel
improvements
• avoid H&S hazard and
unpleasant fenced off
area in front of the public
space for undefined
period of time affecting
visitor experience
new public pontoons excluded  • avoid additional cost due
to excessive inflation
affecting marine
infrastructure 
• avoid wider legal and
harbour admin issues
likely to affect timescales
• avoid need for consenting
process, like Harbour
Revision Order 
not included introduced digital columns
with a provision of CCTV,
EV charging, wi-fi/network
coverage
• address public concerns
of anti-social behaviour
and improve monitoring
and traffic and parking
management
• provide digital
connectivity to support
events and visitor
experience 
not included Included Montgomery St
connection and the public
transport arrival point at
the train station underpass 
• to facilitate new loop for
NCN7 and active travel
improvements
connecting Harbourside
and train station
• appeal and wayfinding for
public transport
passengers 
Beach Pavilion market opportunity for
private investment
programmed after main
AGD investment 
Work to date has
considered
redevelopment proposals
to provide public
amenities, 3rd sector
community hub and a
commercial restaurant
• sustainable community/
commercial model
responding to feedback
and needs of the local
community and business
sector
• revenue generation from
159

Page 160

87  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
space. 
Initial costs indicating
additional funds of c.
£2m/£2.5m required.  
commercial space for the
maintenance and upkeep
of the facility
Future
development
opportunities
Portland site - residential
or commercial/leisure
proposed for NAC/SLC/
private development
no change supported by LDP2 and
consultations
Waterfront site – private
residential development
excluded • although supported by
the LDP, though didn’t
receive major support
during consultations
• low confidence in
commercial viability
Harbour Master’s Office
restored and promoted
for a commercial
opportunity
Harbour Master’s Office
restored and promoted
for leasing or commercial
opportunity
o legal issues complicating
the disposal
o strong community
support to bring this
heritage asset back in use
o need to utilise allocated
external funding
not included gap site at 128 Harbour St
– residential or
commercial development
o surplus to NAC
requirement
o interest expressed by
private investors
o revenue income
Partnerships/
collaboration
NPL Estates partner at
OBC stage with MoU in
place
MoU expired and not
extended
o mutual understanding of
the AGD vision lapsed
o shared outcomes no
longer achievable
SMM assumed a partner
to deliver SMM Gallery 
MoU signed in Feb 2024
defining the collaboration
on development of the
SMM Gallery project 
o shared vision for the GH
project and commitment
to deliver AGD outcomes
and benefits
o need for SMM to lead on
the development with
NAC support
o need for SMM to raise
funds in excess of £1m
AGD allocation
Crown Estate Scotland
considered a potential
funding partner
Council wide MoU signed
to define collaboration on
various investments near
or on land owned by CES
o shared vision for the GH
project and commitment
to deliver AGD outcomes
and benefits
Sustrans considered a
potential funding partner
Sustrans awarded funding
for initial design stages of
Active Travel
improvements
confirmed interest in
further the GH project and
encouraged funding
applications
NLHF considered a
potential funding partner
NLHF confirmed as
potential funding partner
confirmed interest in the
GH project at the Funders
Showcase Event in 2023
and encouraged funding
applications
HES considered a
potential funding partner 
HES confirmed as
potential funding partner
confirmed interest in the
GH project at the Funders
Showcase Event in 2023
and encouraged funding
160

Page 161

88  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
applications
Considered through NPL
partnership
Scottish Land Trust
confirmed as potential
direct funding partner 
expressed interest in
funding elements of play
facilities and improvements
to the Beach Park
Creative Scotland
considered a potential
funding partner 
Creative Scotland
confirmed as potential
funding partner
confirmed interest in the
SMM Gallery project at the
Funders Showcase Event in
2023
Museums Galleries
Scotland considered a
potential funding partner
not confirmed  didn’t attend the Funders
Showcase Event but will be
approached to explore
interest in SMM Gallery
project
not considered Sport Scotland confirmed
as funding partner
expressed interest in
funding elements of play
facilities 
not considered NatureScot confirmed as
supporting partner
at the Funders Showcase
Event in 2023 expressed
commitment to support
the GH project in their
professional expertise and
merit 
not considered Scottish Enterprise
confirmed as supporting
partner
at the Funders Showcase
Event in 2023 expressed
commitment to support
the GH project in their
professional expertise and
merit
Visit Scotland considered
a potential supporting
partner
Visit Scotland confirmed
as supporting partner
at the Funders Showcase
Event in 2023 expressed
commitment to support
the GH project in their
professional expertise and
merit
not considered Glasgow Caledonian
University established as
an informal partner
collaboration on-going on
destination development
and promotion
not considered Higher Education Panel
(gathering researchers
from several universities)
established as an informal
partner
collaboration on-going on
supporting the consultation
process to engage
underrepresented and hard
to reach groups 
2.8.2 Coastal Hub change outline 
The Coastal Hub also represents the geographical scope of the first phase of the development covered
under this FBC.  The relevant FBCs covering the remaining hubs will be submitted at later stages.  
The Coastal Hub, focusing on providing play and physical activity attraction within the Beach Park
adjacent to the beach, offering to extend an informal play and outdoor activity into the ‘wellness hub’ of
the wider green open space and the 5-mile-long beach. The hub will also provide better connectivity of
the activity space with the Harbourside prioritising active travel over vehicle access considering increased
number of families with young children, but also facilitating the new NCN7 loop connection. It will also
celebrate the presence of the Pilot House, an important landmark for Irvine Harbourside and unique
161

Page 162

89 
Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
heritage asset by restoring it and making accessible for visitors with a new plaza setting. The potential for
Pilot House to extend the maritime heritage offer of the Scottish Maritime Museum will be explored
further at the later phases of the project, altogether with the potential comprehensive restoration of this
unique heritage asset, subject to securing additional funding. 
The scope of physical works entails a comprehensive area upgrade including landscaping, road re-
alignment, Pilot House repairs, construction of the play park and skatepark and potentially also a pump
track and some additional improvements to the Beach Park to accommodate the events space
infrastructure, improved picnic facilities and outdoor gym. 
Coastal hub will provide better access to the new activity area promoting play and physical activity, but
also to the wider blue and green spaces promoting benefits for people wellbeing. 
The planning permission for the proposals was granted in January 2024 and full detail including all drawings
are available to view at the planning portal13. 
Table 17 Coastal Hub change outline
FBC vs OBC changes
Project element OBC FBC Justification
Play Park  included  Included and enhanced  consultation feedback 
Skatepark  not included included • Consultation feedback.
Public expressed the wish
to see the popular
facility, previously
removed due to wear and
tear, to be reinstated.
• Additional funding
identified. 
Pump track not included Included in the design
and to be separately
costed in the tender
returns but likely to
require external funding.
• Consultation feedback. 
• Gap on the market
identified.
• Additional funding
identified. 
Green Gym not included included • Consultation feedback. 
• Additional funding
identified.
Picnic area
upgrade
considered Included and extended • Consultation feedback. 
• Additional funding
identified.
Events space considered without
financial allocation
Included comprehensive
upgrade providing all
necessary utilities.
• Potential major income
generator as evidenced in
the past and most
recently during successful
Making Waves festival.
• Proposal to create event
space attractive for major
event organisers
including all necessary
utilities. 
Digital
infrastructure
not included included • Consultation feedback
highlighted concerns over
anti-social behaviour
within the area and the 
13 24/00077/PP planning application 
162

Page 163

90  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
need for increased
surveillance and
monitoring was
identified. 
• The need for digital
connectivity for the main
events areas was
identified to attract major
event organisers.
• Digital enhancement to
tourism experience was
highlighted as having
potential to attract
younger demographics,
currently attracted only
over limited times. 
• Additional funding
secured to deliver digital
infrastructure providing
number of uses incl. AI
based CCTV for traffic
management and
footwall tracking,
environmental sensors,
connectivity for visitors
and event areas. 
NCN7 link  not included included • Consultation feedback.
• GH strategy focused on
sustainable destination
and active travel
infrastructure.
• Additional funding for
design and feasibility
secured.
Traffic
realignment 
Removal of roundabout Removal of roundabout
and introduction of active
travel infrastructure.
Relocating HGV access to
the events space away
from pedestrianised areas
around play activity.
• Consultation feedback.
• GH strategy focused on
sustainable destination
and active travel
infrastructure.
• Need for improved safety
of play area users.
• Better AT connectivity
with the Harbourside
encouraging wider area
exploration. 
• Segregation of HGV
access for events from
play activity areas. 
Additional car
park 
included Excluded but no impact
expected due to the loss
of this proposed car park.  
Strategic Environmental
Assessment screening
carried out for the GH
Masterplan identified the
risk of the new car park to
the natural dune
movement, which requires
space to keep the line and
perform as a flood defence. 
Pilot House  Light clean included Full structural repair  • Storm damage exposed
163

Page 164

91  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
structural issues requiring
immediate attention. 
• Damage resulted directly
from the storm was
covered under insurance.
Beach Pavilion  Marketing included Redevelopment options
considered for later
phases.
Estimated costs which are
above the AGD allocation
available towards this
element of the Great
Harbour project.  The
business case for the
Beach Pavilion proposal
requires further
development including
funding sources.  
• Identified major
maintenance burden of a
provision of public
amenities required in the
area due to predicted
increased footfall. 
• The feasibility of a model
of a shared community
and commercial space is
being carried out with a
view of generating
revenue for the upkeep
of public amenities. 
Figure 22 Coastal Hub as proposed in OBC
While the area of the main play park remains similar to the OBC proposals, the addition of the skatepark and
potentially also a pump track (subject to additional external funding), will diversify the park's offerings and
cater to a broader audience. The focus has also been placed on inclusive and accessible play and maximising
the educational and developmental value of play, and providing a space where people of all abilities can
engage in recreational activities. The skatepark and pump track target the youth demographic, fostering a
vibrant and active community. Expanding play activities into the open green space of the Beach Park,
complete with outdoor gym and picnic areas, further broadens the park's appeal and encourages longer
visits for improved well-being. 
Responding to feedback from consultations, a nautical theme has been incorporated into the play facility to
resonate with the local context. Drawing from Gaelic mythology, the concept of a Cìrein-Cròin, a sea serpent,
enhances the educational aspect with a Gaelic interpretation.
To create a fully immersive experience, all play facilities will be seamlessly integrated into the natural dune
landscape by the landforms extending and enhancing biodiversity through carefully designed softworks and
planting, including those attracting pollinators. This approach not only reduces costs associated with
164

Page 165

92  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
transporting and disposing of soil but also provides shelter from strong coastal winds, since the larger
vegetation was not feasible for use in this location. 
Supporting these features with improved active travel infrastructure serves a dual purpose. Firstly, it
promotes sustainable transportation, aligning with environmental goals. Secondly, it enhances
connectivity between the harbourside and the Beach Park, encouraging visitors to explore the entire area
seamlessly. With increased pedestrian traffic, traffic hierarchy is revised, removing the roundabout and
discouraging follow on traffic to the Pierhead, while offering improved parking facilities at the Beach
Drive carpark, which caters for motorhomes, horseboxes and busses/coaches with designated bays and
drop-off points. The HGV access required for the events space has been separated from the main play
activity area to ensure safety and efficient functionality. 
The OBC proposed a new car park behind the dunes to accommodate increased demand, with the
current Beach Drive car park earmarked for waterfront residential development. However, feedback from
consultations did not favour the waterfront development. Additionally, an environmental assessment
conducted concerning the Great Harbour Masterplan highlighted the risk posed by the new car park to
the natural movement of the dunes, which serve as both a buffer and flood defence. Taking all factors
into account, the new car park was excluded from the plans, and efforts are focused on enhancing the
capacity of the existing car park instead.
The addition of the innovative digital infrastructure for improved monitoring and provision of digital uses
like wi-fi and Augmenter Reality technology for enhanced AR experience proposed at later phase, will
enhance visitor experience, but most importantly, it will provide the desirable function to the improved
events space. Equipped with all necessary utilities, the events space has a potential to attract major
events to the area providing revenue income to the Council and creating wider economic impact within
the area. 
Figure 23 Coastal Hub as proposed in FBC
165

Page 166

93  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
2.9 Main benefits criteria
Table 18 Investment objectives
Investment Objectives Great
Harbour (original in OBC)
New Investment Objectives for
Coastal Hub
Main Benefits Criteria by
Stakeholder Group
To unlock the economic potential
within the Clyde Coast creating a
regional destination at Irvine
Harbourside that supports inclusive
economic growth through an
approach that focuses on
Community Wealth Building
Support local economic growth
through developing a regional
Coastal destination by
constructing new high quality
recreational assets
Non-cash Releasing Benefits
One-off construction sector
impacts – GVA (Ayrshire
businesses)
Qualitative Benefits
Preservation of listed pilot house
(Ayrshire residents)
Priming of pilot house for future
community/commercial use
(North Ayrshire Council)
To secure area wide regeneration
based on developing the special
qualities of place alongside
community participation within a
place-based regeneration
framework, building on the legacy
on the Irvine Development
Corporation
Support regeneration of the
wider area across the entirely
of Irvine Harbourside linking to
the redevelopment of Maritime
Mile and national Maritime
Museum
Qualitative Benefits
Pride of place (Ayrshire residents) 
Supporting ongoing investment in
the harbourside (North Ayrshire
Council)
Supporting future leveraged
private investment (North Ayrshire
Council)
Links with active travel routes to
train station (Ayrshire residents)
Contributing to more and longer
visits (Ayrshire businesses)
Improved cultural heritage offer
and opportunities for engagement
and learning experiences (Ayrshire
Residents)
Decontamination of public land
(North Ayrshire Council)
Carbon Benefits 
Carbon reduction impact of
increase plant life (North Ayrshire
Council)
To address place infrastructure
deficiencies that constrain
investment developing the
enabling infrastructure to address
market failure created by
commercial values that restrict
private sector investment.
Showcasing the potential through a
high-quality approach to
destination development
Build the required enabling
infrastructure to make the area
more attractive to private
sector investment.
Non-cash Releasing Benefits
Leveraged investment in private
housing development resulting in
one-off housing construction
impacts, one-off home furnishing
impacts and ongoing household
spend impacts – GVA (North
Ayrshire businesses)
Qualitative Benefits
Enhanced reputation for Ayrshire
as a good place to do business
(North Ayrshire Council)
Prime the harbourside location
future investment in marine
166

Page 167

94  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
leisure, hospitality businesses
(North Ayrshire Council)
To lock in at a local level, the
benefits of economic development
to ensure Ayrshire communities
are actively engaged and
supported through enterprise
support, skills development,
training, community enterprise
supporting inclusive growth and
community wealth building
Deliver local health and
wellbeing benefits through
providing recreational
opportunities for all ages and
increasing quality and use of
public realm spaces
Non-cash Releasing Benefits
Health benefits resulting from play
park use (Ayrshire residents)
Health benefits resulting from
Skatepark and pump track use
(Ayrshire residents)
Health benefits resulting from
Outdoor gym use (Ayrshire
residents)
Wellbeing impact from community
use of events space (Ayrshire
residents)
Qualitative Benefits
Diversion of car traffic away from
park, increasing user safety
(Ayrshire residents)
To enhance an existing Ayrshire
coastal location celebrating a
nationally significant approach to
place quality and building a
destination around a Maritime
Quarter/ Maritime Mile / National
Maritime Museum /creating a new
profile, footfall, and spend to the
town supporting wide Marine
Tourism objectives
Increase visitors to Irvine and
the Ayrshire regional by
developing a regional visitor
destination underpinned by
recreational opportunities and
a fit for purpose events space.
Non-cash Releasing Benefits
Increased activity in the Ayrshire
visitor economy – GVA (Ayrshire
businesses)
Wellbeing impact from attendance
at cultural events (Ayrshire
residents)
Wellbeing impact from attendance
at sporting events (Ayrshire
residents)
Cash Releasing Benefits
Income earned through fees/rents
charged for commercial use of
events space (North Ayrshire
Council)
Qualitative Benefits
Increase in the quality of events
that can be hosted (North Ayrshire
Council) 
2.10 Main risks
Potential risks, such as construction delays or community resistance, are identified and accompanied by
mitigation strategies. A risk assessment framework is established, emphasising the importance of
adaptability and effective communication throughout the project lifecycle.
The main business and service risks (design, build and operational over the lifespan of the scheme)
associated with the scope for this project are shown below, together with their counter measures.
The Great Harbour Risk Register (Appendix H) is an essential component of project management,
especially in the context of a development project following the Green Book process focused on public
sector investment appraisals. The risk register is a live document undergoing regular revisions and
167

Page 168

95  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
updates to identify, assess, and manage potential risks that could impact the successful delivery of the
project and reflects the most current stage of the project. 
The first phase of the Great Harbour project, the Coastal Hub is regularly analysed against the identified
risks at few different levels. The high-level project management team risks are included in the Great
Harbour Risk Register while more detailed risk information is monitored through the Coastal Hub Project
Risk Register and Coastal Hub Design Risk Register, both also provided in Appendix H . The main risks for
the Coastal Hub project can be summarised in the table below.
Table 19 Coastal Hub Main Risks
Key Risk  Mitigation 
Tender returns are higher than the available
budget. 
Cost reports prepared at each design stage to monitor
budget.
The agreed budget does not meet client
requirements / expectations. Potential
delays to approvals/ progress.
Available budget meets project requirements so far.
Value engineering may be required following tender
returns. 
The project does not achieve full NAC
support, leading to potential delays to
approvals / progress.
Project has been subject to Gateway stages and NAC
internal consultation. Programme has been amended
to undertake Coastal Hub as Phase 1 following
stakeholder feedback. The Great Harbour Masterplan
has been approved by Cabinet and Planning
Committee.
The project does not secure AGD support,
leading to potential delays to approvals /
progress.
The project’s Outline Business Case has been approved
with subsequent changes evidenced.
The programme deadline is not achieved –
the play park completion in May 2025 is
missed due to delays.
So far, the Programme is on target, subject to tender
award by 6 September 2024
There are delays to the project on site due
to weather conditions.
The project manager will work with the appointed
contractor to sequence the works to help mitigate this
risk. 
The project fails to meet public
expectations.
The public have supported upgrades to the Beach Park
area as a priority. 
2.11 Constraints 
The potential project constraints are linked to technical, consenting and licencing issues relating to the
works associated with the quays, marine works and environmental issues. These are substantially
mitigated by the fact that development is within the area under control of North Ayrshire Council. The
site has no environmental designations but sits opposite a SSSI designated by Scottish Natural Heritage.
The main constraints relate to:
o Budgetary Constraints
Limited financial resources put under pressure due to port-pandemic economic challenges and related
inflation affected the scope and scale of the proposed works. The allocated budget had to be scrutinised
and proposals reviewed to prioritise the elements based on deliverability and benefits. The need to
secure additional funding increased and a strategy was established to identify and apply for potential
funding, both internally and externally. This has been incorporated into the project development process
to allow for alignment with funding timescales and requirements on the level of detail of the proposals. 
o Time Constraints
168

Page 169

96  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Time pressures relating to the applications to external funding partners has an impact on the project
programming as they require to be incorporated in sequencing work. 
o Regulatory and Permitting Constraints
Obtaining necessary approvals, permits, and adhering to regulatory requirements can be time-consuming
and may impose constraints on the project schedule. Since the post-OBC change in collaboration
commitment from the NPL Estates, currently the Irvine Harbour Authority, the dependency related to the
marine consenting, like Harbour Revision Order cannot be considered managed through the collaboration
or partnership expressing shared vision. The consenting relating to the powers delegated to the Council
are managed through the early engagement with relevant Council department and regular updating
responding to feedback. This approach significantly shortens the approval process and ensures the
favourable outcome. 
o Community Opposition
Resistance or opposition from local communities can pose a significant constraint. Community concerns
about changes to the environment, displacement, or disruptions can impact the project's social license to
operate. Community based partnerships have been successfully developed gaining significant support for
the proposals and improved confidence in delivery of the improvements. This was achieved through
facilitating intensive engagement and creating platform to disseminate detailed information about the
proposals and their wider impact within the area. 
o Environmental Constraints
The environmental and ecological impact was investigated in more detail as the works relating to phase 1
were being developed and informed detailed proposals, which were amended to mitigate the negative
impact where it was possible. In addition the construction process was adjusted to accommodate the
conditions imposed by the findings.  
o Land Ownership and Acquisition
Majority of the land within the project site is in NAC’s ownership and in the case of the phase 1, this is all
land. There are however elements of the proposals located outwith NAC ownership Council’s Legal Team
investigates the complexities to provide advice on action. Some land lays within Common Good and the
statutory process will be required to approve the disposition. Other areas of interventions relate to the
land in Crown Estate Scotland ownership, and NAC has recently renewed an MoU with CES to ensure
collaboration in such instances for the benefit of the area and marine infrastructure. 
o Infrastructure Dependencies
Dependencies on existing infrastructure, such as utility networks, transportation systems, or
communication lines, can constrain the planning and execution of regeneration projects. The approach
taken is to incorporate the adequate level and detail of site investigations in identified areas of potential
risk during detailed design stages to reduce the risk at later construction stages, as these attract higher
cost from the contractor. 
o Political and Policy Changes
Shifts in political administrations has occurred during the development works, however the support for
the project remained unchallenged. The GH Masterplan has been endorsed by the Cabinet in Dec 2023
and then approved by the Planning Committee in March 2024 providing a framework for the
developments, both the ones funded by AGD investment and the future development opportunities. 
o Technical Challenges
Unforeseen technical difficulties or challenges, such as geological issues, unstable soil conditions, or
unexpected site conditions, can impact project timelines and costs. These will be managed through the
169

Page 170

97  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
application of the NEC4 contract model, which facilitates collaboration between all parties of the civils
works and promotes early warning mechanism to allow for early mitigation. 
o Material Availability
Shortages or fluctuations in the availability of construction materials can affect the project, leading to
delays or increased costs.
o Stakeholder Management
Challenges in managing diverse stakeholders, including residents, businesses, and government entities,
can constrain the project. Balancing conflicting interests and expectations is crucial. Stakeholder strategy
developed for the project identifies the main area stakeholders and provides the adequate
communication means. Internal stakeholders, namely Council officers with responsibilities within the
project area or relating to the type of works proposed (incl. consenting) are engaged at early stages of
development and updated regularly to ensure approval of the final proposals. 
o Economic Conditions
Economic downturns or fluctuations in the real estate market can impact the financial viability and
funding availability for these elements of the Great Harbour project relating to construction of the new
premises. 
o Heritage and Preservation Constraints
The need to preserve historical or cultural heritage can impose constraints on the types of changes that
can be made, and these need to be considered carefully. 
o Risk Management
Uncertainties and unforeseen risks, such as natural disasters, economic crises, or global events, can
constrain the project's success and require robust risk management strategies.
Effectively navigating these constraints requires thorough planning, risk assessment, stakeholder
engagement, and adaptive project management strategies. We are adhering to addressing these
challenges proactively to minimise any potential disruption and elevation of associated risks. 
2.12 Dependencies
Similarly to constraints, the potential project dependencies are linked to technical, consenting and
licencing issues associated with the works but also to partnerships and collaborations, while the major
dependency relates to the available budget, including successfully secured additional to AGD resources.
The main dependencies are listed below:
o consents and licencing
o stakeholder engagement and partnership working with local groups/communities
o concluding development agreement with project partners
o availability of the additional external funding for delivery of some elements of the proposals
o availability of the skilled and experienced consultants and contractors in relation to marine works
o conditions of development and works related to the environmental impact.
Following the OBC approval, the partnership arrangements relating to the Great Harbour project and its
individual elements have been reevaluated mainly on the basis of financial commitment or real prospect
of attracting financial contribution, wider community benefits and CWB. Subsequently the collaboration
commitment from the NPL Estates has expired, while in case of SMM and CES has been reiterated.
Additional partnership has been established with Sustrans and further potential expressed from other
potential funders, including National Lottery, HES, Land Trust Fund, Sports Scotland. 
170

Page 171

98  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
In addition, community-based partnerships have been successfully developed gaining significant support
for the proposals and improved confidence in delivery of the improvements. This was achieved through
facilitating intensive engagement and creating platform to disseminate detailed information about the
proposals and their wider impact within the area. 
NAC is also collaborating with a few higher education institutions, mainly in areas of destination
development, events and consultations. 
Following the post-pandemic economic challenges and related inflation, the allocated budget had to be
scrutinised and proposals reviewed to prioritise the elements based on deliverability and benefits. The
need to secure additional funding increased and a strategy was established to identify and apply for
potential funding, both internally and externally. This has been incorporated into the project
development process to allow for alignment with funding timescales and requirements on the level of
details of proposals. 
The environmental and ecological impact was investigated in more detail as the works relating to phase 1
were developed and informed detailed proposals, which were amended to mitigate the negative impact
where it was possible. In addition, the construction process was considered to accommodate the
conditions imposed by the findings. 
171

Page 172

99  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
3. The Economic Case
3.1 Introduction
Driving growth and securing additional economic activity and national, regional and local value, supports
the regeneration of Irvine developing a destination with impact across Ayrshire and the wider Clyde.
Following the approved OBC, North Ayrshire Council has explored further the opportunity to make a
strategic contribution to national and regional economic performance and goals and to develop a new
sense of place-based tourism and maritime heritage on its coast and as a key destination within the wider
tourism offer (e.g. AGD Marine Tourism projects, North Ayrshire Coastal Path, the Coig routes). Adding
value and developing the regional economy requires:
o identification of new economic activity to support and facilitate the growth of existing businesses
and support regeneration;
o new place-based innovation supporting diversification of the economy; strengthening
neighbourhoods and communities and building on the distinctiveness of place; and
o investing in the enabling infrastructure to create additional capacity that can support sustainable
economic activity and drive additional value (local, regional, national).
NAC through the Growth Deal and with Ayrshire and Community Planning partners is advancing a series
of transformational initiatives to ensure growth and enable economic re-structuring. These include
business space, employment initiatives, digital initiatives, skills development and place-making. A
Regional Skills Investment Plan for Ayrshire will be developed in the context of the Ayrshire Regional
Economic Development Strategy which will take account of the long-term economic growth aspirations
of the AGD.
3.2 Critical success factors
In addition to the investment objectives set out in Section 2, several factors have been identified which
are critical for the success delivery of the project, and therefore relevant in judging the relative
desirability of the options. The partners considered the possible critical success factors (CSFs) suggested
in the five-case model guidance and selected the CSFs that were most relevant to this project.
The project’s critical success factors are presented in Table 20.
Table 20 Critical success factors 
CSF Specific Measurable Achievable Relevant Time Bound
Strategic
Fit and
Meets
Business
Needs
The project will
contribute to relevant
national, regional and
local economic
development and skills
policy priorities: 
Community Wealth
Building Programme;
Scottish Government
Economic Strategy;
Ayrshire Regional
Economic Strategy; and
Measurable through
interim and ex-post
evaluation 
The project been
developed with input from
key strategic partners and
builds on the strategic case
outlined in the Ayrshire
Growth Deal (ADG) Heads
of Terms.
The project is addressing
relevant national and
regional policy priorities
and an identified market
opportunity in a growing
and regionally significant
sector – informed by
market research,
consultation and
engagement with
relevant local groups and
communities, public
The strategic fit
and contribution
will be clearly
defined within the
Strategic Case at
project inception
and as part of the
ex-post
evaluation, 2035
172

Page 173

100  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Scottish Marine Tourism
Strategy 
sector bodies and
partners.
Value for
Money
The project's preferred
way forward/option is
forecast to generate a
positive Net Present
Benefit of £49.9m.
The options analysis sets
out the anticipated
returns based on HM
Treasury Green Book
recommended
approaches to
measurement - Cost
Benefit Analysis (CBA).
This will form part of the
ongoing monitoring and
reporting
Based on project
performance which has
been informed by the
forecast level of visitors,
and end-users and
expected level of leveraged
private investment.
Independent CBA that
measures the impacts of
the direct and follow-on
activity based on HM
Treasury guidance
Targets to be
achieved by 2035
Partner
capacity
and
capability
The project will be led by
North Ayrshire Council
(NAC)
Measurable through ex-
post evaluation
NAC will utilise existing
procurement, delivery, and
management structures.
The Management Case of
this FBC presents an
overview of how the
project will be delivered.
NAC has significant
experience of delivering
similar projects through
its expertise across
several partnership
projects led by the
Regeneration and PMI
teams, like Millport CARS,
Lochshore Park Hub.
The project will be
managed by a
team consisting of
Senior
Responsible
Officer,
Programme
Manager, Finance
Manager, Senior
Manager, and
Project Manager
Affordabili
ty
Delivery of the project
within the requested AGD
capital funding of
£4.452m and an
additional funding of
£0.505m from potential
partners.
Through ongoing
monitoring and financial
appraisal 
Based on experience and
discussion/agreement with
partners on the capital
costs, input costs for
delivering service and costs
of external consultants and
generating a “successful”
intervention
Financial data will be
reviewed and scrutinised
by NAC as part of the due
diligence assessment 
Project costs
agreed at the
outset and all AGD
capital funding
committed/spent
by 2026 (end of
the capital phase)
Achievabil
ity
The project delivers
against all targets (e.g.
spend, timescales,
impacts/benefits etc.) as
outlined in the
Investment Objectives 
Measured through
ongoing monitoring and
project expenditure data
The activity proposed to be
delivered through the
‘Coastal Hub” project was
initially defined within the
overall Great Harbour OBC
and has since been refined
through a series of public
engagement and internal
reviews with the project
now guided by a Great
Harbour Masterplan.
This has been informed
by consultation with key
partners
The project will be
started by 2024
and complete by
2035 (completion
of the last
leveraged housing
unit)
3.3 The long-listed options
The approved Great Harbour OBC contained no formal appraisal of long list options for the Great Harbour
Project. The scope and long-list / short-list options were developed with a strong spatial and regeneration
focus, based on Irvine Harbourside, community and neighbourhood growth and inclusive, Community
Wealth Building and partnership working. Early-stage Great Harbour proposals were developed by the
project team in collaboration with Council Services, area stakeholders and the community to ensure local
priorities were met. 
173

Page 174

101  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
The Great Harbour proposals are closely aligned with the Local Development Plan and National Planning
Framework and build upon community engagement progressed during the Irvine Vision (2016), Irvine
Harbourside Study (2017) and utilising the previous work of Irvine Bay Urban Regeneration Company
(IBURC), which identified local opportunities and assets.
To help explain the rationale and methodology for the preferred way forward at OBC stage an
assessment has been set out in the table below to provide further detail on consideration of a long list of
options against the investment objectives. At the time of preparing the OBC, the critical success factors
focussed on key deliverables related to direct AGD investment, indirect partner investment and future
leverage investment. The option does not meet the criteria scores 0. The option partially meets the
criteria scores 2 and the option satisfies the criteria scores 3.
Table 21 Great Harbour long list options assessment
Options: Option 1: Do
nothing / business as
usual.
Option 2: Deliver
coastal tourism
priorities at other
Ayrshire locations.
Option 3: Deliver
coastal tourism
priorities at other
North Ayrshire
locations. 
Option 4: Deliver
coastal tourism
priorities at Irvine
Harbourside.
Investment Objectives 
1. Unlock the economic growth
potential & secure
community wealth 
0 0 0 3
2. Secure area wide
regeneration 
0 0 0 3
3. Address place infrastructure
deficiencies 
0 2 2 3
4. Spread the benefits of
economic development by
inclusive growth &
community wealth building 
0 2 2 3
5. Enhance an existing Ayrshire
coastal destination 
0 2 2 3
OBC Critical Success Factors – key deliverables 
Direct AGD Investment:
• new waterfront destination 
• quays and waterfront
boardwalk with marine access 
• slipway and active leisure
marine access point 
• provision for play / leisure 
• town to waterfront gateways 
• site infrastructure 
• Coastal Path connections 
• community enterprise
support programme 
0 0  0  3
Indirect Partner Investment:
• affordable homes (71 no.) 
• open market waterfront
homes 
• a care and older people /
special needs facility 
• enterprise and arts retail
workshop facilities 
0 2  2   3
Future Leverage Investment: 
•re-purposing of the Big Idea
•hotel and related leisure /
small conference / hospitality
services
•existing business investment
for growth 
0 2  2  3
Summary of reasons for
discounting or carrying
forward.
Without AGD funding,
there would be
insufficient return/
rationale for the
private sector to
deliver the project,
high levels of
economic and social
deprivation and
There are no other
credible alternative
localities or
destinations in
Ayrshire that could
provide the same
scale of marine, land
or transport
infrastructure and that
There are no other
credible alternative
localities or
destinations in
North Ayrshire that
could provide the
same scale of
marine, land or
transport
North Ayrshire
continues to experience
challenges of
deprivation and
economic exclusion
resulting that from long-
term changes to its
industrial base and
industrial re-structuring.
174

Page 175

102  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
dereliction within the
area would continue.
Scot. Govt. economic
policy prioritises
investing in people,
place, infrastructure
assets and promoting
inclusive growth. 
could be regenerated,
to provide a similar
boost to coastal
tourism.
infrastructure and
that could be
regenerated, to
provide a similar
boost to coastal
tourism.
The situation in Irvine
and Harbourside is even
more pronounced with
over three-quarters of
all data zones ranked in
the bottom 15%.   
Summary  0 10 10 24
Outcome  Carry forward. Discounted option.  Discounted option.  Carry forward. 
Detailed outcomes of options assessment
Option 1 - Do nothing / business as usual. 
1. Misalignment with Scottish Government Policy:
• Policy Contradiction: Option 1 contradicts the Scottish Government's focus on investing in
people, places, infrastructure, and promoting inclusive growth. Choosing to "do nothing" would
undermine these priorities and weaken the alignment with national economic objectives.
• Missed Inclusive Growth Opportunities: The status quo would perpetuate economic and social
inequalities, failing to deliver the inclusive growth that is central to government policy.
2. Continuation of Economic and Social Deprivation:
• Persistent Deprivation: Without intervention, economic and social deprivation will persist,
exacerbating issues such as unemployment, poverty, and poor living conditions in the area.
• Negative Social Outcomes: Ongoing deprivation could lead to worsening health, lower
educational outcomes, and higher crime rates, increasing the burden on public services and
social costs.
3. Insufficient Private Sector Incentive:
• Lack of Viability: Without AGD funding, the project lacks sufficient return for private investors,
making it economically unviable and leading to continued underinvestment.
• Market Failure: The absence of public intervention would exacerbate market failure, where
private sector investment alone cannot address the socio-economic needs of the area.
4. Missed Infrastructure and Development Opportunities:
• Infrastructure Decay: Continuing with the status quo risks further deterioration of infrastructure,
reducing the area’s attractiveness for businesses and residents.
• Lost Economic Growth: The lack of investment means missing out on potential economic
growth, job creation, and improved living standards.
5. Negative Impact on Public Perception and Investor Confidence:
• Erosion of Public Trust: Inaction could lead to public perception of neglect, eroding trust in
government and reducing community support for future initiatives.
• Deterrent to Investment: A lack of government action may signal that the area is not a priority,
deterring future private investment and deepening economic challenges.
6. Opportunity Cost of Inaction:
• Forgone Benefits: Doing nothing results in missed economic and social benefits, such as job
creation, better infrastructure, and increased economic activity.
175

Page 176

103  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
• Long-Term Decline: Inaction could lead to a downward economic spiral, making future recovery
more difficult and costly.
Conclusion:
Option 1, "Do Nothing/ business-as-usual," is not a viable option. It fails to align with Scottish
Government priorities, perpetuates deprivation, and lacks the necessary incentives for private
investment. The long-term consequences, including infrastructure decay and missed growth
opportunities, far outweigh any short-term savings. Therefore, this option should be discounted in favour
of proactive approaches that support sustainable, inclusive economic growth.
Note: While this option is discounted as a viable option, it has been carried forward for appraisal as the
business-as-usual case for comparison purposes.
Option 2 - Deliver coastal tourism priorities at other Ayrshire locations
1. Lack of Suitable Alternative Locations:
• No Comparable Sites: There are no other locations in Ayrshire that offer the same scale of
marine, land, or transport infrastructure as the proposed site. Other areas lack the necessary
facilities and potential for regeneration to deliver a comparable impact on coastal tourism.
• Inadequate Infrastructure: Alternative sites would require significant investment to develop the
infrastructure needed, making them less feasible and less cost-effective.
2. Reduced Potential for Economic Impact:
• Lower Tourism Potential: Other locations are unlikely to attract the same level of tourist interest
or provide the same economic benefits due to their smaller scale and less developed
infrastructure.
• Limited Regeneration Opportunities: The chosen site offers unique regeneration opportunities
that other locations cannot match. Focusing on less suitable areas would result in a lower return
on investment and diminished economic impact.
3. Failure to Maximise Coastal Tourism Growth:
• Missed Growth Opportunities: Choosing an alternative location would mean missing out on the
full potential for coastal tourism growth that the proposed site can deliver. The unique attributes
of the selected site cannot be replicated elsewhere in Ayrshire.
• Suboptimal Use of Resources: Redirecting efforts to less suitable locations would not optimise
the use of resources, leading to subpar outcomes in terms of tourism development and
economic growth.
4. Strategic Misalignment:
• Inconsistent with Strategic Aims: The proposal to focus on another location does not align with
the strategic aims of maximising tourism potential and economic regeneration. The selected site
has been identified as the most suitable for delivering these goals, and diverting attention
elsewhere would dilute the effectiveness of the strategy.
• Loss of Competitive Advantage: The chosen site offers a competitive advantage in attracting
visitors and investors. Shifting focus to a less suitable location would reduce Ayrshire’s appeal as
a premier coastal tourism destination.
5. Higher Risk of Project Failure:
176

Page 177

104  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
• Increased Risk: Developing coastal tourism in less suitable locations increases the risk of project
underperformance or failure, due to the lack of necessary infrastructure and lower tourist
appeal.
• Uncertain Outcomes: The uncertainty associated with developing alternative sites makes this
option riskier, with potentially lower economic returns and greater challenges in achieving
project objectives.
Conclusion:
Option 2, "Deliver Coastal Tourism Priorities at Other Ayrshire Locations," is not a viable alternative.
Other locations in Ayrshire do not offer the same scale of infrastructure or potential for regeneration,
resulting in reduced economic impact and higher risks. The selected site is uniquely positioned to
maximise coastal tourism growth, and shifting focus to less suitable areas would undermine the strategic
goals of the project. Therefore, this option should be discounted in favour of focusing on the most
suitable location that can deliver the intended economic and tourism benefits.
Option 3: Deliver coastal tourism priorities at other North Ayrshire locations
1. Lack of Suitable Alternative Locations:
• No Comparable Sites: There are no other locations in North Ayrshire that offer the same scale of
marine, land, or transport infrastructure as the proposed site. Other areas lack the necessary
facilities and potential for regeneration to achieve a similar boost in coastal tourism.
• Inadequate Infrastructure: Alternative locations would require substantial investment to
develop the necessary infrastructure, making them less feasible and more costly.
2. Reduced Potential for Economic Impact:
• Lower Tourism Appeal: Other locations in North Ayrshire are unlikely to attract the same level of
tourist interest or provide equivalent economic benefits due to their smaller scale and less
developed infrastructure.
• Limited Regeneration Potential: The proposed site offers unique opportunities for regeneration
that other locations cannot match. Focusing on less suitable areas would result in a lower return
on investment and diminished economic impact.
3. Failure to Maximise Coastal Tourism Growth:
• Missed Growth Opportunities: Opting for another location would mean missing out on the full
potential for coastal tourism growth that the proposed site offers. The unique attributes of the
selected site cannot be replicated elsewhere in North Ayrshire.
• Suboptimal Resource Use: Redirecting efforts to less suitable locations would not optimise
resource allocation, leading to subpar outcomes in tourism development and economic growth.
4. Strategic Misalignment:
• Inconsistency with Strategic Goals: The option to focus on another location does not align with
the strategic objectives of maximising tourism potential and driving economic regeneration. The
proposed site has been identified as the most suitable for achieving these goals, and diverting
resources elsewhere would weaken the overall strategy.
• Loss of Competitive Edge: The selected site offers a competitive advantage in attracting visitors
and investment. Shifting focus to a less suitable location would reduce North Ayrshire’s appeal as
a leading coastal tourism destination.
5. Higher Risk of Project Underperformance:
177

Page 178

105  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
• Increased Risk: Developing coastal tourism in less suitable locations increases the risk of project
underperformance or failure, due to the lack of necessary infrastructure and lower tourist
appeal.
• Uncertain Outcomes: The uncertainty associated with developing alternative sites makes this
option riskier, with potentially lower economic returns and greater challenges in achieving
project objectives.
Conclusion:
Option 3, "Deliver Coastal Tourism Priorities at Other North Ayrshire Locations," is not a viable
alternative. Other locations in North Ayrshire do not offer the same scale of infrastructure or potential for
regeneration, leading to reduced economic impact and higher risks. The selected site is uniquely
positioned to maximise coastal tourism growth, and shifting focus to less suitable areas would undermine
the strategic goals of the project. Therefore, this option should be discounted in favour of concentrating
efforts on the most suitable location to deliver the intended economic and tourism benefits.
Option 4: Deliver coastal tourism priorities at Irvine Harbourside (Coastal Hub)
1. Addressing Severe Deprivation:
• High Levels of Deprivation: Irvine Harbourside is significantly affected by deprivation, with over
three-quarters of its data zones ranked in the bottom 15% for economic and social indicators.
This makes it a critical area for targeted investment to address long-standing issues of poverty
and economic exclusion.
• Targeted Regeneration: Focusing on Irvine Harbourside aligns with the need to tackle
deprivation head-on. Investment in coastal tourism here could serve as a catalyst for broader
regeneration, improving living standards and economic opportunities for the local community.
2. Revitalising an Area Affected by Industrial Decline:
• Legacy of Industrial Restructuring: North Ayrshire, particularly Irvine, has faced significant
challenges due to the decline of traditional industries and subsequent restructuring. This has led
to long-term economic challenges, including high unemployment and limited economic
diversification.
• Opportunity for Economic Renewal: By prioritising coastal tourism development at Irvine
Harbourside, the area could transition from its industrial past to a vibrant tourism hub, creating
new jobs and stimulating economic growth. This would help mitigate the adverse effects of
industrial decline and support the local economy's recovery.
3. Maximising the Potential of Existing Infrastructure:
• Strategic Location: Irvine Harbourside benefits from existing infrastructure that can be leveraged
to support coastal tourism development. This includes marine facilities, transport links, and
historical assets that make it an attractive destination for tourists.
• Cost-Effective Development: Utilising and enhancing existing infrastructure at Irvine Harbourside
present a cost-effective approach to development, reducing the need for extensive new
investments while maximising the potential of the area.
4. Aligning with Strategic Economic Goals:
• Supporting Inclusive Growth: Developing coastal tourism at Irvine Harbourside aligns with
broader strategic goals of promoting inclusive growth. This initiative would help ensure that the
benefits of economic development are felt across the community, particularly in a high-
deprivation area.
178

Page 179

106  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
• Boosting Regional Competitiveness: Investing in Irvine Harbourside would enhance North
Ayrshire’s competitiveness as a coastal tourism destination, attracting visitors, businesses, and
investment to the region.
5. Significant Potential for Social and Economic Impact:
• Job Creation and Economic Opportunities: Coastal tourism development at Irvine Harbourside is
likely to generate significant employment opportunities, particularly in sectors such as
hospitality, retail, and leisure. This could help reduce unemployment and underemployment in
the area.
• Improving Quality of Life: Beyond economic benefits, regenerating Irvine Harbourside would
improve the overall quality of life for residents by revitalising the area, enhancing public spaces,
and providing new amenities.
Conclusion:
Option 4, "Deliver Coastal Tourism Priorities at Irvine Harbourside," is a compelling choice that addresses
the severe deprivation and economic challenges faced by the area. By focusing on Irvine Harbourside, the
project aligns with strategic goals of inclusive growth and economic renewal, while leveraging existing
infrastructure to create a cost-effective and impactful development. The potential for significant social
and economic benefits, including job creation and community revitalisation, makes this option well-
suited to deliver lasting improvements for North Ayrshire. Therefore, Option 4 referred to as the Coastal
Hub, should be carried forward as the preferred option in the economic business case.T
Preferred way forward
The preferred way forward at OBC stage was to develop a Proof of Concept to a comprehensive
Masterplan, providing a framework for development opportunities, identifying the best areas for AGD
catalyst investment, de-risking and providing design guidance for private investment opportunities. This
has been advanced through specialist analysis and stakeholder engagement. The Great Harbour
Masterplan was endorsed by North Ayrshire Council’s Cabinet in December 2023 and approved by
Planning Committee in April 2024 as a material consideration in the determination of future planning
applications. It is now a framework to guide future investment and define the quality and character of
future changes to the area, providing increased confidence on the programme of development taking
place through the Ayrshire Growth Deal and beyond. The Business-as-Usual Option is carried forward to
establish the baseline benefits and costs associated with the counterfactual and to enable the calculation
of Net Additional benefits and costs.
3.4 Short-listed options
The short-listed options shown within the approved OBC relate to the overall Great Harbour project and
are detailed below.
The short-list options have been developed with a strong spatial and regeneration focus based on
Harbourside, community and neighbourhood inclusive growth, Community Wealth Building and
partnership working. The short-listed options consider proposals for the scope of activity to be delivered,
the level of investment likely to be required and timescales for delivery. The 4 shortlisted options are
presented below:
179

Page 180

107  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Table 22 Options appraisal
Options 1 
Do Nothing
Options 2
Core Site Physical
Enhancement
Harbourside
Options 3 
Promoting a
Regeneration Partnership
for Harbourside
Options 4
Extended Regeneration
Partnership:
Harbourside- Ardeer
Scope: Existing Provision
• Limited local
investments associated
with property and local
commercial activity
• Negates partnership
arrangement with
NPL.
Scope: Place Enhancement
• Maritime Mile – Place
Quality
• Support for
Enterprise
• Investment Platforms
• Animation / Events
• Community
Outcomes
Scope: Destination
Development
• Maritime Mile –
Place Quality
• Waterfront Village
• SMM & Arts Cultural
Offer
• Investment Platforms
• Housing (Private/Social)
• Community Regen
/ CWB &
Outcomes
• Marine Hub for Clyde
& Connections to Coig
Scope: Ardeer Unlocking
Regional Growth
• Ardeer Access
• Big Idea – Resort Village
• Maritime Mile
• Resort Village
• Investment Platforms
• Housing
• Community Outcomes
Investment Level:
AGD-NAC: £0
Partnership Funding: £0
Leverage: £0
Investment Level:
AGD-NAC: £10+million
Partnership Funding: £0
Leverage: £16-18million
Investment Level:
AGD-NAC: £14million Other
Funding: £2million
Leverage: £85-100million
Investment Level:
AGD-NAC: £14+million
Other Funding: £10million
Leverage: £100-140million
Delivery Timescale: 
AGD Funded Elements
Leverage Elements
Delivery Timescale:
2022-2023
2023-2030
Delivery Timescale:
2022-2025
2020-2035
Delivery Timescale:
2022-2028
2020-2040 
The OBC’s assessment of the short-listed options was based on a quantitative scoring exercise led by
project board members and the project team. Each short-listed option was assessed and scored against
the following evaluation criteria:
• Economic performance
• Assessment of expected impacts and benefits
• Assessment of project risk
Assessment and scoring were assisted by input from the Great Harbour Board, Scottish Government,
Scottish Enterprise, Visit Scotland and consultation with private, community and 3rd sector partners and
stakeholders. through the NAC Tourism Industry work and further informed by Proof-of-Concept studies
undertaken by the Moffat Centre. 
Project board members together with the project team and key stakeholders over a series of facilitated
workshops evaluated and scored the primary options. Each option as scored on a scale of 1 to 5 with 5
representing the highest possible score. Individual scores were then summed to select the preferred
option based on the highest overall score. The summary result is tabulated below: 
180

Page 181

108  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Table 23 Short list option assessment
Evaluation Results Options 1 Options 2 Options 3 Options 4
(scored 1-5 with 5 best) Do Nothing Core Site Physical
Enhancement
Promoting a
Regeneration
Extended
Regeneration  
Harbourside Partnership for Partnership:   
Harbourside Harbourside-Ardeer
Economic appraisals 2 1 4 4
Impacts/ Benefits 2 2 4 4
Risk appraisal 4 2 2 1
Overall Score 8 5 10 9
Option Ranking 3 4 1 2
Option Selection Retained for
comparison
Rejected Recommended Rejected 
3.4.1 Preferred option
The assessment concludes that the Regeneration Partnership approach as outlined in Option 3 is the
preferred way forward and will undergo a detailed and rigorous economic appraisal. Note that Option 1,
the do-nothing option has been retained for comparison purposes as it represents the business-as-usual
option which enables the calculation of net additional benefits.
3.4.2 Preferred option development 
Since the approval of the Great Harbour OBC, the preferred option underwent thorough examination and
refinement during the development of the Masterplan and FBC. This has resulted in an agreed-upon
phased approach to procurement and delivery. The changes to the scope of the Great Harbour proposals
are described under section 2.8. including justification for change. 
The first phase of the Great Harbour project will deliver the Coastal Hub, focusing on providing play and
physical activity within the Beach Park adjacent to the beach, extending an informal play and outdoor
activity into the ‘wellness hub’ of the wider green open space and the 5-mile-long beach. The hub will
also provide better connectivity of the activity space with the Harbourside prioritising active travel over
vehicle access, considering the increased number of families with young children, but also facilitating the
new NCN7 loop connection. It will also celebrate the presence of the Pilot House (Boyd’s automatic tide
signalling apparatus), an important local landmark and unique heritage asset (category B listed), by
restoring it and making it accessible for visitors within a new plaza setting. The potential for the Pilot
House to extend the maritime heritage offer of the Scottish Maritime Museum will be explored further at
the later phases of the project, altogether with the potential comprehensive restoration of this unique
heritage asset, subject to securing additional funding. 
The scope of physical works entails a comprehensive area upgrade including landscaping, road re-
alignment, Pilot House repairs, construction of the play park and skatepark and potentially also a pump
track (subject to additional external funding ) and some additional improvements to the Beach Park to
accommodate the events space infrastructure, improved picnic facilities and outdoor gym. 
The Coastal Hub will provide better access to the new activity area promoting play and physical activity,
but also to the wider blue and green spaces promoting wellbeing benefits for local residents and visitors. 
Within the approved OBC an Economic Impact Assessment was completed for the Great Harbour project
based on the original scope of works. Within this FBC the economic appraisal is updated considering the
following:
• Changes in UK and Scottish Governments’ preferred method for economic appraisal from an
Economic Impact Assessment to Cost Benefit Analysis
181

Page 182

109  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
• The established 3-phased approach to procurement and delivery of the Great Harbour
The economic appraisal within this FBC is now an HM Treasury Greenbook compliant Cost Benefit
Analysis for Phase 1 of the Great Harbour Project – The Coastal Hub. In the subsequent FBCs for phases 2
and 3, additional CBAs will be carried out so that in aggregate a revised CBA for the Great Harbour Project
in its entirety will be completed.
3.5 The procurement process 
To establish the most appropriate procurement route an options appraisal was carried out with input
from Council teams with relevant expertise and experience. This was supported by a lessons learnt log,
collating relevant experience on similar projects delivered by the Council. The process established the
preferred option to appoint a main contractor for the entirety of the works and to allow for
subcontracting and managing any specialist contractors required to deliver specific works packages. This
was deemed the most advantageous option, ensuring budget flexibility and control between work
packages, better planning of works and site management, and effective use of resources. 
Adhering to the Community Wealth Building principles, a list of local contractors was collated to allow the
main contractor to consider their appointment for any relevant works.  
The procurement is being carried out in three stages on Public Contracts Scotland as listed below: 
1. first stage involving a Procurement Information Notice (PIN) to gauge an initial interest and
sector capacity to deliver work,
2. second stage verified contractors’ capacity and capability to deliver service within the
timescale, 
3. third stage involved inviting shortlisted bidders to submit full financial and quality bids.
NEC4 Construction and Engineering Contract with Option B will be used to promote collaboration, early
warnings and arbitration. 
The designer developing the proposals is taking on the role of Contract Administrator and Principal
Designer in relation to the civil contract to ensure continuity. 
3.5.1 Coastal Hub long list criteria
PIN notice was issued in Jan/Feb to gauge an initial interest and sector capacity to deliver work. This
resulted in 24 expressions of interest and 6 full submissions received, which confirmed the capacity and
capability of delivery within the timescales. 
The second stage was carried out in March/April 2024 and was a selection process, where the bidders’
capability, capacity and experience to perform the contract was assessed via the SPD (Scotland). i.e. the
SPD (Scotland) is used to shortlist bidders. This meant the number of bidders could be reduced at the
selection stage.
Eight bidders submitted bids answering 4 quality questions.
As a result of this stage process, five bidders were shortlisted and invited to the next stage. 
3.5.2 Coastal Hub long list
The level of information provided regarding the procurement process has been informed by discussions
with NAC’s Corporate Procurement Unit and is in accordance with the Council’s Standing Order. The
182

Page 183

110  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Council’s Corporate Procurement Unit has advised that details of the bidders, their final costs and the
evaluation scores, must be kept confidential prior to the award of the tender, as this would be a breach
of the Council’s Standing Orders. Details of the contract award will be published on Public Contracts
Scotland and North Ayrshire Council’s contract register when the successful bidder is awarded.
3.5.3 Coastal Hub short list criteria
The third stage was carried out in July 2024 with an Invitation to Tender issued to the bidders shortlisted
at stage 2 and the bids were assessed to determine the most economically advantageous tender, the
basis of contract award.  
The full bid comprised of a technical bid with the proposed financial submission against the Bills of
Quantities, and the quality submission, with additional Client Appraisal Questionnaire (pass/fail) in
relation to the project examples submitted at previous stage. 
3.5.4 Coastal Hub short list
An evaluation and scoring of quality bids were carried out individually by four members of the project
team, including a professional advisor appointed to develop the tender specifications. The financial bids
were evaluated by the Council’s QS team and resulted with the shortlist, which was then discussed at the
consensus meeting and the BAFO agreed.
3.6 Economic appraisal
As noted in section 3.4.2, this economic appraisal represents a revised approach, bringing it in line with
the latest HM Treasury Greenbook guidance. The economic appraisal presented in this FBC is a Cost
Benefit Analysis on Phase 1 – The Coastal Hub. This compares to the Great Harbour OBC’s Economic
Impacts Assessment which was carried out on the Great Harbour Project as whole. As Phases 2 and 3 are
further developed, the Respective FBCs will contain CBAs for each subsequent phase, in effect building up
to a CBA for the entirety of the Great Harbour Project.
Due to the ongoing procurement exercises and commercially sensitive information that cannot yet be
communicated, the economic appraisal considers a business-as-usual case, and the Coastal Hub option
with the selection of a preferred bidder as discussed in section 3.5. 
If and when required, the economic appraisal will be extended to consider the alternative procurement
routes/alternative bidders, although this is likely to affect costs/timescales rather than have any
significant impact on the project’s benefits. 
3.6.1 Introduction
This section provides a detailed overview of the main costs and benefits associated with project’s
preferred way forward and the business-as-usual option. The economic appraisal has considered costs
and benefits at the following geographic levels of analysis:
o Ayrshire;
o Scotland; and
o United Kingdom.
A detailed presentation of all benefit and cost lines can be found in the Technical Economic Appendix I.
Technical Note
183

Page 184

111  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
This cost-benefit analysis has employed appraisal techniques that are consistent with those outlined in
HM Treasury Green Book (HM Treasury, 2022). It considers the range of socio-economic impacts that the
project is forecast to generate at the Ayrshire, Scotland and UK geographic levels up to 2048 (25-year
project appraisal period). The appraisal further considers the following:
o constant prices – all monetary values are expressed as a constant price i.e. expressed as a ‘real price’
for that specific time period. The Office for National Statistics (ONS) publishes time-series data for a
series of price indices, and we apply the Gross Domestic Product (GDP) deflator to present all figures
in constant prices. All monetary values are therefore presented in 2024 prices. Note that this
treatment of financial values differs from that of the Financial Case. In this economic case there is no
application of inflation, i.e. prices are presented as “real” values. The Financial case presents
“nominal prices” with annual inflation rates applied.; and
o present values – considers the Social Time Preference Rate (STPR) of consumption, i.e. the rate used
for discounting future benefits and costs. We use the HM Treasury recommended discount rate of
3.5% to convert all costs and benefits to ‘present values’, so that they can be compared.
3.6.2 Estimating benefits
The main benefits have been aligned with the investment objectives. Within the assessment there are
two main stakeholder groups that will benefit from the project – direct beneficiaries: the project owners
– North Ayrshire Council and indirect beneficiaries: Ayrshire residents and Ayrshire businesses.
As per HM Treasury Green Book guidance, the benefits have been considered as:
o Cash-releasing – benefits that generate a direct monetisable effect, for example, capital or revenue
funding, increased turnover/revenue, cost saving/efficiencies; 
o Non-cash releasing – benefits that generate an indirect but monetisable effect, for example,
improved efficiency or productivity (measured through increased salaries and/or GVA) or social
benefits, for example, health benefits of exercise or wellbeing benefits of attending events; and 
o Qualitative – wider impacts and benefits (both quantitative and non-quantifiable), for example,
improved social outcomes, contribution towards policy priorities, and supporting regeneration. 
o Distributional – a quantitative distributional analysis (i.e. employing welfare weighting – relative
value of jobs/income based on their geographic distribution) has not been carried out, though
distributional impacts have been considered. Within Irvine 50% of datazones fall within the top 20%
most deprived areas in Scotland. Therefore, the project has the potential to bring disproportionately
beneficial impacts to Irvine considering the economic and health and housing impacts delivered by
the project. 
Cash Releasing Benefits
The cash releasing benefits assessed in the economic appraisal include:
o commercial income earned by North Ayrshire through fees/rental of the newly created events
space.
Carbon Benefit
The carbon benefits assessed in the economic appraisal include:
o carbon influence - Market valuation of the reduction in ongoing carbon emissions due to increase
plant life.
184

Page 185

112  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Non-Cash Releasing Benefits
The non-cash releasing benefits assessed in the economic appraisal include:
Economic Benefits
o GVA generated by increased visitors and increased visitor spend within the local tourism economy;
o GVA generated by one-off household furnishing expenditure for new housing unit occupants; and
o GVA generated by ongoing annual household expenditure by new housing unit occupants.
Social Benefits
o Social value associated with health benefits of play park users;
o Social value associated with health benefits of skatepark and pump track users;
o Social value associated with health benefits of outdoor gym users;
o Social value associated with wellbeing impacts of events attendance;
o Social value associated with wellbeing impacts of community groups participation; and
o Social value associated with wellbeing impacts of sports events attendance and participation.
Land Value Benefits 
o Land value uplift associated with the Portland site housing development.
Please note that the annualised benefits for each option are presented within Technical Economic
Appendix I whilst the section below present the total impacts/benefits (discounted and non-discounted). 
The main benefits of the project are outlined in table below. The main beneficiaries have been defined as
direct to North Ayrshire Council and indirect to Ayrshire residents and Ayrshire businesses.
Table 24 Coastal Hub main benefits
Type Direct  Indirect 
Cash releasing Income earned through fees/rents
charged for commercial use of
events space 
N/A
Non-cash releasing N/A Leveraged investment in private housing
development resulting in one-off home
furnishing impacts and ongoing household
spend impacts – GVA
Health benefits resulting from play park use 
Health benefits resulting from Skatepark use
Health benefits resulting from Outdoor gym use
Wellbeing impact from community use of events
space 
Increased activity in the Ayrshire visitor
economy – GVA 
Wellbeing impact from attendance at cultural
events
Wellbeing impact from attendance at sporting
events
Land Value Uplift from housing development
Carbon Benefit N/A Carbon reduction impact of increase plant life
Qualitative (or non-
quantifiable)
Priming of pilot house for future
community/commercial use
Supporting ongoing investment in
the harbourside 
Supporting future leveraged private
investment 
Preservation of listed pilot house 
Increased pride of place 
Links with active travel routes to train station 
Contributing to more and longer visits
185

Page 186

113  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Decontamination of public land 
Enhanced reputation for Ayrshire as
a good place to do business 
Prime the harbourside location
future investment in marine leisure,
hospitality businesses 
Increase in the quality of events that
can be hosted 
Improved cultural heritage offer and
opportunities for engagement and learning
experiences
Diversion of car traffic away from park,
increasing user safety 
3.6.3 Estimating costs
The costs associated with the project are considered below:
o Capital cost of the construction of the Coastal Hub (playpark, skatepark, gym, events space
improvements, surfacing and landscaping works, restoration of the pilot house and other
infrastructure).
o Ongoing operational costs cost associated with the maintain of the Coastal Hub (mainly ongoing
landscaping care, inspection and maintenance of skatepark, playpark, and gym equipment).
The capital costs have been developed by the lead organisation and are based on RIBA Stage 4 cost
estimates. 
The ongoing operational costs are based on the project’s financial model and are adjusted for inflation.
We have also considered the following adjustments to costs:
o Cost of risk retained – based on RIBA Stage 4 cost items, the scale of the of impact associated with
item risk and the probability of the risk occurring;
o Optimism bias – assessed at 10% HM Treasury Greenbook suggests optimism bias for capital
projects to be assessed at 2%-40%. Given the extent on project development work already
completed (at the RIBA Stage 4) there is a level of cost certainty. We note that built into the cost
estimates are contractor preliminaries and contingencies. It is therefore felt that a 10% optimism
bias is an appropriate assessment; and
o Carbon costs –The assessment of carbon emissions cost has been prepared in line with HM Treasury
Greenbook Guidance and considers the cost of carbon associated with capital phase of the project
(Embodied Carbon) and the cost of carbon associated with the ongoing operation of the project
(Operational Carbon). The valuation of costs is based on an independent carbon emissions analysis
from Climate Positive Design consultants.
A detailed presentation of these costs can be found in Technical Economic Appendix I. 
Further, the monetisation of expected project’s embodied and operational carbon emissions has been
included as cost lines within the net present value calculation. Further detail on the methodology to
monetise carbon emissions can be found in Technical Economic Appendix.
In addition to the quantified project costs, the following qualitative project costs have been identified.
Table 25 Qualitative project costs 
Description Assumptions Mitigation Plan Timescales
Qualitative
Project cost
1
Disruption for local
people and businesses
as a result of the
construction works and
operation of the
completed
development.
The construction and
operation of the project
will have some negative
impacts on local people
and businesses through
increased noise, traffic
and temporary loss of
park amenity
Timetable construction
activity to avoid
early/late hours and
weekend working.
Project cost during the
construction period (2024
– 2026) for the Growth
Deal/public sector funded
element and 2030 - 2034
for the follow-on housing
investment.
186

Page 187

114  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Qualitative
Project cost
2
Disruption for local
people due to larger
scale events being held
at the park
Events held at the park
may increase levels of
noise pollution, put
pressure on local facility,
roads, public transport,
waste services, etc. 
NAC should ensure
additional resources and
infrastructure are put in
place for the area to be
able to host a large
number of people for
their own events and
contractually require
third party events to do
the same.
Project disbenefit to last
from project
development completion
to the end of the
appraisal period (2027 to
2048)
3.6.4 Net present value benefits findings
Tables below present the results of the economic appraisal, reporting the total undiscounted and the
total net present value benefit of each of the four short-listed options. Note that the results represent
cumulative values assessed over a 25-year project appraisal period (consistent with capital project
appraisals). Results are presented for all three geographic levels of analysis. Figures are presented in £m,
rounded to the nearest £0.1m and present values are discounted at a rate of 3.5%. Note that the cost
sand benefit lines presented in Tables 26, 27, and 28 correspond directly to the benefits and costs listed
in section 3.6.2.
Table 26 Results of Economic Appraisals – Ayrshire
Business-as-usual Case 25-year Undiscounted (£m) 25-year Net Present Value (£m)
Capital £0.0 £0.0
Cost of Risk Retained £0.0 £0.0
Optimism Bias £0.0 £0.0
Operational £0.3 £0.2
Carbon (Embodied and Operational) £0.0 £0.0
Project Costs £0.3 £0.2
Cash releasing benefits £0.1 £0.1
Carbon influence £0.0 £0.0
Net cost (project costs less cash
releasing benefits less carbon influence) £0.1 £0.1
Social benefits £29.3 £20.0
Economic benefits £5.3 £3.1
Land value benefits £1.4 £1.0
Non-cash releasing benefits £36.0 £24.1
Net Benefit (Non-cash releasing
benefits minus Net cost) £35.9 £24.1
Coastal Hub Option 25-year Undiscounted (£m) 25-year Net Present Value (£m)
Capital £4.6 £4.5
Cost of Risk Retained £0.3 £0.2
Optimism Bias £0.5 £0.4
Operational £0.4 £0.2
Carbon (Embodied and Operational) £0.4 £0.3
187

Page 188

115  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Project Costs £6.0 £5.8
Cash releasing benefits £0.2 £0.2
Carbon influence £0.0 £0.0
Net cost (project costs less cash
releasing benefits less carbon influence) £5.8 £5.6
Social benefits £54.9 £36.3
Economic benefits £32.1 £19.3
Land value benefits £1.6 £1.2
Non-cash releasing benefits £88.6 £56.9
Net Benefit (Non-cash releasing
benefits minus Net cost) £82.9 £51.3 
Table 27 Key Results of Economic Appraisals – Scotland
Counterfactual Case 25-year Undiscounted (£m) 25-year Net Present Value (£m)
Capital £0.0 £0.0
Cost of Risk Retained £0.0 £0.0
Optimism Bias £0.0 £0.0
Operational £0.3 £0.2
Carbon (Embodied and Operational) £0.0 £0.0
Project Costs £0.3 £0.2
Cash releasing benefits £0.1 £0.1
Carbon influence £0.0 £0.0
Net cost (project costs less cash
releasing benefits less carbon influence) £0.1 £0.1
Social benefits £22.0 £15.0
Economic benefits £3.1 £1.8
Land value benefits £1.4 £1.0
Non-cash releasing benefits £26.5 £17.9
Net Benefit (Non-cash releasing
benefits minus Net cost) £26.3 £17.8
Coastal Hub Option 25-year Undiscounted (£m) 25-year Net Present Value (£m)
Capital £4.6 £4.5
Cost of Risk Retained £0.3 £0.2
Optimism Bias £0.5 £0.4
Operational £0.4 £0.2
Carbon (Embodied and Operational) £0.4 £0.3
Project Costs £6.0 £5.8
Cash releasing benefits £0.2 £0.2
188

Page 189

116  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Carbon influence £0.0 £0.0
Net cost (project costs less cash
releasing benefits less carbon influence) £5.8 £5.6
Social benefits £41.6 £27.6
Economic benefits £24.8 £14.9
Land value benefits £1.6 £1.2
Non-cash releasing benefits £68.0 £43.7
Net Benefit (Non-cash releasing
benefits minus Net cost) £62.2 £38.2 
Table 28 Key Results of Economic Appraisals – UK
Counterfactual Case 25-year Undiscounted (£m) 25-year Net Present Value (£m)
Capital £0.0 £0.0
Cost of Risk Retained £0.0 £0.0
Optimism Bias £0.0 £0.0
Operational £0.3 £0.2
Carbon (Embodied and Operational) £0.0 £0.0
Project Costs £0.3 £0.2
Cash releasing benefits £0.1 £0.1
Carbon influence £0.0 £0.0
Net cost (project costs less cash
releasing benefits less carbon influence) £0.1 £0.1
Social benefits £19.8 £13.5
Economic benefits £0.0 £0.0
Land value benefits £1.4 £1.0
Non-cash releasing benefits £21.2 £14.6
Net Benefit (Non-cash releasing
benefits minus Net cost) £21.1 £14.5
Coastal Hub Option 25-year Undiscounted (£m) 25-year Net Present Value (£m)
Capital £4.6 £4.5
Cost of Risk Retained £0.3 £0.2
Optimism Bias £0.5 £0.4
Operational £0.4 £0.2
Carbon (Embodied and Operational) £0.4 £0.3
Project Costs £6.0 £5.8
Cash releasing benefits £0.2 £0.2
Carbon influence £0.0 £0.0
189

Page 190

117  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Net cost (project costs less cash
releasing benefits less carbon influence) £5.8 £5.6
Social benefits £37.4 £24.8
Economic benefits £0.0 £0.0
Land value benefits £1.6 £1.2
Non-cash releasing benefits £39.1 £26.1
Net Benefit (Non-cash releasing
benefits minus Net cost) £33.3 £20.5
3.6.5 Benefits to cost ratios
o The Benefit to Cost Ratio (BCR) – which measures Net Benefits against Net Costs; and
o The net additional Benefit to Cost Ratio (NABCR) – which measures the Net Additional Benefits (i.e.
the Net benefits generated by the Coastal Hub option less the Net Benefits generated under the
business-as-usual case) against the Net Additional Cost (i.e. The Net Costs incurred under the
Coastal Hub option less the net costs incurred within the business-as-usual case.
The tables below presents the BCR and NABCR for all options at the Ayrshire, Scotland and UK levels.
Note that the total benefit is equal to the present value of cash releasing benefits plus non-cash releasing
benefits and total cost is equal to the present value of the project costs as defined previously.
Table 29 Benefit to cost ratios 
Business As Usual Coastal Hub Option
Region Total Benefit Total Cost BCR Total Benefit Total Cost BCR
Ayrshire £23.2 £0.2 136.0 £55.8 £5.8 9.7
Scotland £16.9 £0.2 99.2 £42.7 £5.8 7.4
UK £13.2 £0.2 79.8 £25.0 £5.8 4.3 
Table 30 Net Additional BCR for the Coastal Hub Option
Region Net Add Benefit Net Add. Cost NABCR
Ayrshire £32.6 £5.6 5.8
Scotland £25.7 £5.6 4.6
UK £11.4 £5.6 2.0
3.6.6 Option appraisal conclusions
Business-as-usual Case: at all geographic levels of analysis the business-as-usual case delivers positive net
present value benefits primarily driven by the no capital input required and a low, but steady level of
social benefits associated with use of the coastal hub area as current. We note that the BCR for the BAU
case is very high – ranging from 79.8 to 136.0. However, to put this into context, the high BCRs are driven
by the lack of any capital expenditure within this option. Further to this, the BAU fails to address any of
the business and project objectives to any significant extent. 
Coastal Hub Option: at all geographic levels of analysis the Coastal Hub option delivers positive net
present value benefits, driven by significant social benefits and economic benefits. When considering the
BCR the project is expected to deliver a strong positive return at all geographies. When considering the
NABCR, the project is expected to deliver positive socioeconomic return at all geographic levels. At three
190

Page 191

118  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Ayrshire level the NABCR is 5.8, meaning that for every additional £1 of public expenditure, the project
will generate £5.80 in additional net socioeconomic benefit.
3.7 Qualitative benefits appraisal
This section evaluates each option against a set of identified qualitative benefits.
3.7.1 Methodology
The qualitative benefits that are likely to be generated through the each of the options have been
discussed and agreed as part of a qualitative scoring workshop held virtual on MS Teams on 15 April
2024, attended by representative of the NAC Project Team and appointed economic consultancy EKOS.
The benefits have been assessed against each of the five investment objectives. A weighting has been
assigned to each objective based on “relative importance” or the likely magnitude of the qualitative
impacts on the identified stakeholders and beneficiaries. The relative importance was determined at the
workshop with input from the ANS project team based on their community and stakeholder engagement
and consultations, local expertise and input from EKOS based on their experience in developing Growth
Deal OBC/FBCs across Scotland.
3.7.2 Qualitative benefits criteria 
The table below presents the qualitative benefits criteria for each investment objective.
Table 31 Qualitative benefits criteria
Investment Objectives Qualitative Benefits Weight
Support local economic growth
through developing a regional
Coastal destination by constructing
new high quality recreational assets
Preservation of listed pilot house 
Priming of pilot house for future community/commercial use  10%
Support regeneration of the wider
area across the entirely of Irvine
Harbourside linking to the
redevelopment of Maritime Mile and
national Maritime Museum
Pride of place (Ayrshire residents) 
Supporting ongoing investment in the harbourside (North
Ayrshire Council)
Supporting future leveraged private investment (North
Ayrshire Council)
Links with active travel routes to train station (Ayrshire
residents)
Contributing to more and longer visits (Ayrshire businesses)
Improved cultural heritage offer and opportunities for
engagement and learning experiences (Ayrshire Residents)
Decontamination of public land (North Ayrshire Council)
35%
Build the required enabling
infrastructure to make the area more
attractive to private sector
investment.
Enhanced reputation for Ayrshire as a good place to do
business 
Prime the harbourside location future investment in marine
leisure, hospitality businesses 
25%
Deliver local health and wellbeing
benefits through providing
recreational opportunities for all
ages and increasing quality and use
of public realm spaces
Diversion of car traffic away from park, increasing user safety 
10%
Increase visitors to Irvine and the
Ayrshire regional by developing a
regional visitor destination
underpinned by recreational
Increase in the quality of events that can be hosted 
Showcase for the development of new local events 20%
191

Page 192

119  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
opportunities and a fit for purpose
events space.
3.7.3 Qualitative benefits scoring
The scoring of each of the Coastal Hub option and counterfactual options against the benefit criteria was
carried out on a scale of 0 to 9 (0 being the lowest score and 9 being the highest score achievable).
Each option was considered against the sets of qualitative benefits relating to each investment objective,
first considering if the activities carried out under each option deliver each qualitative benefit, and
second to what degree or how well each qualitative benefit will be delivered. Scoring was agreed in
collaboration with all project partners.
The weighted score is derived by standardising the raw scores based on the weights described in the
tables above. The weights are multiplied by the maximum total raw score of 45 to derive a maximum
weighted score for each benefit criterion. The achieved raw score is divided by 9 (to determine the
proportion of the criterion specific maximum weighted score achieved) and then multiplied by the
maximum weighted score. 
Table 32 Weighted scoring example
Benefit Criteria Max Total Raw
Score
Weight Max Weighted
Raw Score
Coastal Hub
Option Raw
Score
Coastal Hub
Option weighted
score
Inv. Obj. 2 45 35% 15.75 (35% * 45) 8 out of 9 10 [(8/9) * 15.75]
Benefits scores were allocated on a range of 0-9 for each option and agreed by discussion by the workshop
participants to confirm that the scores were fair and reasonable.
3.7.4 Analysis of key results
The table below presents the raw and weighted qualitative benefits scores for each option.
Table 33 Benefits Appraisal Results
Benefit Criteria and Weight Business-as-usual Coastal Hub
Raw (R) and weighted (W) scores R W R W
Investment objective 1 0 0 7 3.5
Investment objective 2 2 3.5 9 15.75
Investment objective 3 0 0 8 10
Investment objective 4 0 0 9 4.5
Investment objective 5 3 3 8 8
Total 5 6.5 41 41.75
Rank 2 1
The key considerations that influenced the scores achieved by the various options were as follows:
Business-as-usual Case: This option ranks second of two as it delivers very little in terms of qualitative
benefits. The area as current still offers some recreational benefit and can continue to host some events
even in the absence of investment. Wider regeneration projects could still tap into and link with the
current park and events area. However overall benefits would be limited.
Coastal Hub option: This option ranks first as it is expected to deliver the highest level of qualitative
benefits. The capital investment will deliver the restoration and preservation of the listed pilot house,
create new and improved recreational facilities for residents and visitors, leverage further investment,
192

Page 193

120  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
and link strongly with the wider regeneration of the Irvine Harbourside to create a strong overall offer
able to host large scale events to the benefit the local economy.
3.8 Risk appraisal – unquantifiables
This section assesses the unquantifiable risks associated with each option.
3.8.1 Methodology
The table below provides a qualitative appraisal of risk against the following broad categories – business
risk, service risk, and external systemic and catastrophe risk.
The risks for each option have been scored to give an overall risk rating score based on the following:
o probability (i.e. how likely they are to occur) – scored 1 to 5, with 1 being low probability to 5 being high
probability (a);
o impact (i.e. what effect it will have on the successful delivery of the project/ option and achieving the
investment objectives) – scored 1 to 5, with 1 being low impact and 5 being high impact (b). 
Overall risk rating score (c) = probability (a) * impact (b) 
3.8.2 Risk scores
The raw and weighted scores are presented in Table 34 below.
Table 34 Summary of the risk appraisal results    
Preferred Option BaU Case    
Prob Impact Score Prob Impact Score
Business risk
Reputational
risk
The risk that there will be an undermining
of residents’/media’s perception of North
Ayrshire Council to deliver local amenities
and benefits
1 3 3 3 3 9
Service risk
Design risk
Design cannot deliver the services to the
required quality standards – poorly
designed playpark, skatepark, outdoor gym
2 4 8 4 4 16
Capital risk
Installation of new kit/equipment is not
completed on time, to budget and to
specification.
1 4 4 0 4 0
Programme
intelligence
risk
Initial scoping works are inadequate, and
costs and timescales change 0 2 0 0 2 0
Operational
risk
Operating costs increase from budget and
that project cannot be delivered as
intended.
1 3 3 0 3 0
Demand risk
Demand for service (residents and visitors)
does not match the levels assumed within
the business case.
1 2 2 2 2 4
Maintenance
risk Maintenance and repair vary from budget. 3 3 9 1 3 3
193

Page 194

121  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Technology
risk
Changes in technology result in services
being provided using sub-optimal technical
solutions.
0 0 0 0 0 0
Funding risk
The value of funding leveraged from all
public sources varies from the levels
forecast.
2 3 6 0 3 0
Funding risk The value of private sector finance
leveraged varies from the levels forecast. 1 1 1 0 1 0
Funding risk
Availability of funding or delays in decision-
making leads to delays and reductions in
scope as a result of reduced monies.
2 2 4 0 2 0
External systemic and catastrophe risks
Policy risk
Changes in policy leading to unforeseen
changes in priorities – i.e. partners no
longer support the programme.
1 2 2 1 2 2
Technological
disruption risk
New techniques emerging that completely
transform the way things are done. 1 1 1 1 1 1
Macro-
economic
shocks
Unforeseen implications e.g. global
financial markets - cost of living crisis,
inflation, energy costs etc
2 3 6 2 3 6
Total     48     37
Our key observations from the qualitative risk scoring exercise are provided below.
Buisness-as-usual case: Overall, this is the less risky option, however, doing nothing is not risk free. In
particular, this option carries the greater reputational risk as it may be perceived that the NAC is unwilling
or unable to deliver key regeneration projects in areas of need. There is also risk in lack of investment as
the area could further deteriorate having negative knock-on impacts on local amenity and recreational
value, ability to host events, and increased maintenance and repair costs in the future.
Coastal Hub option: Compared to the buisness-as-usual case, this option carries more risk overall,
particularly related to risks of capital spend, funding, deliverability and demand. Of note, are the capital
and operational risks and demand risks. Any increase in the former two or decline in the latter would
negatively affect the socioeconomic performance and returns associated with the project.
3.9 The preferred option
The table below summarises the ranking for each option in terms of performance in the net present benefit,
qualitative benefits and risk appraisals.
Table 35 Summary of overall results
Evaluation Results Buisness-as-usual Case Coastal Hub Option
Economic Appraisal 2 1
Qualitative Benefits  2 1
Risk  1 2
Total Score 5 4
Overall Ranking 2 1
The Coastal Hub option scores the highest overall when considering the economic and qualitative benefit
appraisals. Although it is riskier than the business-as-usual case, when considering the expected benefits, the
Coastal Hub option ranks higher and is the preferred option.
194

Page 195

122  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
3.10 Sensitivity analysis
It is good practice to include an element of sensitivity analysis within the economic appraisal and we have
considered two approaches:
o switching values – the % change required within the costs or benefits of the alternative options to
equal that of the preferred option; and
o scenario planning – adjusting (cost and benefit) parameters within the cost-benefit model to assess
the scale of impact on the preferred option. This also helps to identify where any additional
mitigating actions need to be considered.
3.10.1 Results of switching values
Table below presents the percent change in each cost and benefit line required to equate it to the
Coastal Hub option (preferred option). Note that this analysis is done at the 25-year time horizon.
Table 36 Switching values
Change in Costs and Benefits Business-as-usual Case Coastal Hub Option
Project costs 3,278% £5.8
Cash releasing benefits 73% £0.2
Non releasing cash benefits – Ayrshire 136% £56.9
Non releasing cash benefits – Scotland 145% £43.7
Non releasing cash benefits - UK 79% £26.1
Net present value benefit – Ayrshire 113% £51.3
Net present value benefit – Scotland 115% £38.2
Net present value benefit – UK 41% £20.5
3.10.2 Key observations
The key observations from the switching value analysis are that the net present value benefit delivered by
the business-as-usual case would need to increase by 41% at the UK level, 115% at the Scotland level and
113% at the Ayrshire level.
3.10.3 Results of scenario planning
The scenario planning analysis presents the expected net present benefit generated by the preferred
option under the following scenarios:
1. 40% increase in the capital costs (in additional cost of risk retained and optimism bias already
included);
2. 50% reduction in user of the playpark, skatepark and outdoor gym, a 50% reduction in visitor
uplift and 50% reduction in events increases.
3. Worst case scenario – combination of scenarios 1 and 2.
Note that the scenario planning analysis assesses impacts over the 25-year appraisal period.
The table below present the results of the scenario planning (discounted values). Note that the baseline
results of the business-as-usual case are presented for comparison purposes.
195

Page 196

123  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Table 37 Summary of scenario planning results Coastal Hub Option 
Coastal Hub
Option Scenario 1
(£m)
Coastal Hub
Option Scenario
2 (£m)
Coastal Hub
Option Scenario
3 (£m)
Ayrshire 
Capital £6.3 £4.5 £6.3
Cost of Risk Retained £0.2 £0.2 £0.2
Optimism Bias £0.6 £0.4 £0.6
Operational £0.2 £0.2 £0.2
Carbon (Embodied and
Operational) £0.3 £0.3 £0.3
Project Costs £7.7 £5.8 £7.7
Cash releasing benefits £0.2 £0.2 £0.2
Carbon influence £0.0 £0.0 £0.0
Net cost (project costs
less cash releasing
benefits less carbon
influence)
£7.6 £5.6 £7.6
Social benefits £36.3 £18.2 £18.2
Economic benefits £19.3 £11.5 £11.5
Land value benefits £1.2 £1.2 £1.2
Non-cash releasing
benefits £56.9 £31.0 £31.0
Net Benefit (Non-cash
releasing benefits minus
Net cost)
£49.3 £25.4 £23.4
Scotland 
Capital £6.3 £4.5 £6.3
Cost of Risk Retained £0.2 £0.2 £0.2
Optimism Bias £0.6 £0.4 £0.6
Operational £0.2 £0.2 £0.2
Carbon (Embodied and
Operational) £0.3 £0.3 £0.3
Project Costs £7.7 £5.8 £7.7
Cash releasing benefits £0.2 £0.2 £0.2
Carbon influence £0.0 £0.0 £0.0
Net cost (project costs
less cash releasing
benefits less carbon
influence)
£7.6 £5.6 £7.6
Social benefits £27.6 £13.9 £13.9
Economic benefits £14.9 £8.5 £8.5
Land value benefits £1.2 £1.2 £1.2
Non-cash releasing
benefits £43.7 £23.7 £23.7
Net Benefit (Non-cash
releasing benefits minus
Net cost)
£36.2 £18.1 £16.1
UK 
Capital £6.3 £4.5 £6.3
Cost of Risk Retained £0.2 £0.2 £0.2
196

Page 197

124  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Optimism Bias £0.6 £0.4 £0.6
Operational £0.2 £0.2 £0.2
Carbon (Embodied and
Operational) £0.3 £0.3 £0.3
Project Costs £7.7 £5.8 £7.7
Cash releasing benefits £0.2 £0.2 £0.2
Carbon influence £0.0 £0.0 £0.0
Net cost (project costs
less cash releasing
benefits less carbon
influence)
£7.6 £5.6 £7.6
Social benefits £24.8 £12.5 £12.5
Economic benefits £0.0 £0.0 £0.0
Land value benefits £1.2 £1.2 £1.2
Non-cash releasing
benefits £26.1 £13.8 £13.8
Net Benefit (Non-cash
releasing benefits minus
Net cost)
£18.5 £8.2 £6.2
Figures presented in millions and rounded to nearest £0.1m. Figures discounted at 3.5%.
Table 38 Summary of scenario planning results – Business as Usual Case 
Business as Usual
(£m) Scenario 1
Business as Usual
(£m) Scenario 2
Business as Usual
(£m) Scenario 3
Ayrshire   
Capital £0.0 £0.0 £0.0
Cost of Risk Retained £0.0 £0.0 £0.0
Optimism Bias £0.0 £0.0 £0.0
Operational £0.2 £0.2 £0.2
Carbon (Embodied and
Operational) £0.0 £0.0 £0.0
Project Costs £0.2 £0.2 £0.2
Cash releasing benefits £0.1 £0.1 £0.1
Carbon influence £0.0 £0.0 £0.0
Net cost (project costs
less cash releasing
benefits less carbon
influence)
£0.1 £0.1 £0.1
Social benefits £20.0 £10.0 £10.0
Economic benefits £3.1 £3.1 £3.1
Land value benefits £1.0 £1.0 £1.0
Non-cash releasing
benefits £24.1 £14.1 £14.1
Net Benefit (Non-cash
releasing benefits minus
Net cost)
£24.1 £14.1 £14.1
Scotland
Capital £0.0 £0.0 £0.0
Cost of Risk Retained £0.0 £0.0 £0.0
Optimism Bias £0.0 £0.0 £0.0
Operational £0.2 £0.2 £0.2
197

Page 198

125  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Carbon (Embodied and
Operational) £0.0 £0.0 £0.0
Project Costs £0.2 £0.2 £0.2
Cash releasing benefits £0.1 £0.1 £0.1
Carbon influence £0.0 £0.0 £0.0
Net cost (project costs
less cash releasing
benefits less carbon
influence)
£0.1 £0.1 £0.1
Social benefits £15.0 £7.5 £7.5
Economic benefits £1.8 £1.8 £1.8
Land value benefits £1.0 £1.0 £1.0
Non-cash releasing
benefits £17.9 £10.4 £10.4
Net Benefit (Non-cash
releasing benefits minus
Net cost)
£17.8 £10.3 £10.3
UK
Capital £0.0 £0.0 £0.0
Cost of Risk Retained £0.0 £0.0 £0.0
Optimism Bias £0.0 £0.0 £0.0
Operational £0.2 £0.2 £0.2
Carbon (Embodied and
Operational) £0.0 £0.0 £0.0
Project Costs £0.2 £0.2 £0.2
Cash releasing benefits £0.1 £0.1 £0.1
Carbon influence £0.0 £0.0 £0.0
Net cost (project costs
less cash releasing
benefits less carbon
influence)
£0.1 £0.1 £0.1
Social benefits £13.5 £7.8 £7.8
Economic benefits £0.0 £0.0 £0.0
Land value benefits £1.0 £1.0 £1.0
Non-cash releasing
benefits £14.6 £8.8 £8.8
Net Benefit (Non-cash
releasing benefits minus
Net cost)
£14.5 £8.7 £8.7
Figures presented in millions and rounded to nearest £0.1m. Figures discounted at 3.5%.
The table below presents the BCRs and NABCRs for each option under each sensitivity scenario.
Table 39 Summary of scenario planning results (BCRs)  
Business As Usual Coastal Hub Option
Region Total
Benefit Total Cost BCR Total
Benefit Total Cost BCR
Increase in Capital Costs
Ayrshire £23.2 £0.2 136.0 £55.8 £7.6 7.2
Scotland £16.9 £0.2 99.2 £42.7 £7.6 5.5
UK £13.2 £0.2 79.8 £25.0 £7.6 3.2
Reduction in Benefits
Ayrshire £13.2 £0.2 77.3 £29.9 £5.6 5.2
198

Page 199

126  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Scotland £9.4 £0.2 55.1 £22.6 £5.6 3.9
UK £6.9 £0.2 40.2 £12.7 £5.6 2.2
Worst-Case Scenario
Ayrshire £13.2 £0.2 77.3 £29.9 £7.6 3.9
Scotland £9.4 £0.2 55.1 £22.6 £7.6 2.9
UK £6.9 £0.2 40.2 £12.7 £7.6 1.6
Figures presented in millions and rounded to nearest £0.1m. Figures discounted at 3.5%
Table 40 Summary of scenario planning results (NABCRs) 
Net Additional BCR
Region Net Add. Benefit Net Add. Cost NABCR
Increase in Capital Costs
Ayrshire £32.6 £7.6 4.3
Scotland £25.7 £7.6 3.4
UK £11.4 £7.6 1.5
Reduction in Benefits
Ayrshire £16.6 £5.6 3.0
Scotland £13.1 £5.6 2.3
UK £5.7 £5.6 1.0
Worst-Case Scenario
Ayrshire £16.6 £7.6 2.2
Scotland £13.1 £7.6 1.7
UK £5.7 £7.6 0.8
Figures presented in millions and rounded to nearest £0.1m. Figures discounted at 3.5%.
3.10.4 Key observations
The Coastal Hub option continues to generate a higher NPV benefits than the baseline business-as-usual
case under many sensitivity scenarios. Where it falls short are at the UK level of analysis under scenarios
2 and 3 (partly driven by the technical requirements of assessing benefits at the UK level) and under
scenario 3 at the Scotland and Ayrshire level, albeit just slightly below that of the baseline business-as-
usual case.
When considering the BCRs, the Coastal Hub option continues to deliver a BCRS and NABCRS greater than
1 across all scenarios and geographies except for the UK levels under the worst-case scenario. 
Overall, the project is resilient in terms of quantifiable socioeconomic benefits, and it would take a
significant decrease in the expected project benefits for the project to fail to generate positive
socioeconomic returns at the UK level. 
3.11 Preferred option 
Based on the analyses and appraisal presented within this Economic Case we confirm that the Coastal
Hub Option is the preferred option.   
199

Page 200

127  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
4. The Commercial Case
4.1 Introduction
The improved Beach Park, featuring a state-of-the-art regional play facility, positions Irvine as a family-
friendly destination, also appealing to a wider demographic with the added provision of the skatepark,
pump track (subject to additional external funding) and outdoor gym. As the first phase of the wider
Great Harbour project and development of the new sustainable destination, the Maritime Mile, this
enhancement is expected to elevate Irvine‘s image and attract events, contributing to increased tourism
and commercial opportunities. Further opportunities for private investment are identified within the
Great Harbour Masterplan and sites ‘de-risked’ to attract investment. Several informal discussions are
on-going with private developers seeking commercial opportunities within the area triggered by the new
tourism destination being delivered on Irvine Harbourside. 
The Coastal Hub Project represents a significant endeavour within Irvine's broader development strategy
of the Great Harbour, aimed at revitalising the town’s coastal area and fostering economic growth. This
comprehensive economic viability analysis delves into the project's potential to stimulate tourism,
catalyse business expansion, and deliver sustainable returns for stakeholders, offering insights into its
commercial feasibility and long-term impact.
Stimulating Tourism
Central to the economic viability of the Coastal Hub Project is its ability to attract tourists and enhance
visitor experiences. Through the development of diverse attractions, including a state-of-the-art play
facility, skatepark, pump track, and outdoor gym, the project aims to position Irvine as a magnet for
families, adventurers, and leisure seekers. By offering a compelling mix of recreational activities and
amenities, the project anticipates a steady influx of tourists, thereby bolstering footfall, hotel occupancy
rates, and spending in local businesses. The enhanced events space equipped with necessary utilities and
improved access, creates an attractive venue for large-scale event organisers, as tested during the
Making Waves Festival. It will serve as a magnet for tourists, offering a diverse range of entertainment
and cultural experiences. By hosting a variety of events, including concerts, festivals, and community
gatherings, the arena will attract visitors from near and far, bolstering footfall and spending in local
businesses. Moreover, the events area complements the project's other attractions and facilities creating
a vibrant hub of activity that appeals to a wide range of demographics and interests.
Catalysing Business Growth
The economic impact of the Coastal Hub extends beyond the tourism sector, catalysing business growth
and entrepreneurial activity throughout Irvine and its surrounding areas. With increased foot traffic in
the Beach Park area, local businesses stand to benefit from heightened patronage, particularly in sectors
such as hospitality, retail, and recreational services. Moreover, the project's strategic location within the
wider Great Harbour area is expected to attract private developers and investors, further stimulating
commercial development and job creation in the area. The enhanced events area plays a vital role in
catalysing business growth and economic development within Irvine and its surrounding areas. As a focal
point for entertainment and cultural activities, the space drives demand for hospitality services, retail
outlets, and recreational facilities, creating opportunities for local businesses to thrive. Additionally, the
hosting of large-scale events and festivals attracts private investors and developers, spurring commercial
development and job creation in the area. By positioning Irvine as a premier events destination, the
arena contributes to the Irvine’s reputation as a vibrant and dynamic economic hub.
200

Page 201

128  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Delivering Sustainable Returns
A key consideration in evaluating the economic viability of the Coastal Hub Project is its capacity to
deliver sustainable, long-term returns for stakeholders. Leveraging a mix of public and private funding
sources, including government grants, private investments, and strategic partnerships, the project aims
to ensure prudent allocation of resources and maximise returns on investment. By integrating digital
infrastructure and innovative technologies, such as AR experiences and public Wi-Fi, the project enhances
operational efficiency and cost-effectiveness, while futureproofing against evolving market dynamics and
consumer preferences. Additionally, the events area’s flexibility to host a variety of events throughout
the year enhances its revenue-generating potential, ensuring long-term viability and financial
sustainability. Furthermore, strategic partnerships with event organisers and sponsors enhance the
spaces commercial appeal and contribute to its success as a premier events space.
Strategic Partnerships
Strategic partnerships play a pivotal role in enhancing the commercial viability of the Coastal Hub project,
enabling access to expertise, resources, and funding opportunities. Leveraging partner funding, digital
infrastructure is seamlessly integrated into the project, enhancing visitor experiences and operational
efficiency. Furthermore, collaborations with equipment manufacturers and suppliers ensure timely
delivery and quality installation of play equipment, skatepark features, and the pump track, enhancing
the project's competitiveness and appeal. Collaborations with event organisers, sponsors, and promoters
ensure a diverse lineup of events that appeal to a broad audience, maximising attendance and revenue
opportunities. Additionally, partnerships with local businesses and vendors create synergies that enhance
the overall visitor experience, fostering repeat visitation and long-term patronage.
The Coastal Hub Project holds significant promise as a catalyst for economic growth and development in
Irvine and its surrounding areas. By stimulating tourism, catalysing business expansion, and delivering
sustainable returns for stakeholders, the project embodies Irvine's commitment to innovation,
prosperity, and community well-being. As the project progresses, continued monitoring and evaluation
will be essential to ensure its long-term success and alignment with broader economic objectives.
4.2 Required services
The Coastal Hub project aims to transform the current landscape, transitioning it from one defined by
road infrastructure and car parks to a pedestrian-oriented environment that seamlessly integrates with
the surrounding natural and historic assets. By establishing direct connections between the destination
play area and the broader beach park amenity space, including walking routes, a boating pond, as well as
providing a direct link to the beach, and barrier-free access to the historic Pilot House building, Harbour
Point, and onward to the Town Centre, the project seeks to enhance accessibility and promote active
travel.
Key features of the Coastal Hub include the creation of new footpaths and cycling paths, redesigning the
road leading to Harbour Point to prioritise pedestrian safety and comfort, and implementing pedestrian
crossings. These improvements aim to encourage pedestrian traffic, accommodate increased footfall, and
promote cycling as a sustainable mode of transportation.
At the heart of the project is the development of a high-quality play area designed to cater to a diverse
range of ages and interests. From traditional play equipment to natural play elements, interactive
environments, interpretive displays, skate areas, and a pump track, the play area will offer a multifaceted
and engaging experience for visitors, establishing itself as a prominent destination within the community.
Situated within a flat landscape with natural enclosure to the south and overlooking by the Billy Bing hill
to the north, the Coastal Hub site encompasses various assets, including the southern end of the harbour
201

Page 202

129  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
side walkway, the large Beach Park car park, the Pilot House, and an amenity grass area. Currently, the
site is divided by the Beach Drive carriageway and a roundabout, posing barriers to pedestrian
connectivity between the car park, waterfront, and beach. Through thoughtful design and strategic
interventions, the Coastal Hub project seeks to overcome these barriers, fostering greater cohesion and
accessibility throughout the area.
Overall, the Coastal Hub project represents a transformative endeavour that not only improves the
physical environment but also fosters community engagement, promotes active lifestyles, and enhances
the overall attractiveness of the area as a destination for residents and visitors alike.
The Coastal Hub physical improvement works are focusing on integrating play with the landscape to
provide a fully immersive experience for a range of users. The works include the play park, skatepark and
potentially also a pump track (subject to additional external funding) within the Beach Park, landscaping
and road and paths alignment between the Beach Park and the Harbour with associated enabling works,
and infrastructure connectivity for the events area. Due to the complexity and variety of work packages
differing in type, the service of a principal contractor is required to programme and manage the works.
The pump track has been included within the tender to be costed separately, in order to determine
whether it could be funded from the budget. If this is not possible then an application will be made to
SportScotland in September 2024 and consultants are currently preparing cost information to support
any required applications.  
The play equipment for the play park, the skatepark and the pump track are specialist packages of work
which will be subcontracted by the main contractor for the manufacture and installation of the
equipment and features, with fixed lump sum allocations within the contract, as these types of facilities
are designed and constructed to set budgets. 
The Play Park is the focal point of the works and is the first milestone to be delivered as part of the works.
Additional work
Several additional works have been planned or delivered by the Council within the area independently to
support and enhance AGD proposals, based on the feedback received during public and stakeholder
consultations. These include:
• Digital infrastructure – a series of multiuse columns within the Great Harbour project area utilising
partner funding, with 4 columns located to serve the Coastal Hub and provide the mixture of uses,
such as lighting, CCTV monitoring, weather monitoring, public information, public wi-fi supporting
additional Augmenter Reality experience for STEM and heritage trails proposed for later phase,
small cell 5G supporting events;
• Outdoor Gym – located near the Boating Pond opposite the proposed play park area to enhance the
physical activity opportunity for older age groups within the ‘wellness hub’ of the Beach Park; and
• Boating Pond picnic area improvements – utilising partner funding to provide better facilities for the
enjoyment of the outdoors, encouraging longer stays.
4.3 Agreed risk transfer
The general principle is to ensure that risks should be passed to the “party best able to manage them”,
subject to value for money (VFM). The potential allocations of risks are tabulated below. All design
services include collateral warranties and are covered by professional indemnity insurances.
Under the NEC4 Engineering and Construction Contract with option B, risk transfer occurs through
several mechanisms inherent in the contract's structure. Option B, commonly known as the "priced
202

Page 203

130  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
contract with bill of quantities," involves payment based on a pre-agreed target cost plus a fee. Here's
how risk transfer takes place under this contract option:
Cost Management and Risk Sharing | The contractor under option B is reimbursed for their actual costs
incurred in executing the works, including labour, materials, and other defined costs, up to the pre-
agreed target cost. Any costs incurred above the target cost are borne by the contractor, incentivising
them to manage costs effectively and minimising the employer's exposure to cost overruns. This transfer
of cost risk from the employer to the contractor encourages the latter to implement efficient cost control
measures throughout the project duration.
Shared Risk Allocation | The NEC4 contract emphasises collaborative risk management through shared
risk allocation between the employer and the contractor. While the contractor bears the risk of cost
overruns beyond the target cost, the employer shares the risk of cost savings under the "pain/gain share"
mechanism. This approach fosters a collaborative environment where both parties are incentivised to
work together to manage risks and deliver the project within the agreed budget.
Compensation Events | The NEC4 contract provides a mechanism for addressing unforeseen events or
changes that may impact the project's cost or schedule, known as Compensation Events. These events
entitle the contractor to additional time and/or money to compensate for the impact of the event.
However, not all Compensation Events result in additional payment; some may have a neutral or even
beneficial effect on the target cost, depending on their nature and impact. This mechanism ensures that
risk associated with unforeseen events is appropriately allocated between the employer and the
contractor.
Early Warning System | The NEC4 contract includes an Early Warning system, which requires both parties
to notify each other promptly of any issues or risks that may affect the project's cost, schedule, or quality.
This proactive approach to risk management enables early identification and mitigation of potential risks,
reducing the likelihood of disputes and minimising the impact of risks on project outcomes. By fostering
open communication and collaboration, the Early Warning system facilitates effective risk transfer and
management throughout the project lifecycle.
Considering the above, risk transfer occurs through a combination of cost management mechanisms,
shared risk allocation, Compensation Events, and proactive risk management practices. By promoting
collaboration, transparency, and effective risk management between the employer and the contractor,
the contract facilitates the successful delivery of projects while minimising disputes and maximising value
for all parties involved.
It has been agreed that service risks in the design, build and operational phases will be apportioned as
follows: 
Table 41 Risk transfer matrix
Risk Category Potential allocation 
Council Designer/
Consultant
Contractor Users
1. Design risk    
2. Construction and development risk    
3. Transition and implementation risk    
4. Availability and performance risk    
203

Page 204

131  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
5. Operating risk    
6. Variability of revenue risks    
7. Termination risks    
8. Technology and obsolescence risks     
9. Control risks    
10. Residual value risks    
11. Financing risks    
12. Legislative risks    
13. Other project risks - environmental    
14. Other project risks - stakeholder    
15. Other project risks – supply chain    
16. Other project risks - market    
17. Other project risks - political    
18. Other project risks - legal    
19. Other project risks – H&S    
20. Other project risks - quality    
21. Other project risks - reputation    
22. Other project risks - force majeure    
4.4 Agreed charging mechanisms
The model contract selected for the Coastal Hub civils is NEC4 Engineering and Construction Contract
(Option B – with Bill of Quantities). At its core it encourages collaboration and follows the principles of
partnership and provides comprehensive risk management mechanisms, including early warnings,
multilevel risk registers with monitoring process. 
Option B of the contract indicates the charging mechanism based on bill of quantities. 
A professional advisor has been appointed to manage the construction works and contract on behalf of
the council and provide a Principal Designer service within the meaning of the CDM 2015 regulations. In
addition, project management will be overseen by North Ayrshire Council’s internal PMI team, which will
also provide the services of the Clerk of Works and Quantity Surveyor for cost control and interim works
evaluation and certification for the purpose of invoicing. 
Under the NEC4 Engineering and Construction Contract with option B, the concept of transferring risk is
inherently tied to the payment mechanism, as both elements are integral to the contract's overarching
objective of promoting collaboration, transparency, and risk management between parties.
Target Cost and Risk Transfer
Option B of the NEC4 contract utilises a target cost mechanism, where the contractor is reimbursed for
their actual costs plus a fee, subject to a target cost. Any savings or overruns relative to the target cost
are shared between the employer and the contractor according to a pre-agreed formula. This mechanism
inherently transfers certain risks from the employer to the contractor. For example, the contractor
204

Page 205

132  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
assumes the risk of cost overruns up to the agreed target cost, incentivising them to manage costs
efficiently to maximise their fee.
Risk Management Through Defined Cost
Within the NEC4 framework, the term "Defined Cost" encompasses various elements of expenditure
incurred by the contractor, including labour, materials, subcontractor costs, and other defined items. By
defining the reimbursable costs in detail, the contract promotes transparency and accountability in cost
management, facilitating effective risk identification and allocation. Contractors are incentivised to
manage these costs diligently, as any cost overruns directly impact their fee under the target cost
mechanism.
Early Warning and Risk Allocation
The NEC4 contract emphasises proactive risk management through the Early Warning process, wherein
parties are required to notify each other of any potential risks or issues that may impact the project's
time, cost, or quality. This enables timely mitigation measures to be implemented, minimising the
likelihood and impact of risks. By facilitating open communication and collaboration, the contract
promotes a shared understanding of risks and encourages parties to work together to address them
effectively.
Risk Sharing Through Compensation Events
Compensation Events, as defined under the NEC4 contract, represent events that entitle the contractor
to additional time and/or money due to circumstances beyond their control. The contract sets out a clear
process for assessing and compensating the contractor for these events, thereby promoting fairness and
transparency in risk allocation. By providing a mechanism for addressing unforeseen events, the contract
mitigates the risk of disputes and encourages parties to work collaboratively to resolve issues.
In summary, the NEC4 Engineering and Construction Contract with option B integrates risk transfer
mechanisms with the payment mechanism to promote effective risk management and collaboration
between parties. By aligning incentives, promoting transparency, and providing clear processes for
addressing risks, the contract facilitates the successful delivery of projects while minimising disputes and
maximising value for all stakeholders involved.
4.5 Agreed contract length
The contract is anticipated to commence on 7 October 2024 with an anticipated duration of 74 weeks.
The table below highlights some of the key dates that are required to be met during the contract period:
Table 42 Coastal Hub contract key dates
Milestone/Key Date Anticipated delivery date
Contract Commencement  7th October 2024
Play Park completed (Key Date) 30th June 2025
Completion 6th April 2026
Defects / Maintenance Period (1 Year Post Completion) 6th April 2027
4.6 Key contractual clauses
The contractor will act as Principal Contractor as defined by the Construction (Design and Management)
Regulations 2015.
Works will include but not be limited to the following:
205

Page 206

133  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
• Undertake dilapidation survey of all existing roads, paths, fences, gates and walls within the site and
at junctions with adjoining highways.
• Obtain current utilities records.
• Service alterations and their co-ordination with public utilities and site users.
• Mobilise and set up safe routes to be shared with park users to enclosed live working areas.
• Set up welfare facilities, site offices, staff parking and material storage areas.
• Site clearance of fences, planting and signage.
• Install new drainage systems including managing existing surface water within the site boundaries
• Diversion of existing sewer
• Creation of new carriageway and footway areas
• Lining of existing car parks
• Hard landscaping including new and upgraded paths, walls, steps, paving etc
• Soft landscaping (shrubs / grasses etc)
• New Play Area
• New Pump (subject to funding) and Skate Track
• Improvements to the historic building - Pilot House
• Installation of street furniture, signage and fencing
• De-mobilise and clear site.
Protocols to ensure the safety of the public will require to be implemented. Typically, this will include
physical segregation at working areas which will be construction sites, vehicle speed restrictions and use
of banksman to escort vehicles.
The contractor will be responsible for the management of all traffic management for the duration of the
works.
Further details are bound by the contract and contain commercially sensitive information, which cannot
be shared. 
4.7 Personnel implications (including TUPE)
TUPE – the Transfer of Undertakings (Protection of Employment) Regulations 1981 will not apply to this
investment because it does not involve the transfer of an undertaking or part of an undertaking as
defined by the regulations. There are no personnel implications there is no change of employer resulting
from a transfer of ownership or outsourcing arrangement. The involvement of contractors,
subcontractors, and consultants is primarily governed by contractual agreements. Therefore, the
investment in the Coastal Hub project is unlikely to trigger the application of TUPE regulations.
4.8 Procurement route and implementation timescales
To establish the most appropriate procurement route, an options appraisal was carried out with input
from Council teams with relevant expertise and experience. This was supported by lessons learnt log
collecting relevant experience on similar projects delivered by the Council. The process established the
preferred option to appoint a main contractor for the entirety of the works required and to allow for
subcontracting and managing any specialist contractors required to deliver works. This is deemed the
most advantageous option, ensuring budget flexibility and control between work packages and better
planning of works and site management, and effective use of resources. 
206

Page 207

134 
Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
The alternative option would require individual tender exercises for each specialist package of works, i.e.
play, groundworks, hardworks, softworks etc, and subsequently individual contracts. Due to the limited
availability of NAC resources, there is not sufficient in-house provision to provide simultaneously
adequate multiple procurement services and contract management and coordination without extending
project timescales. As a mitigation, additional consultancy would require to be commissioned, which
would increase the overall cost. However experience gathered on other NAC projects suggests that this
option would increase the risk of more inefficient budget management and the risk of delays, as it would
provide less scope for budget or programme realignment between varied contractors.  In this respect,
this option is not supported. 
Adhering to the CWB principles, a list of local contractors was collated to allow the main contractor to
consider their appointment for any relevant works.
NEC4 Construction and Engineering Contract with Option B will be used to promote collaboration, early
warnings and arbitration. 
The procurement was carried out in accordance with the NAC Procurement Strategy 2023 -2026. 
The procurement process was carried out in three stages on Public Contracts Scotland, as listed below: 
• first stage: involving a Procurement Information Notice (PIN) to gauge an initial interest and
sector capacity to deliver work;
• second stage: verified contractors’ capacity and capability to deliver service within the timescale;
and 
• third stage: involved inviting shortlisted bidders to submit full financial and quality bids.
PIN notice was issued in Jan/Feb to gauge an initial interest and sector capacity to deliver work. This
resulted in 24 expressions of interest and 6 full submissions received, which confirmed the capacity and
capability of delivery within the timescales. 
The second stage was carried out in March/April 2024 and was a selection process, where the bidders’
capability, capacity and experience to perform the contract was assessed via the SPD (Scotland). i.e. the
SPD (Scotland) is used to shortlist bidders. This meant the number of bidders could be reduced at the
selection stage.
Five bidders were shortlisted and invited to the next stage. 
The third stage was carried out in July 2024 with Invitation to Tender issued to the bidders shortlisted at
stage 2 and the bids were assessed to determine the most economically advantageous tender, the basis
of contract award.  
The full bid comprised of a technical bid with the proposed financial submission against the Bills of
Quantities, and the quality submission, with additional Client Appraisal Questionnaire (pass/fail) in
relation to the project examples submitted at previous stage. 
NEC4 Construction and Engineering Contract with Option B will be used to promote collaboration, early
warnings and arbitration. 
The designer developing the proposals is taking on the role of Contract Administrator and Principal
Designer in relation to the civil contract to ensure continuity. 
The planning permission for the proposals was granted in January 202414. 
14 24/00077/PP planning application
207

Page 208

135  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
An evaluation and scoring of quality bids were carried out individually by four members of the project
team, including a professional advisor appointed to develop the tender specifications. The financial bids
were evaluated by the Council’s QS team and resulted with the shortlist, which was then discussed at the
consensus meeting and the BAFO agreed. 
Implementation timescales relating to the Coastal Hub construction works are as follows: 
07/10/2024 – construction contract award
11/11/2024 – site start
30/06/2025 – play park completion [milestone]
06/04/2026 – practical completion 
06/04/2027 – end of defect liability period and retention period
10/05/2027 – evaluation report 
Table 43 Coastal Hub programme
Great Harbour | Phase 1 | Coastal Hub    
STAGE Detailed
Design
Technical
Design Tender FBC
approval Construction Defect period   
critical milestone   
Q3 23/24 27/11/2023   PIN         
Q4 23/24               
Q1 24/25   17/05/2024 10/04/2024         
Q2 24/25     26/07/2024  07/10/2024     
Q3 24/25         11/11/2024     
Q4 24/25               
Q1 25/26         30/06/2025     
Q2 25/26              
Q3 25/26               
Q4 25/26              
Q1 26/27        06/04/2026     
Q2 26/27              
Q3 26/27               
Q4 26/27               
Q1 27/28           04/04/2027   
Contract Exit Strategy
Contract Exist Strategy is provided in Appendix O. 
4.9 FRS 5 accountancy treatment 
It is envisaged that the assets underpinning the delivery of the service will be on the balance sheet of the
organisation should the development remain in the ownership of NAC. 
208

Page 209

136  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
4.10 Subsidy Control
The Coastal Hub phase of the project is being delivered directly by NAC and the works will directly benefit
the local community - there is no financial assistance being granted as part of this phase of the Great
Harbour project. In terms of subsequent phases, it has been identified that the planned grant of AGD
funds from NAC to the Scottish Maritime Museum as part of Phase 3 – the Maritime Heritage Hub, will be
subject to subsidy control considerations. As a condition of the grant from NAC, SMM will require to
ensure that the grant funds are utilised in accordance with subsidy control legislation.   
209

Page 210

137  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
5. The Financial Case 
5.1 Introduction 
Great Harbour 
The financial projections demonstrate a sustainable funding model, considering both initial development
costs and long-term maintenance. The proposed investment in the Great Harbour project was £16.0
million at Outline Business Case stage in June 2021 invested in phases. This included an uncommitted
sum of £2m from NPL which is no longer relevant to the currently developed project. The overall budget
available to the project is £14m from the Ayrshire Growth Deal, plus a number of small-scale committed
funds. The phasing has been revised and updated following the post-OBC development including
finalising the Masterplan, development frameworks and intensive consultations with relevant services,
professionals, stakeholders and the local community. The proposed phasing reflects the deliverability
assessed against timescales and maximum opportunities for partnership funding. 
Technical Note: 
This financial analysis adheres to the appraisal techniques outlined in the HM Treasury Green Book (HM
Treasury, 2022) and the financial case incorporates the following:
• Nominal Prices: All monetary values are presented in nominal terms, reflecting their actual value at
the time of expenditure and including the effects of annual inflation. By using nominal prices, the
financial case provides a realistic view of financial flows, accounting for inflation in budgeting and
cash flow projections.
• Construction Inflation (Coastal Hub): The value of construction contract is based on the actual tender
prices received, therefore does not require construction inflation. The model contract used is the
NEC4 Engineering and Construction Contract with Option B, which operates on a fixed-price basis for
the agreed scope of work, meaning the prices set out in the Bill of Quantities are fixed and do not
adjust for inflation over the course of the project.
Table 44 Great Harbour project phasing  
Great Harbour
Phase Programme Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3 TOTAL
Scope
Project
management Coastal Hub   Maritime Mile hubs
connections Maritime Heritage Hub  
Development Play Park Marine & Arts Hub Harbour Master's
Office marketing
Masterplan Pilot House plaza Transport and parking
remodelling 
Gap site marketing
(between 128 and 138
Harbour Street)  
Events space at
the Beach Park
Active travel
infrastructure
Pilot House
restoration*  
Digital network
infrastructure
Harbour Master's
Office restoration
Residential - Portland
site marketing*  
Beach Park
access Public/events spaces   
AGD budget [M] £1.091 £5.010 £5.809 £2.090 £14.000
Additional
funding [M] £0.130 £0.154  £0.636  £0.000  £0.920 
210

Page 211

138  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
committed
additional NAC £0.130 £0.023 - - £0.153
Sustrans - -  £0.079 - £0.079
VDLF - - £0.158 - £0.158
DIST - - £0.392 - £0.392
CLF - - £0.007 - £0.007
CLCF** - £0.131 - - £0.131
TOTAL
committed  £1.221 £5.164 £6.445 £2.090 £14.920
Additional
funding [M] £0.000 £0.365 £0.042 £5.525 £5.932
potential 
sources  
Sport Scotland Sustrans NLHF  
CLCF additional NAC HES
other other additional NAC
TOTAL
proposed
investment [M]
£1.221 £5.529 £6.487 £7.615 £20.852
*Subject to additional funding secured
** Funding not committed with sources identified, included within tender to generate competitive pricing
Phase 1 - Coastal Hub 
Phase 1 relates to the Coastal Hub diverse ‘play activity’ within the area of the Beach Park and Pierhead/
Harbour Point with wider improvements of access to the open green space of the Beach Park for
increased wellbeing benefits for local residents and visitors. Project costs account for whole life costs and
the breakdown for the Coastal Hub is shown below.  
Table 45 Phase 1 FBC costings
Service (RIBA stage of works) Timescales  Total 
GH phase 1 development (stage 0-4) Nov 2021 – May 2023   
GH phase 1 delivery (stage 5-6)
·         Consultancy
·         Civils
·         Contingency
May 2023 – April 2026 
Defects Period/ Evaluation (stage 7) April 2026 – April 2027 
Community fund May 2023 – April 2026 £25,000 
TOTAL Coastal Hub   £5,164,233 
DEDUCTIONS PBIF - committed £22,625 
CLCF - potential £131,251 
TOTAL AGD   £5,010,357 
211

Page 212

139  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
5.2 Impact on the organisation’s income and expenditure
account
Similar to the overarching Great Harbour project, the Coastal Hub was designed to balance high-quality
public spaces and amenities with future maintenance considerations, including resource pressures. While
addressing maintenance requirements creates employment opportunities, the design also considers
layouts, materials, and finishes to minimise and simplify future maintenance burdens, ultimately
contributing to long-term affordability. The capital costs are outlined in the tables below. 
Summary of financial appraisal – draw down profile
Coastal Hub
Table 46 Coastal Hub Funding
FUNDED BY Capital
Expenditure 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30
UK Gov 0                      
Scottish Gov 4,774,005           1,377,972 2,659,976 736,057      
Regional
Partners 236,352     1,300 0 237,533 -2,481          
AGD TOTAL 5,010,357 0 0 1,300 0 237,533 1,375,491 2,659,976 736,057 0 0 0
PBIF 22,625         22,625            
Funding tbc -
Pump Track* 131,251           131,251          
PROJECT TOTAL 5,164,233 0 0 1,300 0 260,158 1,506,742 2,659,976 736,057 0 0 0
* Funding not committed with sources identified, included within tender to generate competitive pricing
Great Harbour 
Table 47 Great Harbour Funding
FUNDED BY Capital
Expenditure 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30
UK
Government 0                      
Scottish
Government 9,000,000           1,377,972 4,044,350 2,194,902 1,382,775 0 0
Regional
Partners 5,000,000 31,401 99,670 138,253 213,262 305,307 93,689 99,536 253,849 2,168,325 1,544,203 52,505
AGD TOTAL 14,000,000 31,401 99,670 138,253 213,262 305,307 1,471,661 4,143,886 2,448,751 3,551,100 1,544,203 52,505
VDLF 157,500     20,722 211 5,446 131,122          
CFCR - Staffing 112,226     26,995 41,959 43,272            
CFCR - Other 17,800       17,800              
CLF 7,230     7,230                
Sustrans 78,823       28,750 50,073            
PBIF 22,625         22,625            
5G SIPP 392,000           392,000          
TBC FUNDING -
PUMP TRACK 131,251           131,251          
PROJECT TOTAL 14,919,455 31,401 99,670 193,200 301,982 426,723 2,126,034 4,143,886 2,448,751 3,551,100 1,544,203 52,505
* Funding not committed with sources identified, included within tender to generate competitive pricing
212

Page 213

140  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Summary of financial appraisal – planned project delivery/spend
Coastal Hub
Table 48 Coastal Hub Spend Profile
EXPENDITURE Capital
Expenditure 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30
Coastal Hub 5,164,233 0 0 1,300 0 260,158 1,506,742 2,659,976 736,057 0 0 0
Total 5,164,233 0 0 1,300 0 260,158 1,506,742 2,659,976 736,057 0 0 0 
Great Harbour 
Table 49 Great Harbour Spend Profile
EXPENDITURE Capital
Expenditure 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30
Programme 1,220,907 31,401 99,670 163,948 246,631 111,043 96,170 99,536 103,020 106,626 110,358 52,505
Phase 1
Coastal Hub 5,164,233 0 0 1,300 0 260,158 1,506,742 2,659,976 736,057 0 0 0
Phase 2
Maritime
Mile (Marine
& Arts Hub)
6,444,314 0 0 27,952 55,351 55,522 523,122 1,384,374 1,609,674 1,354,474 1,433,845 0
Phase 3
Maritime
Heritage Hub
2,090,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2,090,000 0 0
Great
Harbour
Total
14,919,455 31,401 99,670 193,200 301,982 426,723 2,126,034 4,143,886 2,448,751 3,551,100 1,544,203 52,505
5.3 Impact on the balance sheet 
One crucial aspect when assessing the economic viability of the Coastal Hub project is its ability to yield
sustainable, long-term returns while remaining affordable. Through a blend of public and private funding
sources, including government grants, private investments, and strategic partnerships, the project aims
to allocate resources wisely and maximise returns on investment. By integrating digital infrastructure and
innovative technologies like Augmented Reality experiences and public Wi-Fi, the project not only
enhances operational efficiency but also focuses on cost-effectiveness, ensuring affordability. This
approach also futureproofs the project against evolving market dynamics and consumer preferences.
Additionally, the events space’s flexibility to host various events throughout the year enhances its
revenue-generating potential, thus ensuring long-term affordability and financial sustainability. 
The redevelopment of the Beach Pavilion at the later phases, adopts a model where community
amenities such as toilets and communal spaces are sustained by revenue generated from the commercial
rental of the restaurant, fostering affordability in the long term. Thoughtful planning for sustainability,
adaptability, and resilience further ensures the project's long-term affordability, including strategies for
ongoing maintenance, community involvement, and continuous improvement. 
5.4 Overall affordability 
The total cost of the phase 1 of the Great Harbour project, the Coastal Hub is £5.164m with £5,010m
from Ayrshire Growth Deal, £22,625 from the Place Based Investment Fund (approved and spent) and
external funding of £131,251, which is estimated to be required to deliver the pump track. This sum
213

Page 214

141  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
includes cost of development and delivery of the Coastal Hub along with a 10% contingency of the civils
contract, which is deemed appropriate for this stage of the project. The expenditure is spread over the
18-month construction contract.
The AGD investment into Phase 1 represents 33% of the total Great Harbour budget. Along with the
programme cost, including Great Harbour development and overall management costs at 6.6%, it reflects
a proportionate spend relative to the scope of physical works and geographical area. 
Table below captures all these elements. 
Table 50 Phase 1 FBC costings
Service (RIBA stage of works) Timescales  Total 
GH phase 1 development (stage 0-4) Nov 2021 – May 2023   
GH phase 1 delivery (stage 5-6)
·         Consultancy
·         Civils
·         Contingency
May 2023 – April 2026 
Defects Period/ Evaluation (stage 7) April 2026 – April 2027 
Community fund May 2023 – April 2026 £25,000 
TOTAL Coastal Hub   £5,164,233 
DEDUCTIONS PBIF - committed £22,625 
CLCF - potential £131,251 
TOTAL AGD   £5,010,357 
While Phase 3 of the Great Harbour project has a defined allocation with limited flexibility, Phase 2 offers
potential for more flexibility and value engineering opportunities. This flexibility will help adjust the
overall Great Harbour budget allocations between phases if necessary. Furthermore, the Leverage
Funding Strategy has been developed to maximise funding opportunities from internal and external
sources. 
The project has been the subject of consultation with all relevant services to minimise maintenance and
upkeep burdens. The construction contract includes initial 12-month maintenance period, and a detailed
Coastal Hub Maintenance Plan (Appendix M) has been prepared. This plan will be updated post-
construction, to capture all relevant maintenance and repair regime requirement with identified
processes and timescales to assist relevant services and to ensure adequate revenue allocations are put
in place. North Ayrshire Council will deliver and fund the ongoing maintenance of the Coastal Hub
facilities.
While the Great Harbour project will create several revenue generating opportunities, the Coastal Hub
focuses on the improvements to the events space as its main revenue generating element. These
improvements aim to make it more attractive for major events organisers and better equipped with
necessary utilities for all events. The Maritime Mile Events Programme has been developed to promote
and test all the events areas along the Maritime Mile, including the upgraded events space as part of the
Coastal Hub development.
In conclusion, the Great Harbour project's affordability is assured through strategic financial planning,
secured funding, and proactive cost management. With full funding for Phase 1, a balanced allocation of
214

Page 215

142  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
resources, and the flexibility to adjust budget allocations as needed, the project remains financially
sound. Additional funding opportunities and a detailed maintenance plan further ensure long-term
financial stability. By focusing on revenue-generating improvements, particularly in the events space, the
project is poised to generate sustainable income, solidifying its financial viability and success. 
ASSURANCE STATEMENT
This is to confirm that the financial profile for the project outlined in Section 5.2
above reflects the position of North Ayrshire Council as at the date stated below.  
Name of Council’s S95 Officer in block capitals:   
Signed: 
Date 
215

Page 216

143  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
6. The Management Case 
6.1 Introduction
The management plan for the Great Harbour project is intricately designed around a robust governance
structure that ensures accountability and oversight throughout the project lifecycle. This plan
meticulously outlines project milestones and gateways, serving as checkpoints for monitoring progress
and obtaining approvals at critical junctures. These milestones and gateways align closely with RIBA Work
Stages, providing a clear framework for project progression.
Divided into three distinct phases, the management plan delineates the work into manageable segments,
each corresponding to specific procurement requirements and types of activities. Additionally, these
phases account for dependencies such as partnerships and regulatory consenting processes, ensuring
seamless coordination across various stakeholders.
To ensure thorough scrutiny and decision-making at key junctures, the management plan incorporates a
three-level gateway review process. This includes evaluation by the Project Board, Executive Leadership
Team (ELT), and ultimately, North Ayrshire Council’s Cabinet, ensuring that decisions are made with
comprehensive consideration and adherence to project objectives.
Given the complexity and expansive geographical scope of the Great Harbour project, a phased delivery
approach is deemed necessary. This phased delivery strategy is guided by predefined milestones and
gateways, allowing for incremental progress and adaptation to evolving circumstances. This approach is
particularly evident in the submission of the Full Business Cases (FBCs), with each submission focusing on
specific phases of the project. This current Full Business Case, focuses on the delivery of the Coastal Hub
as a first phase and also provides an update on the overall Great Harbour Programme, following the
approval of the Outline Business Case (OBC) in June 2021. 
While the OBC emphasised the development of activity hubs with individual growth potential and
enhanced connectivity, the delivery phasing strategy must carefully consider various factors. These
factors include the nature of construction works proposed, procurement requirements, budget
constraints, timelines for securing external funding, readiness of partner organisations, and internal
approval processes. By integrating these considerations into the delivery phasing, the management plan
ensures alignment with project objectives while mitigating risks and optimising resource utilisation.
The details of phasing with associated timescales are described within previous Sections of the FBC and
outlined in Table 51. The scope of the phasing with allocated budgets are presented in Table 52. 
216

Page 217

144  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Table 51 Great Harbour Milestones
Great Harbour
Gateway | Milestone Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3 RIBA Stage
0 Establishment of project governance and
Strategic Business Case 
0 - Strategic
Definition 
1 Sign-off concept delivery/ objectives and
Outline Business Case development 
1 - Preparation &
Briefing 
2 - Concept Design 
OBC submission to PMO & Govt(s)  - 
OBC approved by Government  - 
2
Completion of the detailed design 27/11/2023 09/12/2024 Q2 26/27 2 - Concept Design
3 - Developed
Design  Statutory Consents 31/01/2024 16/06/2025 Q2 27/28 
3
Completion of Technical Design 20/05/2024 16/06/2025 Q2 27/28
4 - Technical Design 
Completion of Construction Tender 26/07/2024 18/08/2025 Q3 27/28 
Internal sign-off of FBC (Cabinet) 27/08/2024 22/07/2025 Q2 27/28 - 
FBC Submission 10/06/2024 01/07/2025 Q2 27/28 - 
FBC approved by Economic Joint
Committee 04/09/2024 26/08/2025 Q2 27/28 - 
EJC Update (evidence of tender) 06/09/2024 06/09/2025 Q3 27/28 - 
4 Construction start 07/10/2024 06/09/2025 Q3 27/28 5 - Manufacturing &
Construction 
5 Construction complete and Handover 06/04/2026 06/08/2027 Q2 28/29 6 - Handover 
6
Retention/Reporting
outputs/outcomes/CWB incl. AGD
Evaluation/Monitoring
06/04/2027 06/08/2028 Q2 29/30 7 - Use 
RAG STATUS  
Green = on track 
Amber = subject to change/potential delay 
217

Page 218

145  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Table 52 Great Harbour project phasing  
Great Harbour
Phase Programme Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3 TOTAL
Scope
Project
management Coastal Hub   Maritime Mile hubs
connections Maritime Heritage Hub  
Development Play Park Marine & Arts Hub Harbour Master's
Office marketing
Masterplan Pilot House plaza Transport and parking
remodelling 
Gap site marketing
(between 128 and 138
Harbour Street)  
Events space at
the Beach Park
Active travel
infrastructure
Pilot House
restoration*  
Digital network
infrastructure
Harbour Master's
Office restoration
Residential - Portland
site marketing*  
Beach Park
access Public/events spaces   
AGD budget [M] £1.091 £5.010 £5.809 £2.090 £14.000
Additional
funding [M] £0.130 £0.154  £0.636  £0.000  £0.920 
committed
additional NAC £0.130 £0.023 - - £0.153
Sustrans - -  £0.079 - £0.079
VDLF - - £0.158 - £0.158
DIST - - £0.392 - £0.392
CLF - - £0.007 - £0.007
CLCF** - £0.131 - - £0.131
TOTAL
committed  £1.221 £5.164 £6.445 £2.090 £14.920
Additional
funding [M] £0.000 £0.365 £0.042 £5.525 £5.932
potential 
sources  
Sport Scotland Sustrans NLHF  
CLCF additional NAC HES
other other additional NAC
TOTAL
proposed
investment [M]
£1.221 £5.529 £6.487 £7.615 £20.852
*Subject to additional funding secured
** Funding not committed with sources identified, included within tender to generate competitive pricing
6.2 Programme management arrangements
The Great Harbour project is an integral part of the Tourism Programme, which comprises of a portfolio
of projects that build on and strengthen the existing tourism offer to make Ayrshire a highly desirable
place to visit and live, work and invest in. Total programme funding of £23.5 million, with £18.5 million
from Scottish Government and £5 million from North Ayrshire Council will deliver two major tourism
projects, Marine Tourism and The Great Harbour. 
218

Page 219

146  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
The projects associated with these themes focus on key sectors and strategic sites across Ayrshire, as well
as digital infrastructure, skills, community wealth building and transport – all of which will combine to
facilitate sustained recovery and renewal of the regional economy.
The majority of projects focus on infrastructure investment designed to act as a catalyst for business
growth and are complemented by a Skills and Inclusion Programme and a Community Wealth Building
Programme to ensure maximum benefit for Ayrshire communities, both resident and business, from large
scale capital expenditure.
The Ayrshire Economic Joint Committee, a collaborative body comprising of Elected Members,
representatives from Scottish Enterprise, Skills Development Scotland, business and education and
promoting economic development and growth within the Ayrshire region, has a crucial role in
coordinating efforts to support economic growth and prosperity in the region, leveraging partnerships,
resources, and expertise to achieve its objectives. The Committee oversees the strategic planning at
regional level and builds partnerships and collaborations among local governments, businesses,
educational institutions, and other relevant organisations. By bringing together diverse stakeholders, the
AEJC can leverage resources and expertise to support economic initiatives. 
To ensure the Great Harbour project aligns with the strategic goals and objectives of the overall
programme, a dedicated Programme Manager was appointed as part of the Ayrshire Growth Deal
delivery team at North Ayrshire Council, overseeing the governance and reporting of all projects. The
Programme Manager provides regular updates and reports to the Council’s Executive Leadership Team
and Ayrshire Growth Deal Project Management Office and maintains documentation relating to project
activities, decisions and outcomes and provides project assurance. The Programme Manager also works
closely with a dedicated Finance Manager to ensure that reporting is supported by relevant financial
information and evidence. 
The governance for the AGD programme includes the following:
o The Ayrshire Economic Joint Committee – comprising Elected Members, representatives from SE,
SDS, business and education,
o The Ayrshire Economic Partnership Board – comprising Elected Members representatives from
public sector partners including SE, SDS, HIE, VisitScotland, HE, FE, the third sector and the business
community.
These committees have oversight of the AGD both at a programme level and in terms of approval of
detailed business cases for individual projects as well as continued monitoring and evaluation of the AGD
programme post Deal document sign off.  The projects also have internal Gateway Review Boards to
monitor and review progress and reach agreement on key aspects of the project.
6.3 Project management arrangements 
The project will be managed in accordance with PRINCE 2 methodology ensuring:
o Continued Business Justification: Ensure that the project remains justifiable throughout its lifecycle.
o Learn from Experience: Use lessons from previous projects to improve current and future projects.
o Defined Roles and Responsibilities: Clearly define and communicate the roles and responsibilities of
everyone involved in the project.
o Manage by Stages: Divide the project into manageable stages to facilitate control and review.
o Manage by Exception: Empower management to focus on exceptions while the project team
manages day-to-day activities.
o Focus on Products: Define and manage the project in terms of deliverable products.
219

Page 220

147  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Green Book Business Case model ensures the project is justifiable and aligned with business objectives
and provides monitoring and change control over scope vs benefits and objectives. 
The project is based on plans developed from the vision into a brief, which then was captured into a
Masterplan providing a framework for varied elements of the AGD investment but also for future
opportunities, supporting sustainable growth of the area and the community. Further development is
based on a phased implementation plan, which ensures efficient use of resources and minimises
disruptions to the community. The development timeline includes milestones emphasising a commitment
to timely delivery. The risks are identified, weighted and assessed regularly to ensure adequate and
timely management and mitigation. Roles and responsibilities are clearly identified. 
The governance structure aims to create a clear hierarchy of decision-making while ensuring that
stakeholders are appropriately engaged and informed throughout the project lifecycle. 
Roles and responsibilities relating to the governance structure are clearly identified and they are
presented in table below.  
Table 53 Great Harbour project management roles and responsibilities
Body  Responsibility  Members Process 
Cabinet 
as required
Represents the highest level
of governance and strategic
decision-making for the
project.
Leader of the Council
Cabinet Members (6) 
It involves key executives
and senior leaders
presenting the
recommendations on the
project for approval or
endorsement when
required. 
Planning
Committee 
Discharges the Council's
functions as Planning
Authority in relation to the
Town and Country Planning
Committee Members (8)  It involves senior leaders
presenting the
recommendations on the
project for approval when
required.
Planning Committee 
AEPB / AEJC
PMO
Cabinet
GH Project Board
Stakeholders
Partners
G&I risks &
finance
monitoring
Project Management
ELT
Figure 24 Great Harbour governance structure
220

Page 221

148  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
as required (Scotland) Act 1997 and
other relevant statutes.
Executive
Leadership
Team (ELT) 
bi-monthly
Acts as AGD Programme
Board and is the central
coordination point between
the Cabinet and the Project
Board. They ensure
alignment between project
objectives and organisational
strategy and define support
required from other NAC
services.
Chief Executive Officer
Executive Director – Place
Executive Director –
Communities and Education
Head of Service – Finance 
Head of Service –
Democratic Services
Head of Service – People
and ITC
It involves senior leaders
presenting regular project
updates and
recommendations on the
project for approval when
required.
Project Board 
monthly
Responsible for overseeing
the project's progress,
providing guidance, and
making key decisions. It
serves as the link between
the ELT and Project
Management Team. It
monitors progress and
provides resolution of
design, technical cost and
funding matters.
Senior Manager – Growth
and Investment (Chair)
Project Manager – Growth
and Investment
Programme Manager –
Growth and Investment
Finance Manager
Representatives from
relevant Council Services as
needed
Relevant Project partners as
needed
Subject matter experts as
needed
- main project activity
update 
- risk register and early
warnings
- issues for escalation or
approval of a higher body
- financial projections and
spend review
- funding update
- stakeholder and partner
engagement update
- actions tracker 
Project
Management
Team 
Responsible for day-to-day
project execution and
implementation. They
regularly report to the
Project Board and ensure
that project activities align
with organizational goals.
Also responsible for
communication, stakeholder
and partner management
and engagement.
Senior Manager – Growth
and Investment 
Project Manager – Growth
and Investment
Finance Manager 
Focused discussions on
most urgent issues and
actions to monitor progress
and resolve challenges. 
weekly 
Stakeholders
A range of internal and external stakeholders and project partners have an interest in the project's
success. They provide input, feedback, and support throughout the project lifecycle. 
Internal stakeholders: PMI, Legal, Planning, Regeneration, Active Travel, Roads, Flooding, Streetscene,
Rangers, Communities, Estates, Business Growth, Waste Management, Biodiversity
External stakeholders: 
- Irvine Planning Partnership
- Irvine Community Council
- Heritage and culture focus group
- Water and outdoor sports and activity focus group
- Active travel focus group
- Local Businesses
- Events organisers 
- Irvine Harbour Company/ NPL Estates
- Transport Scotland
221

Page 222

149  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
- Network Rail
- NatureScot
- Scottish Maritime Museum
- Sustrans
- Historic Environment Scotland
- National Lottery 
- Scottish Landfill / Land Trust
- Sport Scotland
- Cycling Scotland 
- Strathclyde Partnership for Transport
- Scottish Government 
- UK Government DSIT 
- Police Scotland
- Scottish Enterprise 
- VisitScotland 
Communication and Engagement
The Stakeholder Engagement and Public Consultation Strategy (Appendix A) has been developed to
ensure all area stakeholders and parties with invested interest are captured and actively engaged and
that the proposals meet local needs and priorities. In accordance with best practice developed by the
Council’s Communities Team, a Stakeholder Reference Group was created with representation from all
community groups within the project area to guide communication, dissemination of information and
engagement strategy, particularly during the development of the public consultations. Several of focus
groups have been established reflecting specific aspects of the proposals. The strategy also provides the
plan of communication and dissemination of information at different stages of the development process.
The outline is captured on the Table 47 below. 
Table 54 Outline of Communication Strategy
stage audience/ means method
MASTERPLAN focus groups • discussion at meetings and workshops
Stakeholder
Reference Group
• discussions and review of consultation material
public consultations • online survey
• paper forms available at the HAC on the Harbourside,
local library and the Council HQ
• consultation events with information boards and
Project Team in attendance
• Information Boards displayed on the Harbourside
• walkarounds 
• presentation 
• competitions for education sector gathering feedback
Press Releases  • regular updates throughout the development informing
of the progress and milestones achieved
NAC Social Media
channels 
• regular updates throughout the development informing
of the progress and milestones achieved
higher education • engagement support with hard-to-reach groups 
• destination development
DETAILED
DESIGN
DEVELOPMENT
focus groups • events testing existing conditions and recording barriers
for users
• discussions at meetings and workshops 
• competitions and projects for education sector
exploring potential for education activity
222

Page 223

150  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Press Releases  • regular updates throughout the development informing
of the progress and milestones achieved
NAC Social Media
channels 
• regular updates throughout the development informing
of the progress and milestones achieved
higher education • destination development
• promotional events
CONSTRUCTION focus groups • events testing improved facilities and showcasing
destination
• projects and events for education testing improved
facilities and showcasing destination
Press Releases  • regular updates throughout the development informing
of the progress and milestones achieved
• promotion of the destination
NAC Social Media
channels 
• regular updates throughout the development informing
of the progress and milestones achieved
• promotion of the destination
higher education • destination development
• promotional events
6.3.1 Project reporting structure
Progress reporting relating to the GH project is represented by the governance structure and
communication strategy described in previous paragraphs. The organisational reporting structure, which
reflects the escalation procedure and the early warning process, is outlined on the diagram below. 
Figure 25 Organisational reporting structure
6.3.2 Project roles and responsibilities
The roles and responsibilities associated with the project governance and progress reporting are
described in previous paragraphs. The roles and responsibilities directly linked to the GH project
management team are captured in the Table 55 below. 
Project Manager
Kasia Smith
Senior Manager
Marnie Ritchie
Head of Service
Louise Kirk
Executive Director
Place Service
Russell McCutcheon
Chief Executive Officer
Craig Hatton
223

Page 224

151  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Table 55 Great Harbour project team roles and responsibilities
Role   Person  Organisation Main responsibilities 
Senior
Responsible
Officer 
Louise Kirk 
Head of Service 
Economic
Development,
Growth and
Regeneration
NAC  • strategic leadership and direction
• accountability for delivery of outcomes, benefit
realisation within time and budget
• high level stakeholder engagement with key
partners and government representatives
• establishment of effective governance and
decision-making process
• quality assurance
• oversight of risk management
• benefit management 
• performance monitoring and reporting
Programme
Manager
Lisa Jamieson 
Strategy and
Programme
Manager
NAC
G&I 
• strategic planning to achieve programme
objectives
• programme design and implementation
• stakeholder management (project teams, PMO)
• resource management 
• programme risk management
• regular reporting to CEO and PMO
Finance
Manager 
Keith
Macdonald 
Strategic Project
Finance
Manager
NAC
Finance
• financial planning and analysis to forecast budget
and cashflow for financial modelling
• financial risk management to ensure risk mitigation
and financial stability throughout project lifecycle 
• financial reporting to CEO and PMO
• financial governance and compliance 
• cross-functional collaboration to ensure alignment
of financial objectives with overall project goals
and objectives
Senior
Manager 
Marnie Ritchie 
Interim Senior
Regeneration
Manager 
NAC 
G&I
• team management and leadership
• oversight of project planning, risk management,
quality assurance and stakeholder engagement
• project control and monitoring against plans and
objectives
• change management 
• resource management
• reporting to SRO
Project
Manager 
Kasia Smith 
Regeneration
Manager
NAC
G&I 
• management of all activities relating to project
development and delivery
• procurement strategy development/ appraisal
• management of consultants and specialist input
• financial monitoring and spend recording
• stakeholder engagement 
• fundraising
• change and risk management and recording
• cross service collaboration
• communications management
• preparation of plans for development and delivery 
• preparation of all project documentation 
• quality assurance
• Reporting to SM
224

Page 225

152  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
6.3.3 Project plan
AGD Implementation Plan 2022 outlines the detail of how each project within the Ayrshire Growth Deal is
expected to be implemented and is subject to annual review and update. It contains key milestones,
outputs, outcomes and risks associated with the development and delivery of each Growth Deal project. 
Table 56 Great Harbour Milestones
Great Harbour
Gateway | Milestone Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3 RIBA Stage
0 Establishment of project governance and
Strategic Business Case 
0 - Strategic
Definition 
1 Sign-off concept delivery/ objectives and
Outline Business Case development 
1 - Preparation &
Briefing 
2 - Concept Design 
OBC submission to PMO & Govt(s)  - 
OBC approved by Government  - 
2
Completion of the detailed design 27/11/2023 09/12/2024 Q2 26/27 2 - Concept Design
3 - Developed
Design  Statutory Consents 31/01/2024 16/06/2025 Q2 27/28 
3
Completion of Technical Design 20/05/2024 16/06/2025 Q2 27/28
4 - Technical Design 
Completion of Construction Tender 26/07/2024 18/08/2025 Q3 27/28 
Internal sign-off of FBC (Cabinet) 27/08/2024 22/07/2025 Q2 27/28 - 
FBC Submission 10/06/2024 01/07/2025 Q2 27/28 - 
FBC approved by Economic Joint
Committee 04/09/2024 26/08/2025 Q2 27/28 - 
EJC Update (evidence of tender) 06/09/2024 06/09/2025 Q3 27/28 - 
4 Construction start 07/10/2024 06/09/2025 Q3 27/28 5 - Manufacturing &
Construction 
5 Construction complete and Handover 06/04/2026 06/08/2027 Q2 28/29 6 - Handover 
6
Retention/Reporting
outputs/outcomes/CWB incl. AGD
Evaluation/Monitoring
06/04/2027 06/08/2028 Q2 29/30 7 - Use 
RAG STATUS  
Green = on track 
Amber = subject to change/potential delay 
Red = Project slippage 
225

Page 226

153  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Table 57 Great Harbour Programme
Great Harbour | Phase 1 | Coastal Hub    
STAGE Detailed
Design
Technical
Design Tender FBC
approval Construction Defect period   
critical milestone   
Q3 23/24 27/11/2023   PIN         
Q4 23/24               
Q1 24/25   17/05/2024 10/04/2024         
Q2 24/25     26/07/2024  07/10/2024     
Q3 24/25         11/11/2024     
Q4 24/25               
Q1 25/26         30/06/2025     
Q2 25/26              
Q3 25/26               
Q4 25/26               
Q1 26/27         06/04/2026     
Q2 26/27               
Q3 26/27               
Q4 26/27               
Q1 27/28           06/04/2027   
6.4 Use of special advisers
Although the Project Management Team operating within the Council's structure is responsible for
managing the development and delivery of proposals, the complexity of the project and its extensive
scope across various types of work necessitate specialist input throughout the proposal development
process. A phased development approach is proposed to promote sustainable resource utilisation and
minimise disruption to users and residents. Drawing from lessons learnt from past regeneration projects
managed by the Council, the preference is for the engagement of multidisciplinary design consultancy
teams. Accessing various frameworks available to the Council enhances appointment efficiency and cost-
effectiveness, further streamlining the process. Contract administration and QS services are provided in-
house. 
The Table 58 below lists the professional expertise required at different stages and appointed
consultants. 
Table 58 Great Harbour professional advisors
stage advisor expertise 
MASTERPLAN  Ironside
Farrar
• urban planning
• Masterplanning
• public engagement
PHASE 1 – Coastal Hub DESIGN Ironside
Farrar
• landscape architecture
• civil engineering
• geotechnical engineering
• lighting design
• ecology
• planning
• play
226

Page 227

154  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
• signage and graphic design
PHASE 1 – Coastal hub
CONSTRUCTION
Ironside
Farrar
• contract administration
• Principal Designer 
PHASE 2 – Maritime Mile DESIGN TBC • landscape architecture
• architecture
• urban design
• public engagement
• civil engineering
• geotechnical engineering
• lighting design
• ecology
• transport planning
• signage and graphic design
PHASE 2 – Maritime Mile
CONSTRUCTION
TBC • contract administration
• Principal Designer
PHASE 3 – Maritime Heritage
Hub 
DESIGN
partner led • architecture
• urban design
• public engagement
• civil engineering
• geotechnical engineering
• lighting design
• ecology
• transport planning
• signage and graphic design
PHASE 3 – Maritime Heritage
Hub  CONSTRUCTION
partner led • contract administration
• Principal Designer
EVALUATION TBC • economic impact
• financial analysis 
• benefits realisation 
The specialist advice relating to phase 1 - the Coastal Hub, is outlined in Table 59 below.
Table 59 Coastal Hub professional advisors
Specialist Area Advisor
Financial in-house
Technical Ironside Farrar
Stantec UK
Applied Ecology
GM Civil& Structural Consulting Engineers
RPS Consulting
Aspect Land & Hydrographic Survey
Procurement and legal in-house
Business assurance in-house
Other - Planning in-house
Ironside Farrar
227

Page 228

155  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
6.5 Arrangements for change management 
Change control is essential for maintaining the integrity and stability of project especially in environments
where even minor changes can have significant implications. It helps prevent unauthorised or
unmanaged changes, minimises disruptions, and ensures that changes align with project objectives and
stakeholder expectations.
Changes to the Great Harbour project are managed by the process designed to capture early warnings,
evaluate the associated risks and impact and provide mitigation options. The associated approval process
ensures revision of options and that changes are necessary, beneficial, and do not have adverse effects
on the project or system. The changes are captured in the FBC for the final review and decision of the
AEJC. 
The change control process will be managed by NAC. Arrangements for change management are set out
within the Ayrshire Growth Deal Governance Document and summarised in the flow chart below. 
Figure 26 Great Harbour Change Control process
228

Page 229

156  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
6.6 Arrangements for benefits realisation
The AGD Benefits Realisation Plan (Appendix F) sets out how the Deal outcomes will be monitored against
alignment with delivery plans and AGD objectives and how the impacts will be captured and reported. It
defines a set of reporting principles, including: adherence to the overarching principles of Government
best practice in project delivery; selecting common monitoring and evaluation (M&E) approaches
that best measure progress in meeting AGD objectives and impacts; and, going forward, continually
updating this Plan and using any other new measures that will help assess and support the better
management of AGD activities and impacts. 
Benefits Realisation Guidance (Appendix G) identifies all the types of outputs, outcomes, impacts and
community benefits that are likely to be generated across the six AGD project themes and includes
pro formas for each project outlining the approach to monitoring and evaluation of relevant outputs,
outcomes, impacts and community benefits. 
The benefits generated by the project are summarised in the benefits realisation matrix. The benefits fall
into the following categories:
o Infrastructure Enabling Infrastructure creating destination
o Investment  Partner and leveraged investment
o Employment Construction and Tourism related jobs
o Community  Regeneration and community capacity and levels of participation
o Enterprise  Enterprise activity (business/3rd sector /community)
o Environmental Enhanced public realm / waterfront / biodiversity
o Marine Access Barrier free access
o Heritage  build and natural heritage enhancement 
o Other  Active Travel / Traffic Management
The analysis of benefits has been prepared in line with the emerging AGD Growth Deal Assurance
Framework. The benefits are closely linked to the project objectives which put enterprise, regeneration
and place development as key objectives. Regional Community Benefits Statement (Appendix L) was also
prepared to support the procurement, record and track pledged community benefits. 
Project specific indicators are listed in tables below:
Outputs
Table 60 Great Harbour Outputs
ID Description  Phase 1 timescale
AGD/O/2 Construction Jobs Output  26/27
AGD/O/1 Direct/Indirect Jobs  29/30
AGD/O/7 New or upgraded roads/junctions/cycle pathways  26/27
AGD/O/9 Development space unlocked  29/30
AGD/O/10 Reduced vacant & derelict land  29/30
AGD/O/13 Visitors  29/30
AGD/O/14 Start-Ups  29/30
AGD/O/16 Leverage: (including LA, HE/FE, Private Sector and any other leverage)  26/27
229

Page 230

157  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
AGD/O/17 Income Levels  29/30
AGD/O/18 Heritage asset restored or brought back to use  26/27 
Outcomes
Table 61 Great Harbour Outcomes
ID Description  Phase 1 timescale
AGD/OT/1 Job Levels (new and maintained)  26/27
AGD/OT/2 Development Space uptake  29/30
AGD/OT/5 Increase in Visitor Spend  29/30
AGD/OT/6 Start-up performance/survival  29/30
AGD/OT/7 Additional Investment (including Foreign Direct Investment)  26/27
AGD/OT/10 Heritage asset restored or brought back to use  26/27
Impacts
Table 62 Great Harbour Impacts
ID Description  Phase 1 timescale
AGD/I/1 Net Job Levels (new and maintained)  26/27
AGD/I/5 Follow on investment  29/30
AGD/I/6 Reduced levels of deprivation within the region  29/30
AGD/I/7 Increased income levels  29/30
AGD/I/8 Heritage asset restored or brought back to use  26/27
Community Benefits
Table 63 Great Harbour Community Benefits
ID Description  Phase 1 timescale
AGD/CB/O/4 Schools Outreach  26/27
AGD/CB/O/5 CWB Support Places  26/27
AGD/CB/O/8 Uplifts in regional supplier spend  26/27
AGD/CB/O/17 Site visits by College or University  26/27
AGD/CB/O/21 Softer community benefits delivered to Ayrshire as part of the
project:
· Sponsorship of local events/community clubs;
· Donations of equipment/goods/materials;
· Volunteering at community events;
· Supporting our older people and adults (e.g. day trip,
coffee morning)
· Assisting with community projects (e.g., painting, grass
cutting); and
 26/27
230

Page 231

158  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
· Assisting with education projects (e.g. STEM). 
In accordance with the NAC Community Benefits in Procurement Policy (2023) the high value of this civils
contract attracts mandatory community benefits clauses and the submission of the relevant offer from all
bidders at the procurement process, which becomes a contractual obligation at the contract award.
Failure to meet the criteria results in the bid being excluded from the procurement exercise. A range of
community benefits is proposed at tender stage with an aim to improve socio-economic and
environmental outcomes of the procurement process. A point-based system allows for the calculation of
relevant level of benefits based on the contract value. The bidders may choose from the support offer
relating to employment, skills, Small-Medium-sized Enterprises, Third Sector Organisations, education
and the Community Wish List collating wishes from local community groups. 
A range of community benefits will be delivered through outreach activities involving schools, higher
education institutions and community groups. A working relationship with local primary and secondary
schools and local youth groups has been established as part of the Stakeholder Engagement and Public
Consultation Strategy (Appendix A) to facilitate exchange of information on the project and its progress
and to gather feedback from students and young people. These included a design competition for the
proposed new play park and a competition for its name. 
In addition, through collaboration with Glasgow Caledonian University (GCU), a long-term partnership has
been established which facilitates working together on understanding principles of sustainable tourism
development. GCU runs student field trips to Irvine Harbour on their undergraduate programme, where
second years students are able to see first-hand development of the destination in progress. GCU
academics have research interests in sustainable tourism and events and seek to develop studies which
are directly relevant to the aims of the development, and they will work with North Ayrshire Council on
gaining insights to guide development. In addition, student projects including undergraduate and post-
graduate dissertations will work on specific challenges relating to the development. 
Many community groups are involved in the development of the proposals through dedicated
workshops, stakeholder reference groups, heritage, history and arts focus group and other stakeholder
engagement activities. Actively involved groups include Irvine Burns Club, Irvine Lasses Burns Club, Irvine
Carters Society, Coastwatch, Irvine Clean Up Crew, Irvine Sub-Aqua Club, Irvine Water Sports Club, Irvine
Royal Academy, Irvine Community Council, Irvine Locality Planning Partnership, Irvine Youth Forum. The
area stakeholders also include the Harbour Arts Centre, local business owners, local schools, local artists
at WASP studios and Irvine Incorporated Trades.
Coastal Hub budget has an allowance of £25k towards the Community Fund to support outreach
initiatives. A range of events is proposed for delivery alongside the physical works aiming to promote the
project, contribute to the outreach and offer further benefits. A list of selected activities and events is
outlined below and detailed within the Maritime Mile Events Programme (Appendix D) :
• Selkie recycling project 'Seaside Squad' for local primary school
• Crazy golf design and build project for local college
• Blue & Green weekend focusing on outdoor activities on water and within the Beach Park
• Varied student-led events providing work experience 
• Wellbeing in blue and green spaces conference
• Grants for community-led events promoting the project or utilising its assets. 
231

Page 232

159  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
6.7 Carbon Management 
Carbon management forms an integral part of the overarching approach to the sustainability strategy of
the Great Harbour project throughout its lifetime, from design, through construction to the end product,
as a physical asset but also as a sustainable destination, encouraging and promoting positive behaviours
and choices. This approach is outlined on the graphic below. 
Figure 27 Great Harbour sustainability approach
This approach integrates Just Transition principles with other pertinent policies at national, regional, and
local levels, as detailed in section 2.2, ensuring alignment with the local context and maximising
opportunities presented by the project’s unique characteristics. All stages of the project consider social
and economic sustainability through NAC’s Community Wealth Building Strategy 2020-2025, as well as
environmental sustainability in line with the Climate Change Act 2019, Scotland’s net zero targets and
NAC’s Sustainable North Ayrshire Strategy 2024-2027. This includes:
o consideration of the transition to the circular economy by promoting reduce, repair, reuse and
recycle initiatives,
o incorporation of output from community consultation,
o being considerate of the local area, wildlife and environment,
o creating accessible and inclusive spaces.
In addition, flood protection and biodiversity considerations are implemented alongside the future
maintenance requirements affecting resources. 
Best practice based on the PAS 2080: Carbon Management in Infrastructure for infrastructure projects
and RICS Whole Life-Cycle Carbon Professional Statement for buildings projects will be implemented
across all of the Great Harbour projects to ensure adequate measuring, monitoring, reduction, and
offsetting of carbon emissions. 
The carbon statement submitted previously through the ‘decarbonising the deal’ exercise, presented
overall approach and categorisation, and is the baseline to monitoring and managing the carbon
emissions of the project. It is provided below for information.
232

Page 233

160  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Table 64 Great Harbour initial carbon statement
Item Project Owner Response
A - Leads to wider carbon emissions reductions; 
B - Will have a negligible effect on wider carbon emissions; or, 
C - Leads to an increase in wider carbon emissions
1.       Project Name  The Great Harbour
2.       Deal Region  Ayrshire
3.       Brief Description of
Project 
Part of expansive investment programme to secure The Great Harbour as a
major regional tourism destination
4.       Expected Carbon
Emissions Impact CONTROL
Category (1-5)
3 - Cap + then Zero
5.       Expected Carbon
Emissions Impact INFLUENCE
Category (A-C)
B
6.       Justification of
Expected Carbon Emissions
Impact Category 
e.g. a short narrative outlining
the key carbon emission
sources and their relationship
to capital and operational net
zero following the Deals
Carbon Emissions Impact
Categorisation Process.
Capital carbon through the construction process of the proposed Play Park,
carparking facilities and SMM Gallery, restoration of the Pilot House and
Harbour Master's Office, public realm improvements and active travel and
traffic management improvements. 
Operational carbon of the historic properties - Pilot House and HMO due
to the limited energy efficiency measures possible to apply.           
Measures to be applied to minimise capital carbon: subcontracting local
trades, use and re-use of materials as local as possible with the early
design stages informed by local availability. 
Measures to be applied to minimise operational carbon: use and/or
incorporation of permeable surfaces, renewable energy sources adequate
to local conditions, high energy efficiency designs, re-use and adaptations
before complete replacement is considered; introduction of the active
travel routs, EV charging points and reallocating parking away from the
main tourism area.
7.       Could the Carbon
Emissions Impact Category
be improved? 
e.g. from Category 4B to
Category 3A
Yes, further specifications could be applied through construction process,
but the cost is likely to be prohibitive, e.g. permeable surfaces instead of
traditional, like tarmac. Additionally recycled materials tend to be of much
higher cost due the resourcing process (labour intensive) and not always at
lower carbon impact. This will be assessed throughout the project lifetime
and considered for individual elements/projects.
8.       Could the carbon
performance of the project
be improved? 
e.g. reducing emissions
further, achieving net zero
faster.
Yes, but as described above it is likely to be cost prohibitive.
9.       How will carbon be
managed? 
e.g. through PAS 2080:
Carbon Management in
Infrastructure for
infrastructure projects or the
RICS Whole Life-Cycle Carbon
Professional Statement for
buildings projects
PAS 2080: Carbon Management in Infrastructure for infrastructure projects 
RICS Whole Life-Cycle Carbon Professional Statement for buildings projects
233

Page 234

161 
Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
10.   What other carbon
savings are expected to result
from the project? 
e.g. wider carbon savings
across the economy resulting
from project output
Further carbon savings will be identified at the more detailed design stages
of the project and its elements. 
There will be, however several opportunities for indirect benefits, like:
- good practise examples e.g., by use of renewables,
- enabling initiatives e.g., installation of the fixings for PVC on restored
properties proposed for sale to a third party
- education, e.g. use of recycled materials 
The Coastal Hub has a Carbon Management Plan (Appendix K) developed by a specialist consultant and
reviewed regularly throughout the design stages. The construction work will be monitored against the
plan to allow for identification of further carbon emission reductions. Additionally, it will undergo a 12-
month performance evaluation post construction.
The Carbon Management Plan is based on the consultation with the Scottish Government’s Sustainable
Development Manager for the Town Region and Growth Deals and captures the following:
o Review of the OBC to establish and agree how PAS 2080 will be used to manage whole life carbon
on the project.
o Identify the most appropriate carbon measurement tools and databases to allow estimation of
whole life carbon at this project stage.
o Compile a whole life carbon baseline relating to the current design with appropriate referencing,
assumptions and likely degree of accuracy. This carbon baseline should use standard Life Cycle
Assessment modules A-D as included in PAS 2080. Reference should also be made to emissions
that can be controlled and those that can be influenced.
o Use the BEIS carbon values (£/tonne CO2e) to estimate the economic value of potential carbon
emissions associated with the project, over the same period as the economic case (AGD Funded
Elements – 2026, Leverage Elements - 2036).
o Develop a management plan including monitoring and evaluation, based on the above, using PAS
2080: Carbon Management in Infrastructure for the overarching project and the RICS Whole Life-
Cycle Carbon Professional Statement where appropriate for buildings projects, for inclusion in the
forthcoming project Masterplan.
o Identify any project elements which at this stage may lead to ongoing carbon emission increases
and outline possible ways in which these could be mitigated to become operationally net zero.
Identify further opportunities for carbon reduction with indication of relevant funding sources, if
likely to bear higher cost. 
o Include the above in a report that may be used as a guide for all project stakeholders on how
whole life carbon will be managed on the project using PAS 2080. The report will include an
Executive Summary which may be used in the main body of the forthcoming Masterplan.
This comprehensive strategy ensures that carbon management remains a central focus, aligning with
industry best practices and sustainability objectives for the Great Harbour developments. 
6.8 Arrangements for risk management 
Risk management is crucial for any project, but particularly important for a project of a such complex
nature and involving multiple stakeholders. A Risk Register15 for the Great Harbour project has been
created and presented in the OBC following the risk assessment to identify potential risks and
uncertainties associated with the GH project. It was developed based on the feedback from the identified
project main stakeholders. Two levels of risk control and mitigation are also introduced and the owner of 
15 Great Harbour Risk Register – Appendix H
234

Page 235

162  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
each risk identified. Lessons Learnt collated from previous projects delivered by the Council were
valuable in informing the risk register development and risk management practice. 
It has been regularly monitored and reviewed to capture changing circumstances as the project
progressed through development stages. It allocates risks to three categories, including delivery, financial
and communications, at three levels, including strategic, corporate and operational. 
Each phase of the Great Harbour development will have a dedicated project, designers and construction
risk registers, all regularly monitored and updated monthly and reviewed at the completion of each RIBA
stage to reassess risk exposures and adjust risk management strategies as needed.
Under the NEC4 model contract used for the appointment of the professional advisor and also the
contractor for the Coastal Hub, an early warning process is utilised to proactively identify and manage
risks and issues that may arise during the project lifetime. By encouraging open communication among all
project stakeholders, including the client, contractor, and subcontractors, the early warning process aims
to identify potential problems as early as possible, allowing for timely resolution and mitigation actions to
be implemented. This improves collaboration, transparency, proactive and early risk mitigation and
associated cost savings.
The Great Harbour Risk Register is an essential component of project management, especially in the
context of a development project following the Green Book process focused on public sector investment
appraisals. The risk register is a live document undergoing regular revisions and updates to identify,
assess, and manage potential risks that could impact the successful delivery of the project and reflects
the most current stage of the project. 
The main risks relating to Great Harbour project are detailed in section 2.9. The Coastal Hub risks are
tracked at various levels, including project management risks, design risks and contractor’s construction
risks. These are outlined in Appendix H.
6.9 Arrangements for contract management 
The use of NEC4 model contract is promoted by the professional services frameworks available to the
Council to facilitate collaboration and arbitration. Due to limited in-house resources in contract
management, particularly relating to the NEC4 model contract, the project lead underwent training in
professional services and engineering and construction contracts. The project lead will oversee
professional services contracts with support from the PMI team, including QS services.
Construction works are packaged based on type of work and will be tendered as a combined opportunity
for a principal contractor to manage individual work packages, delivered either by their in-house teams or
subcontracted. This approach ensures increased flexibility in resource and financial management,
allowing for resource and funds reallocation as needed, such as for value engineering or mitigating
unforeseen circumstances.
The main construction contract will be overseen by the professional advisor and scrutinised by NAC PMI
team and QS. Smaller scale ancillary work and services not covered in the main contract will be appointed
from relevant frameworks or tendered and managed by the project lead with support from PMI team. 
Ironside Farrar, a multidisciplinary professional services team appointed from the Scotland Excel
Engineering and Technical Consultancy Framework 0820, is tasked with developing the design and
administering the civils contract for the Coastal Hub (GH phase 1). The Table 64 below details the roles
and responsibilities related to management.
235

Page 236

163  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Table 65 Coastal Hub contract management
Role  Advisor/contractor Contract management
Design RIBA stages 2-4 Ironside Farrar in-house
Procurement in-house N/A
Construction  TBC Ironside Farrar
Principal Designer Ironside Farrar  in-house 
Clerk of Works NAC framework in-house
QS in-house N/A
6.10 Arrangements for post project evaluation 
The arrangements for post implementation review (PIR) and project evaluation review (PER) have been
established in accordance with best practice and are as follows. 
6.10.1 Post implementation review (PIR)
PIR will be carried out at RIBA work stage 7 respectively for each construction contract by the consultants
respectively responsible for contract management. In relation to the phase 1, the Coastal Hub, this
involves one civils contract with several deliverables. In addition to assessing whether the objectives have
been achieved, it will also identify lessons learned, successes and challenges, and determine areas for
improvement for future phases.
In addition, a Great Harbour project wide review will be carried out following the completion of the last
phase of the development by the project team with expert input if required. 
6.10.2 Project evaluation review (PER)
PER is included within the quality control mechanism for each contract and is assessed systematically and
reviewed at the completion of each RIBA stage of work to identify strengths and weaknesses in project
management practices, learn from past experiences, and improve the project team’s ability to deliver
successful projects in the future. The final review for each phase of developments will be carried out at
RIBA work stage 7 by the project team. 
6.11 OGC Gateway review arrangements
The Office of Government Commerce (OGC) Gateway Process is designed to provide independent
guidance to Senior Responsible Owners (SROs), programme and project teams and to the departments
who commission their work, on how best to ensure that their programmes and projects are successful.
This process examines programmes and projects at key decision points in their lifecycle. It looks ahead to
provide assurance that they can progress successfully to the next stage. These key stages or ‘Gates’ are: 
Table 66 Coastal Hub Gateways
Gate RIBA Stage of Work Great Harbour Project
Board
Date 
Gate 0 – Strategic
Assessment 
0 – Strategic Definition
1 – Preparation and Brief
pre OBC pre OBC
Gate 1 – Business
Justification 
2 – Concept Design pre OBC pre OBC
236

Page 237

164  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Gate 2 – Delivery
Strategy 
3 – Detailed Design • GH Masterplan report
• Detailed design report
30/11/2023
Gate 3 – Investment
decision 
4 – Technical Design
Tender for works
• Technical design
report
• Tender report
23/06/2024
Gate 4 – Ready for
Service 
5 – Construction
6 – Handover 
Post construction report  Sept 2027
Gate 5 – Benefits
Realisation and
Operational Review 
7 – Defect Period
Evaluation
Post delivery evaluation
repots 
Oct 2028 
In terms of Phase 1 and this specific FBC, the internal Project Board was presented with a progress report
at the completion of each RIBA work stage, which was discussed at a dedicated Gateway Board meeting
with feedback implemented at the subsequent development stage. The Gate 3 Stage falls at the
completion of the tender stage for the civils contract. A dedicated Gateway Board will be organised to
discuss tender report and its findings. 
Gate 4 will take place at the RIBA works Stage 5/6 Handover and adequate arrangements will be put in
place for reporting and a Gateway Project Board meeting according to the project programme detailed in
section 6.3.3. 
The Gateway project board relating to Gate 5 will be addressed in accordance with the arrangements for
project evaluation described in section 6.10 and with the arrangements for benefit realisation in section
6.6. 
6.12 Contingency plans
In the event that this project fails, governance arrangements are in place to allow the Council to agree an
appropriate way forward with the PMO and Governments to ensure that there is limited impact on the
Ayrshire Growth Deal. 
Signed: 
Date: 
Senior Responsible Owner
Project Team 
237

Page 238

165  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC 
Part C
Appendices 
238

Page 239

166  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Appendix A | Stakeholder Engagement and Public
Consultation Strategy 
239

Page 240

167  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Appendix B | Great Harbour Project Governance Structure 
240

Page 241

168  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Appendix C | Leverage Funding Strategy 
241

Page 242

169  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Appendix D | Maritime Mile Events Programme 
242

Page 243

170  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Appendix E | Making Waves Festival – Economic Impact
Assessment – October 2022 
243

Page 244

171  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Appendix F | AGD Benefits Realisation Plan 2022 
244

Page 245

172  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Appendix G | Benefits Realisation Guidance 
245

Page 246

173  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Appendix H | Great Harbour Risk Register 
Great Harbour Risk Register 
Coastal Hub Project Risk Register 
Coastal Hub Design Risk Register 
246

Page 247

174  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Appendix I | Coastal Hub Technical Economic Appendix 
247

Page 248

175  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Appendix J | AGD Implementation Plan 2022 
248

Page 249

176  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Appendix K | Coastal Hub Carbon Management Plan 
249

Page 250

177  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Appendix L | AGD Regional Community Benefits Statement 
250

Page 251

178  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Appendix M | Coastal Hub Maintenance Plan 
251

Page 252

179  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Appendix N | Coastal Hub Site Plan 
252

Page 253

180  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Appendix O | Contract Exit Strategy  
253

Page 254

181  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Appendix P | Irvine Town Centre Audit 
254

Page 255

182  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Appendix Q | Irvine Vision report 
255

Page 256

183  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Appendix R | Great Harbour Masterplan – Strategic Ecological
Assessment – Pre-screening Notification 
256

Page 257

184  Great Harbour | Coastal Hub | FBC
Appendix S | Coastal Hub - Equality Impact Assessment 
257

Page 258

258